TW201223243A - System for providing three dimensional video images - Google Patents

System for providing three dimensional video images Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201223243A
TW201223243A TW100102961A TW100102961A TW201223243A TW 201223243 A TW201223243 A TW 201223243A TW 100102961 A TW100102961 A TW 100102961A TW 100102961 A TW100102961 A TW 100102961A TW 201223243 A TW201223243 A TW 201223243A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
shutter
liquid crystal
signal
exemplary embodiment
glasses
Prior art date
Application number
TW100102961A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Boyd Macnaughton
Rodney Kimmell
David W Allen
Jure Bezgovsek
Jure Repe
ding-hua Long
Original Assignee
X6D Ltd
Xpand Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by X6D Ltd, Xpand Inc filed Critical X6D Ltd
Publication of TW201223243A publication Critical patent/TW201223243A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/137Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering
    • G02F1/139Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering based on orientation effects in which the liquid crystal remains transparent
    • G02F1/1393Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells characterised by the electro-optical or magneto-optical effect, e.g. field-induced phase transition, orientation effect, guest-host interaction or dynamic scattering based on orientation effects in which the liquid crystal remains transparent the birefringence of the liquid crystal being electrically controlled, e.g. ECB-, DAP-, HAN-, PI-LC cells
    • G02F1/1395Optically compensated birefringence [OCB]- cells or PI- cells
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B30/00Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B30/00Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images
    • G02B30/20Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes
    • G02B30/22Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes of the stereoscopic type
    • G02B30/24Optical systems or apparatus for producing three-dimensional [3D] effects, e.g. stereoscopic images by providing first and second parallax images to an observer's left and right eyes of the stereoscopic type involving temporal multiplexing, e.g. using sequentially activated left and right shutters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/332Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD]
    • H04N13/341Displays for viewing with the aid of special glasses or head-mounted displays [HMD] using temporal multiplexing
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/398Synchronisation thereof; Control thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • G02F1/133531Polarisers characterised by the arrangement of polariser or analyser axes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
    • G02F1/133638Waveplates, i.e. plates with a retardation value of lambda/n
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N2213/00Details of stereoscopic systems
    • H04N2213/008Aspects relating to glasses for viewing stereoscopic images

Abstract

A viewing system for viewing video displays having the appearance of a three dimensional image.

Description

201223243 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 • 本發明係關於用於呈現在觀看者看來為三維的視訊影 - 像之影像處理系統。 本申請案主張2010年2月3曰申請之美國臨時專利申 請案第61/337,392號(代理人案號第092847.000242號) 的優先權,該申請案之内容係以全文引用方式併入本文 中。 〇 本申請案主張2010年2月4曰申請之美國臨時專利申 請案第61/337,470號(代理人案號第092847.000243號) 的優先權,該申請案之内容係以全文引用方式併入本文 中〇 本申請案主張2010年2月8曰申請之美國臨時專利申 請案第61/337,565號(代理人案號第092847.000244號) 的優先權,該申請案之内容係以全文引用方式併入本文 〇中。 本申請案主張2010年2月23日申請之美國臨時專利 申請案第61/307,287號(代理人案號第092847.000253號) 的優先權,該申請案之内容係以全文引用方式併入本文 中0 . 本申請案為2009年11月16曰申請之美國專利申請案 第12/619,518號(代理人案號第092847.000027號)、第 12/619,517號(代理人案號第092847.000042號)、第 12/619,309號(代理人案號第092847.000043號)、第 3 201223243 12/619,415號(代理人案號第092847.000044號)、第 12/619,400號(代理人案號第092847.000045號)、第 12/619,431號(代理人案號第092847.000046號)、第 12/619,163號(代理人案號第092847.000060號)、第 12/619,456號(代理人案號第092847.000064號)、及第 12/619,102號(代理人案號第092847.000080號)等申請 案的部分延續案,且該些母案皆主張2009年5月18曰申 請之美國臨時專利申請案第61/179,248號(代理人案號第 092847.000020號)及2008年11月17日申請之美國臨時 專利申請案第61/115,477號(代理人案號第092847.000008 號)的優先權,該些申請案之内容係以全文引用方式併入 本文中。 【先前技術】 本發明係關於一種能夠呈現三維的視訊影像給觀看者 的影像處理系統。 【實施方式】 在以下圖式及描述中,相同部件在說明書及圖式中始 終分別用相同參考符號標記。諸圖未必按比例繪製。本發 明之特定特徵可以誇大的比例或以稍微示意性之形式展 示,且為清楚及簡明起見,可能不展示習知元件之一些細 節。本發明可能具有不同形式之實施例。特定實施例將被 詳細描述且展示於圖式中,但熟知該項技術者應瞭解,本 201223243 Ο 發明内容被视為本發明之原理之一範例 本文中所㈣及所描述者。應充分認_,〇發明不限於 實施例之不同教示可單獨地或以任何 文所綸述之 生所要結果。熟習此項技術者將在閱讀實且合使用以產 描述及參切附圖式之後容易瞭解"彳之以下詳細 性,以及下文將較詳細描述之其 所提及之各種特 請參照圖!所示,-種用於觀^寺性。 三維(即「3〇」)電影之系、统1〇〇包電肇幕102上的 其具有-左快門106及一右快門1〇8田1】二維眼鏡1〇4, 中,三維目艮鏡!_一框架,I。示性實施例 成安裝且切於該框架内之左觀 & 1〇8被毁 在一例示性實施例中,快Π106Γ及右觀 * Αυ6 及 108 *看遴鏡 置 Ο 其在液晶單元自不透明轉至透明時間啟,且馬液晶單元, 透明轉回至不透明時關閉。在此情况下,^液晶單元自 射足以使三維眼鏡1〇4之使用者看到一透月被定義為遷 102上之影像的光。在一例示性實施例中丄在電影肇幕 之使用者可能能夠在三維眼鏡1〇4也 〜維限鏡1〇4 液晶單元變為25%至30%之透射率時 ^ 1〇8 ^ 102上之影像。因此,在快門1〇6及 又在電影鹙幕 為25%至30%之透射率時,其係定義 日日卓元變 我為液晶單亓疋 快門106及/或108之液晶單元開啟 ^义開啟。在 射多於25%至30%之光。 亦可能遷 在一例示性實施例中’三維眼銹 思104之快門] 包括利用低黏度、高折射率之液晶材料(U6及1〇8 =^ 5 Me rck 201223243 MLC6080)之具有Π (聚亞醯胺)單元組態的液晶單元。 在一例示性實施例中,調整ΡΙ單元厚度,使得該ΡΙ單元 在其鬆弛狀態下形成%波阻滯器。在一例示性實施例中, 將ΡΙ單元製造地較厚,使得在不到完全鬆弛時達成%波狀 態。合適液晶材料中之一者為由Merck製造之MLC6080, 但可使用具有足夠高光學各向異性、低旋轉黏度及/或雙折 射率之任何液晶。三維眼鏡104之快門106及108亦可使 用小單元間隙,包括(例如)4微米之間隙。此外,具有足夠 高折射率及低黏度之液晶亦可適合用於三維眼鏡104之快 門106及108中。 在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡104之快門106及108 之PI單元基於電控雙折射(ECB)原理工作。雙折射意謂 著當不施加電壓或施加一小箝位電壓(catching voltage ) 時,PI單元對於偏振方向平行於PI單元分子之長維之光 及偏振方向垂直於長維之光具有不同折射率no及ne。差 值no-ne=An為光學各向異性。Anxd為光學厚度,其中d 為單元之厚度。當An><d=l/2Z時,當將PI單元相對於偏光 器之軸線成45°置放時,該單元充當%波阻滯器。因此,光 學厚度是重要的(不僅是厚度)。在一例示性實施例中, 三維眼鏡104之快門106及108之Π單元被製造成光學上 過厚,此意謂著Αηχ(1>1/2λ。較高的光學各向異性意謂著 單元愈薄單元鬆弛愈快。在一例示性實施例中,當施加電 壓時,三維眼鏡104之快門106及108之ΡΙ單元之分子的 長軸垂直於基板-垂直配向(homeotropicalignment)’因此 201223243 此狀態下無雙折射,且因為偏光器之透射軸線交又,所以 不透射光。在一例示性實施例中,將偏光器交叉之PI單元201223243 VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field to Which the Invention Is Applicable] The present invention relates to an image processing system for presenting a video image-image that is three-dimensional to a viewer. The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/337,392, the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The present application claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/337,470, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. The present application claims the priority of U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/337,565, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. in. The present application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 61/307,287, filed on Feb. 23, 2010, the entire contents of which is hereby incorporated by reference. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 12/619,518 (Attorney Docket No. 092847.000027), No. 12/619,517 (Attorney Docket No. 092847.000042), No. 12/, filed on Nov. 16, 2009. 619,309 (agent case number 092847.000043), 3 201223243 12/619,415 (agent case number 092847.000044), 12/619,400 (agent case number 092847.000045), 12/619,431 ( Agent Case No. 092847.000046), No. 12/619,163 (Attorney Docket No. 092847.000060), No. 12/619,456 (Attorney Case No. 092847.000064), and No. 12/619,102 (Agent Case No. 092847.000080) and other continuation cases of the application, and the parent cases all claim US Provisional Patent Application No. 61/179,248 (Agent No. 092847.000020) and 2008, which were filed on May 18, 2009. Application November 17 of priority U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61 / 115,477 (Attorney Docket No. 092847.000008), the contents of the plurality of application of the system is incorporated in its entirety by reference herein. [Prior Art] The present invention relates to an image processing system capable of presenting a three-dimensional video image to a viewer. [Embodiment] In the following drawings and description, the same components are denoted by the same reference numerals throughout the specification and the drawings. The figures are not necessarily drawn to scale. The specific features of the invention may be exaggerated or in a somewhat schematic form, and some details of the conventional elements may not be shown for clarity and conciseness. The invention is susceptible to embodiments in various forms. Specific embodiments will be described in detail and shown in the drawings, but those skilled in the art should understand that the present invention is considered to be an example of the principles of the invention. It should be fully appreciated that the invention is not limited to the different teachings of the embodiments, which may be the result of the individual or any of the statements. Those skilled in the art will be able to understand the following details after reading and using the description and the accompanying drawings, as well as the various specific reference figures which are described in more detail below. As shown, - is used to view the temple. The three-dimensional (ie "3") movie system, the one on the electric curtain 102 has a left shutter 106 and a right shutter 1 〇 8 field 1] two-dimensional glasses 1 〇 4, medium, three-dimensional艮 mirror!_ A frame, I. The left embodiment & 1 〇 8 of the illustrative embodiment mounted and cut into the frame is destroyed in an exemplary embodiment, the fast Π 106 Γ and the right view * Αυ 6 and 108 * see the Ο mirror placed in the liquid crystal cell The opaque switch is turned to the transparent time, and the horse liquid crystal unit is turned off when it is transparently turned back to opaque. In this case, the liquid crystal cell is self-emphasizing enough that the user of the three-dimensional glasses 1〇4 sees a light whose image is defined as the image on the image 102. In an exemplary embodiment, the user of the movie curtain may be able to change the transmittance of the liquid crystal cell from 2D to 1⁄4 when the liquid crystal cell becomes 25% to 30%. The image on the top. Therefore, when the shutter 1〇6 and the film curtain are at a transmittance of 25% to 30%, the definition of the daytime is changed to the liquid crystal unit of the liquid crystal single shutter 106 and/or 108. Open. Shoot more than 25% to 30% of the light. It is also possible to move the 'three-dimensional eye rust 104 shutter' in an exemplary embodiment, including the use of low-viscosity, high-refractive-index liquid crystal materials (U6 and 1〇8 =^ 5 Me rck 201223243 MLC6080). Liquid crystal unit of unit configuration. In an exemplary embodiment, the germanium cell thickness is adjusted such that the germanium cell forms a % wave retarder in its relaxed state. In an exemplary embodiment, the tantalum cell is made thicker such that a % wave state is achieved when not fully relaxed. One of suitable liquid crystal materials is MLC6080 manufactured by Merck, but any liquid crystal having sufficiently high optical anisotropy, low rotational viscosity, and/or birefringence can be used. Shutters 106 and 108 of 3D glasses 104 may also use small cell gaps, including, for example, 4 micron gaps. In addition, liquid crystals having a sufficiently high refractive index and low viscosity may also be suitable for use in the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses 104. In an exemplary embodiment, the PI cells of shutters 106 and 108 of 3D glasses 104 operate on the principle of electronically controlled birefringence (ECB). Birefringence means that when no voltage is applied or a small clamping voltage is applied, the PI unit has a different refractive index for the long-dimensional light whose polarization direction is parallel to the PI unit molecule and the polarization direction is perpendicular to the long-dimensional light. No and ne. The difference value no-ne = An is optical anisotropy. Anxd is the optical thickness, where d is the thickness of the cell. When An>d=l/2Z, when the PI unit is placed at 45° with respect to the axis of the polarizer, the unit acts as a % wave retarder. Therefore, optical thickness is important (not just thickness). In an exemplary embodiment, the unit of the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses 104 is made optically too thick, which means Αηχ(1>1/2λ. Higher optical anisotropy means unit The thinner the unit is, the faster the relaxation is. In an exemplary embodiment, when a voltage is applied, the long axis of the molecules of the unit of the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses 104 is perpendicular to the substrate-homeotropic alignment' thus 201223243 There is no birefringence, and because the transmission axis of the polarizer intersects, it does not transmit light. In an exemplary embodiment, the PI unit that crosses the polarizer

• 稱為以常白模式(normally white mode )工作且其在不施 加電壓時透射光。偏光器之透射軸線彼此平行地定向的PI 單元以常黑模式(normally black mode)工作,亦即,該 等单元在施加一電壓時透射光。 在一例示性實施例中’當自1>1單元移除高電壓時,快 門106及/或1〇8之開啟開始。此為一鬆弛過程,意謂著 〇 PI單元中之液晶(LC )分子轉回至平衡狀態,亦即,分子 與配向層(亦即,基板之摩擦方向)對準。ρι單元之鬆弛 時間取決於單元厚度及流體之旋轉黏度。 一般而言,PI單元愈薄,鬆弛愈快。在一例示性實施 例中’重要參數並非PI單元間隙d本身,而是乘積, 其中Δη為液晶流體之雙折射率。在一例示性實施例中, 為了提供開啟狀態下之最大光透射,ΡΙ單元之對正光學阻 〇 滯(head-on optical retardation) (And)應為 λ/2。較高之 雙折射率允許較薄單元且因此允許較快之單元鬆弛。為了 提供可能的最快切換,使用具有低旋轉黏度及較高雙折射 率An之流體(諸如,EM industries生產之MLC 6080 )。 • 在一例示性實施例中,除了在PI單元中使用具有低旋 . 轉黏度及較高雙折射率之切換流體之外,為了達成自不透 明至透明狀態之較快切換,亦將PI單元製造成光學上過 厚,使得在不到完全鬆弛時達成%波狀態。通常,調整PI 單元厚度,使得該PI單元在其鬆弛狀態下形成%波阻滯 7 201223243 器。然後,將pi單元製造成光學上過厚使得在不到完全鬆 弛時達成%波狀態導致自不透明至透明狀態之較快切換。 以此方式,與先前技術液晶快門裝置相比,例示性實施例 之快門106及108提供增強之開啟速度,其在一例示性實 驗實施例中提供了預期之外的結果。 、 。在一例示性實施例令,可接著使用一箝位電壓以在^ 單το中之LC分子旋轉過頭之前停止該等Lc分子之旋 轉。藉由以此方式停止PI單元中之LC分子之旋轉,光透 射得以保持在其峰值或其峰值附近。 在一例示性實施例中,系統100進一步包括一具有一 中央處理單兀(「CPU」)110a之信號傳輸器11〇,其將一 信號傳輸向電影螢| 1〇2。在一例示性實施例中,該傳輸 信號反射離開電影螢幕102而射向一信號感測器112。該 傳輸信號可例如為紅外線(「IR」)信號、可見光信號、多 色信號或白光中之-或多者。在—些實施例中,該傳輸信 號被直接傳輸向信號感測n 112,且因此可能不反射離開 電影螢幕1G2。在-些實施财,該傳輸信號可例如為一 射頻(「RF」)信號,其不反射離開電影螢幕102。 仏號感測器112可操作地耦接至cpu 114。在一例示 !生實施例中,信號感測器112偵測該傳輸信號且將該信號 之存在傳達至CPU 114。cpu UGa及cpu 114可例如各自b ^「括通用可程式化控制器、一特殊應用積體電路 、sic」)、一類比控制器、一局域化控制器、一分散式 控制器、—可程式化狀態控制器及/或前述裝置之一或多個 201223243 組合。 chj ii4可知作地輕接至一左快門控制器及一右 .快門控制器118以用於監視及控制該等快門控制器之操 -作。。在-例示性實施例中,左快門控制器116及右快門控 制器II8 X可操作地輕接至三維眼鏡1〇4之左快門服及 右决門108以用於監視及控制左快門及右快門之操作。快 門控制器116及118可例如包括一通用可程式化控制器、 —ASIC、-類比控制H、-類比或數位開關、—局域化 控制器、一分散式控制器、一可程式化狀態控制器及/或前 述裝置之一或多個組合。 一電池120可操作地耦接至至少cpu 114且提供用於 操作二維眼鏡104之CPU、信號感測器112及快門控制器 116及118中之一或多者的電力。一電池感測器122可操 作地耦接至CPU 114及電池120以用於監視該電池中剩餘 的電量。 Q 在一例示性實施例中,CPU 114可監視及/或控制信號 感測器112、快門控制器116及118及電池感測器122中 之一或多者的操作。除此之外,信號感測器112、快門控 制器116及118及電池感測器122中之一或多者可包括一 單獨的專用控制器及/或複數個控制器,其可能亦或可能不 • 監視及/或控制信號感測器112、快門控制器116及118及 電池感測器122中之一或多者。除此之外’ CPU 114之操 作可至少部分地分散於三維眼鏡104之其他元件中之一或 多者之間。 201223243 在一例示性實施例令,信號感測器U2、CPU U4、伊 門控制器116及118、電池12G及電池感測器122安裝且 支撐在二維眼鏡1〇4之桓架内。若電影螢幕⑽位於—電 f院内’則可提供—投影器13()㈣於將—或多個視訊影 於該電影螢幕上。在—例示性實施财,信號傳輸 可3又置緊接於投影器no或可設置於投影器13〇 内。在一例示性實施例中,投影器130可例如包括下列各 者中之一或多者:一電子放映裝置、-機電放映裝置、一 、-數位視訊投影器,或用於將—或多個視訊 衫像顯示於電影螢幕1G2上的—電職示器。#代性地, 或除了電影螢幕1〇2之外,亦可使用一電視(「τν」)或其 他視訊顯示裝置,諸如一平面螢幕τν、一電漿τν、__ 液晶D TV ’或用於顯示影像以供三維眼鏡之使用者觀看 的其他顯示裝置,其可例如包括可緊接該顯示裝置之顯示 器表面定位及/或位於該顯示裝置之顯示器表面内的信號 傳輸器110或用於發信號至三維眼鏡1〇4之一額外作號傳^ 輸器。 σ a 在一例示性實施例中,在系統100之操作期間,cpu U4依據由信號感測器112自信號傳輸器ιι〇接收之信號 及/或依據由CPU自電池感測器ι22接收之信號而控制三 維眼鏡U)4之快Π 106及108之操作。在一例示性實施例 中CPU 114可控制左快門控制器J16開啟左快門i⑽及/ 或控制右快門控制器118開啟右快門1〇8。 在一例示性實施例中,快門控制器116及118藉由在 201223243 快門之液晶單元上施加一電壓來分別控制快門1〇6及1〇8 之操作。在一例示性實施例中,施加在快門1〇6及1〇8之 *液晶單元上的電壓在負與正之間交替。在〜例示性實施例 - 中,不管所施加之電壓為正或是為負,快門1〇6及1〇8之 液晶單元均以相同方式開啟及關閉。交替所施加的電壓防 止快門106及108之液晶單元之材料於單元之表面析出。 在一例示性實施例中’在系統100之操作期間,如圖 2及圖3中所說明,該系統可實施一左右快門方法2〇〇, ❹ 在該方法中’若在202a中’左快門106關閉且右快門1〇8 開啟,則在202b中,分別藉由快門控制器116及118將一 南電壓202ba施加至左快門106及將無電壓2〇2bb隨後接 著一小箝位電壓202bc施加至右快門108。在一例示性實 施例中,將高電壓202ba施加至左快門106使左快門關閉, 且不施加電壓至右快門108會開始開啟右快門。在一例示 性實施例中,隨後將小箝位電壓202bc施加至右快門1〇8 Q 可防止右快門中之液晶在右快門之開啟期間旋轉過 頭。因此,在202b,左快門106被關閉且右快門1〇8被開 啟。 若在202c中,左快門106被開啟且右快門108被關 閉,則在202d中,分別藉由快門控制器118及116,將一 高電壓202da施加至右快門108且將無電壓202db隨後接 著一小箝位電壓202dc施加至左快門106。在一例示性實 施例中,將高電壓202da施加至右快門1〇8使右快門關閉, 且不施加電壓至左快門106會開始開啟左快門。在一例示 201223243 貫施例中,心後將小箝位電壓202dc施加至左快門1〇6 :防,門中之液晶在左快門1〇6之開啟期間旋轉過 ^。此,在202d,左快門106被開啟且右快Π⑽被關 示性實施例中,獅及·中所使用的籍位 電查之1值是202b及删中所使用的高電壓 10%至20%的範圍内。 值的約 在一例示性實施例中,在系統1〇〇之操作期間,在方 法期間,在2〇2b卡左快門1〇6關閉且右快門⑽ 啟的時間期間,為右眼呈現-視訊影像,且在202d中左 =門106開啟且右快門108關閉的時間期間,為左眼呈現 一視訊影像。在-例雜實施财,視訊影像可顯示於下 列各者中之-或多者上:電影院螢幕1〇2、一 Μ液晶〇 電視螢幕、-數位光處理(rDLp」)電視、一 d 一電漿螢幕及其類似者。 又〜為、 在一例示性實施例中,在系統1〇〇之操作期間,咖 m將控制每一㈣106及腸在呈現意欲用於該快門及 觀看者眼睛之影像時開啟。在一例示性實施例令,一同步 信號可用以使快門106及108在正確時間開啟。° 乂 在-例示性實施例中,一同步信號係由信號傳輸哭 H0傳輸且該同步信號可例如包括—紅外光。在一例干性 實施财’信號傳輸器U0將該同步信號傳輸至一反射性 表面’且該表面㈣信號反射至定位且安裝於三維眼鏡 刚之框架内的信號感測器112。該反射性表面可例如為 12 201223243 於電影螢幕上或附近的另-反射性裝 對,反T:二: 之使用者在觀看電影時大體上面 k反射體。在一例示性實施财,信號傳輸器⑽可將 該同步信號直接發送至感測器n2。在, 中,信號感測器112可包括一安裝 W實施例 之框架上的光電二極體。女裝且支撐在三維眼鏡刚• It is said to work in a normally white mode and it transmits light when no voltage is applied. The PI cells whose transmissive axes are oriented parallel to each other operate in a normally black mode, i.e., the cells transmit light when a voltage is applied. In an exemplary embodiment, when the high voltage is removed from the 1>1 unit, the opening of the shutters 106 and/or 1〇8 begins. This is a relaxation process, meaning that the liquid crystal (LC) molecules in the 〇PI unit are turned back to equilibrium, i.e., the molecules are aligned with the alignment layer (i.e., the rubbing direction of the substrate). The relaxation time of the ρι unit depends on the thickness of the unit and the rotational viscosity of the fluid. In general, the thinner the PI unit, the faster the relaxation. In an exemplary embodiment, the important parameter is not the PI cell gap d itself, but a product, where Δη is the birefringence of the liquid crystal fluid. In an exemplary embodiment, the head-on optical retardation (And) of the germanium cell should be λ/2 in order to provide maximum light transmission in the on state. A higher birefringence allows for thinner cells and thus allows for faster cell relaxation. To provide the fastest possible switching, a fluid with a low rotational viscosity and a high birefringence An (such as MLC 6080 from EM industries) is used. • In an exemplary embodiment, in addition to using a switching fluid having a low rotational viscosity and a high birefringence in the PI unit, the PI unit is also fabricated in order to achieve faster switching from opaque to transparent state. It is optically too thick to achieve a % wave state when not fully relaxed. Typically, the PI cell thickness is adjusted such that the PI cell forms a % wave block 7 201223243 in its relaxed state. The pi unit is then made optically too thick to achieve a % wave state when not fully relaxed resulting in a faster switching from opaque to transparent. In this manner, shutters 106 and 108 of the illustrative embodiments provide enhanced opening speeds as compared to prior art liquid crystal shutter devices, which provide unexpected results in an exemplary experimental embodiment. , . In an exemplary embodiment, a clamp voltage can then be used to stop the rotation of the Lc molecules before the LC molecules in the single το are rotated over the head. By stopping the rotation of the LC molecules in the PI unit in this manner, the light transmission is maintained at its peak or its peak. In an exemplary embodiment, system 100 further includes a signal transmitter 11A having a central processing unit ("CPU") 110a that transmits a signal to the movie stream. In an exemplary embodiment, the transmitted signal is reflected off the movie screen 102 and directed toward a signal sensor 112. The transmission signal may be, for example, one or more of an infrared ("IR") signal, a visible light signal, a polychromatic signal, or white light. In some embodiments, the transmitted signal is transmitted directly to signal sensing n 112 and thus may not be reflected off of movie screen 1G2. In some implementations, the transmission signal can be, for example, a radio frequency ("RF") signal that does not reflect off the movie screen 102. The nickname sensor 112 is operatively coupled to the cpu 114. In an example embodiment, signal sensor 112 detects the transmitted signal and communicates the presence of the signal to CPU 114. The cpu UGa and the cpu 114 may, for example, each include a general programmable controller, a special application integrated circuit, a sic, a analog controller, a localized controller, and a distributed controller. The stylized state controller and/or one or more of the aforementioned devices are combined in 201223243. Chj ii4 is known to be lightly connected to a left shutter controller and a right shutter controller 118 for monitoring and controlling the operation of the shutter controllers. . In an exemplary embodiment, the left shutter controller 116 and the right shutter controller II8 X are operatively lightly coupled to the left and right shutters 108 of the 3D glasses 1〇4 for monitoring and controlling the left shutter and the right Shutter operation. The shutter controllers 116 and 118 may, for example, include a universal programmable controller, an ASIC, an analog control H, an analog or digital switch, a localized controller, a distributed controller, and a programmable state control. And/or one or more combinations of the aforementioned devices. A battery 120 is operatively coupled to at least the cpu 114 and provides power for operating one or more of the CPU of the two-dimensional glasses 104, the signal sensor 112, and the shutter controllers 116 and 118. A battery sensor 122 is operatively coupled to the CPU 114 and the battery 120 for monitoring the amount of power remaining in the battery. Q In an exemplary embodiment, CPU 114 may monitor and/or control the operation of one or more of signal sensor 112, shutter controllers 116 and 118, and battery sensor 122. In addition, one or more of signal sensor 112, shutter controllers 116 and 118, and battery sensor 122 may include a separate dedicated controller and/or a plurality of controllers, which may or may not One or more of signal sensor 112, shutter controllers 116 and 118, and battery sensor 122 are not monitored and/or controlled. In addition to this, the operation of the CPU 114 can be at least partially dispersed between one or more of the other elements of the 3D glasses 104. 201223243 In an exemplary embodiment, signal sensor U2, CPU U4, Igma controllers 116 and 118, battery 12G, and battery sensor 122 are mounted and supported within the truss of two-dimensional glasses 1〇4. If the movie screen (10) is located in a hospital, then a projector 13() (4) can be provided to capture - or multiple video images onto the movie screen. In an exemplary implementation, the signal transmission 3 can be placed next to the projector no or can be placed in the projector 13A. In an exemplary embodiment, projector 130 may, for example, comprise one or more of: an electronic projection device, an electromechanical projection device, a digital video projector, or for - or more The video shirt is displayed on the movie screen 1G2 - the electric job display. #代地地, or in addition to the movie screen 1〇2, a television ("τν") or other video display device, such as a flat screen τν, a plasma τν, __ liquid crystal D TV ' or Other display devices that display images for viewing by a user of the three-dimensional glasses, which may, for example, include a signal transmitter 110 that can be positioned next to the display surface of the display device and/or located within the display surface of the display device or for signaling One of the 3D glasses 1〇4 is additionally used as a transmission device. σ a In an exemplary embodiment, during operation of system 100, cpu U4 is based on signals received by signal sensor 112 from signal transmitter ιι and/or signals received by CPU from battery sensor ι 22 And control the operation of the three-dimensional glasses U) 4 Π 106 and 108. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 114 may control the left shutter controller J16 to open the left shutter i (10) and/or control the right shutter controller 118 to open the right shutter 1 〇 8. In an exemplary embodiment, shutter controllers 116 and 118 control the operation of shutters 1〇6 and 1〇8, respectively, by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal cell of the shutter at 201223243. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to the liquid crystal cells of the shutters 1〇6 and 1〇8 alternates between negative and positive. In the exemplary embodiment - the liquid crystal cells of the shutters 1〇6 and 1〇8 are turned on and off in the same manner regardless of whether the applied voltage is positive or negative. The alternating applied voltage prevents the material of the liquid crystal cells of the shutters 106 and 108 from being deposited on the surface of the cell. In an exemplary embodiment, during operation of system 100, as illustrated in Figures 2 and 3, the system can implement a left and right shutter method 2, ❹ in the method 'if in 202a' left shutter 106 is turned off and the right shutter 1〇8 is turned on, then in 202b, a south voltage 202ba is applied to the left shutter 106 by the shutter controllers 116 and 118, respectively, and the no voltage 2〇2bb is subsequently applied to a small clamp voltage 202bc. To the right shutter 108. In an exemplary embodiment, applying a high voltage 202ba to the left shutter 106 causes the left shutter to close, and applying no voltage to the right shutter 108 will begin to open the right shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, subsequent application of the small clamp voltage 202bc to the right shutter 1〇8 Q prevents the liquid crystal in the right shutter from rotating too far during the opening of the right shutter. Therefore, at 202b, the left shutter 106 is closed and the right shutter 1 〇 8 is turned on. If in 202c, the left shutter 106 is turned on and the right shutter 108 is turned off, then in 202d, a high voltage 202da is applied to the right shutter 108 by the shutter controllers 118 and 116, respectively, and the voltage-free 202db is followed by one. A small clamp voltage 202dc is applied to the left shutter 106. In an exemplary embodiment, applying a high voltage 202da to the right shutter 1〇8 causes the right shutter to close, and no voltage is applied to the left shutter 106 to begin opening the left shutter. In an example of the 201223243 embodiment, the small clamp voltage 202dc is applied to the left shutter 1〇6: the liquid crystal in the door is rotated by ^ during the opening of the left shutter 1〇6. Thus, at 202d, the left shutter 106 is turned on and the right shutter (10) is turned on. In the embodiment, the value of the home check used in the lion and the check is 202b and the high voltage used in the deletion is 10% to 20 %In the range. In a preferred embodiment, during the operation of the system, during the method, during the time when the left shutter 1〇6 is closed and the right shutter (10) is turned on, the right eye is presented - video. The image, and during the time when left = door 106 is open and the right shutter 108 is closed in 202d, a video image is presented for the left eye. In the case of miscellaneous implementation, video images can be displayed on - or more of the following: cinema screen 1, 2, LCD, TV screen, digital light processing (rDLp) TV, one d Pulp screen and the like. Further, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the system 1, the coffee m will control each (four) 106 and the intestines to be turned on when presenting an image intended for the shutter and the viewer's eyes. In an exemplary embodiment, a synchronization signal can be used to cause shutters 106 and 108 to be turned on at the correct time. ° 乂 In an exemplary embodiment, a synchronization signal is transmitted by a signal transmission H0 and the synchronization signal may include, for example, infrared light. In one example, the dry implementation signal transmitter U0 transmits the synchronization signal to a reflective surface and the surface (four) signal is reflected to the signal sensor 112 positioned and mounted within the frame of the 3D glasses. The reflective surface can be, for example, 12 201223243 on the film screen in the vicinity of the other - reflective pair, the inverse T: two: the user is generally a k-reflector when watching a movie. In an exemplary implementation, the signal transmitter (10) can send the synchronization signal directly to the sensor n2. In the present invention, the signal sensor 112 can include a photodiode mounted on the frame of the W embodiment. Women's wear and support in 3D glasses just

該同步信號可在每一力六错 供-m㈣本 見員陕門序列200開始時提 =脈衝。_步信號可更為頻繁,例如提供—脈衝以控 制母:㈣H)6或⑽之開啟。該同步信號可較不頻繁, 例如母個快Η序列·、每五個快門序列或每·個快門 =列提供-次脈衝。CPU 114可具有—内部計時器以在同 步#唬不存在的情況下維持適當快門定序。The synchronizing signal can be raised as a pulse at the beginning of each of the six faults of the -m (four) present. The _step signal can be more frequent, such as providing a pulse to control the mother: (4) H) 6 or (10). The synchronization signal may be less frequent, such as a parent fast sequence, a five-shutter sequence, or a per-shutter = column providing - a pulse. The CPU 114 may have an internal timer to maintain proper shutter sequencing in the absence of synchronization #唬.

在一例示性實施例中,快門106及1〇8中之黏性液晶 材料與窄單元間隙之組合可產生—光學上過厚之單元。快 門106及108中之液晶在施加有電壓時阻擋光透射。在移 除施加之電壓後’快門1〇6及⑽中之液晶中的分子旋轉 回至對準狀定向。對準層將該m單元巾之分子定向 以允許光透射。在-光學上過厚之液晶單元巾,該等液晶 分子在移除電力之後迅速地旋轉且目此使光透射迅速地 增加’但是接著分子旋轉過頭且光透射減小。自液晶單元 分子之旋轉開始直至光透射穩定(亦即,液晶分子旋轉停 止)的時間為真正的切換時間。 在一例示性實施例中,當快門控制器116及118將小 的箝位電壓施加至快門106及108時,此箝位電壓在該等 13 201223243 =之單元旋轉過頭之前停止該等液晶單元In an exemplary embodiment, the combination of the viscous liquid crystal material in the shutters 106 and 1 and the narrow cell gap produces an optically overly thick unit. The liquid crystals in shutters 106 and 108 block light transmission when a voltage is applied. The molecules in the liquid crystals in the shutters 1〇6 and (10) are rotated back to the aligned orientation after the applied voltage is removed. The alignment layer orients the molecules of the m-cell towel to allow light transmission. In the optically thick liquid crystal cell, the liquid crystal molecules rotate rapidly after the power is removed and the light transmission is rapidly increased 'but the molecular rotation is then over and the light transmission is reduced. The time from the start of the rotation of the liquid crystal cell molecules until the light transmission is stabilized (i.e., the liquid crystal molecules are stopped) is the true switching time. In an exemplary embodiment, when shutter controllers 116 and 118 apply a small clamping voltage to shutters 106 and 108, the clamping voltage stops the liquid crystal cells before the cells are rotated too far.

_及⑽中之該等液晶單元中之分 =過頭之止該等分子之旋轉,穿過 该等液晶單元中之嗲笠八2 ^ A 值附nh t 光透保持在其峰值或峰 有效的切換時間為自快門丨 元開始其旋轉,直至液晶單元中之分子=: 在峰值光透射點處或附近。 轉τ 光的:參透射穿過快門⑽或⑽之 元之最大或接近最大光106或108之液晶單 %遷射點。因此,對於台栏热县夕.未 抓之光的快門106$ 對於此夠最多透射 或108 透射位準1指示快門106 M 〇用光之最大量(亦即,37%)。當然,視 的最大量可為任意量,包括:3 ^〇8所透射之光 或較小 包括例如33%、30%或者顯著較多 如圖4中所說明,在一例示性實驗實施例中,操作快 ’106或108 ’且在方法2〇〇之操作期間量測光透射4〇〇。 在快門1G6或108之例示性實驗實施例中,快門在大約〇·5 ㈣、内關閉’接著在快門循環的前一半中在約7毫秒内保 持關閉,純快Η在約i毫秒内開啟至最大歧射的約 0/〇,且接著快門在約7毫秒内保持開啟,且然後關閉。 作為比較,亦在方法200之操作期間操作一市售之快門, 該快門展現光透射402。在方法2〇〇之操作期間,本例示 ^生實施例之快門106及1〇8之光透射在約i毫秒内達到約 14 201223243 250/。至30%之逯射性 (亦即,最大光透射之約90%),如圖 4所示’而另一快門僅在約2.5毫秒之後達到約25%至30% • 之透射性(亦即,最大光透射之約90%),如圖4所示。 ' 因此’本例示性實施例之快門106及108比市售之快門提 供一具有顯著較快回應之操作。此為一意外結果。 請參照圖5所示,在一例示性實施例中,系統100實 施一操作方法5〇〇,在該方法500中,在502中,信號感 測器114自信號傳輸器110接收一紅外線同步(「sync」)_ and (10) of the liquid crystal cells in the sub-group = over-the-top rotation of the molecules, through the liquid crystal cells in the 嗲笠 8 2 A value attached nh t light transmission is maintained at its peak or peak effective The switching time is from the shutter unit to its rotation until the molecules in the liquid crystal cell =: at or near the peak light transmission point. Turning the τ light: the transmission through the shutter (10) or (10) is the largest or close to the maximum light 106 or 108 liquid crystal single migration point. Therefore, the shutter 106$ for the unrecognized light of the stage is the maximum transmission or 108 transmission level 1 indicating the maximum amount of light (i.e., 37%) of the shutter 106 M. Of course, the maximum amount of viewing may be any amount, including: 3 ^ 〇 8 transmitted light or smaller including, for example, 33%, 30% or significantly more as illustrated in Figure 4, in an exemplary experimental embodiment The operation is fast '106 or 108' and the light transmission is measured 4 在 during the operation of method 2. In an exemplary experimental embodiment of shutter 1G6 or 108, the shutter is closed at approximately 〇5 (4), closed within 'the next half in the first half of the shutter cycle, and is turned on within about 7 milliseconds. The maximum amplitude is about 0/〇, and then the shutter remains open for about 7 milliseconds and then turns off. In comparison, a commercially available shutter is also operated during operation of method 200, which exhibits light transmission 402. During the operation of method 2, the light transmission of the shutters 106 and 1-8 of the present embodiment reaches about 14 201223243 250/ in about i milliseconds. Up to 30% of the radioactivity (ie, about 90% of the maximum light transmission), as shown in Figure 4, while the other shutter reaches about 25% to 30% after about 2.5 milliseconds. • Transmittance (ie , about 90% of the maximum light transmission, as shown in Figure 4. Thus, shutters 106 and 108 of the present exemplary embodiment provide a significantly faster response than commercially available shutters. This is an unexpected result. Referring to FIG. 5, in an exemplary embodiment, system 100 implements an operational method 5, in which signal sensor 114 receives an infrared synchronization from signal transmitter 110 (in 502). "sync")

〇 脈衝。在504中,若三維眼鏡1〇4不處於執行模式(RUN MODE) ’貝|】在5〇6中cpu 114判定三維眼鏡104是否處 於關閉模式(OFF MODE)。在506中若CPU 114判定三 維眼鏡104不處於關閉模式下,則在508中CPU 114繼續 正常處理’然後返回502。在506中若CPU 114判定三維 眼鏡104處於關閉模式下,則CPU 114在510中清除同步 反相器(「SI」)及驗證旗標以為下一個加密信號準備CPU 0 114 ’在512中起始快門1〇6及108之一暖機序列,然後 繼續進行正常操作508且返回502。 在504中若三維眼鏡1〇4處於執行模式,則在514中 CPU 114判定三維眼鏡1〇4是否已經組態以用於加密。在 • 514中若三維眼鏡104已經組態以用於加密,則CPU 114 繼續508中之正常操作且進行至502。在514中若三維眼 鏡104未經組態以用於加密,則在516中CPU 114檢查以 判定傳入信號是否為三脈衝同步信號。在516中若傳入信 號並非三脈衝同步信號,則CPU 114繼續508中之正常操 15 201223243 作且進行至502。在516中若傳入信號為三脈衝同步信號, 則在518中CPU 114使用信號感測器112自信號傳輸器110 接收組態資料。在520中CPU 114接著將該接收到的組態 資料解密以判定其是否有效。在520中,若該接收到的組 態資料有效,則在522中CPU 114檢查以查看新的組態ID (「CONID」)是否匹配先前CONID。在一例示性實施例 中,先前CONID可儲存於一記憶體裝置(諸如,非揮發 性記憶體裝置)中,該記憶體裝置在三維眼鏡104之製造 或現場程式化期間可操作地耦接至CPU 114。在522中, 若新的CONID不匹配先前CONID,則在524中CPU 114 控制三維眼鏡104之快門106及108進入透明模式(CLEAR MODE )。在522中,若新的CONID匹配先前CONID,則 在526中CPU 114設定SI及CONID旗標以觸發正常模式 快門序列以用於觀看三維影像。 在一例示性實施例中,在執行或正常模式下,三維眼 鏡104完全可操作。在一例示性實施例中,在關閉模式下, 該三維眼鏡不可操作。在一例示性實施例中,在正常模式 下,該三維眼鏡可操作且可實施方法200。 在一例示性實施例中,信號傳輸器110可靠近劇院投 影器130設置。在一例示性實施例中,信號傳輸器110尤 其將一同步信號(「sync信號」)發送至三維眼鏡104之信 號感測器112。信號傳輸器110可改為或額外地自劇院投 影器130及/或任何顯示器及/或任何發射器裝置接收同步 信號。在一例示性實施例中,一加密信號可用以防止三維 16 201223243 眼鏡104與不含有正確加密信號之信號傳輸器u〇 一起操 作。此外,在一例示性實施例中,該加密傳輸器信號將不 會正確地致動未經配備以接收及處理加密信號之三維眼 鏡104。在一例示性實施例中,信號傳輪器11〇亦可將加 密資料發送至三維眼鏡1〇4。 Ο ϋ /請參照圖6所示,在—例示性實施例中,在操作期間, 系統1〇〇實施一操作方法600,在該方法6〇〇中在 中,該系統判定信號傳輸器110是否因為恰好在6〇2中傳 來電力而被重設。在602中,若信號傳輸器u〇因為恰好 傳來電力而被重設’則在604中該信號傳輸器產生一新的 隨機同步反相旗標。在繼中,若信號傳輸器η〇不具有 通電重設狀;兄,則在6〇6中信號傳輸器11〇之CPU⑽ 判定相同之同步編錢否已使用超出—預定時間量。在一 例不性實施例中,_中之預㈣間可為四個小時,或一 典型電影之長度,或任何其他合料間。s 6G6中,若相 編碼已被使用了4小時以上,則在604中信號傳 M ° 之CPU 110a產生一新的同步反相旗標。 中’信號傳輸器⑽之cpu心接著判定該 :二專輸益是否仍在從投㈣13〇接收一信號。在議 ’右仏號傳輸器110並非仍在從投影器m接收一产 :二則在610中信號傳輸器110可使用其自身的内部时 山/繼續在適當時間將同步信號發送至信號感測器 在操作期間’信號傳輸器11G可例如在㈣衝同步信 17 201223243 號與二脈衝同步信號之間交替。在一例示性實施例中,兩 脈衝同步信號控制三維眼鏡104開啟左快門1〇8,且三脈 衝同步信號控制三維眼鏡1〇4開啟右快門1〇6。在—例示 性實施例中,信號傳輸器110可在每η個信號之後發送一 加密信號。 在612中,若信號傳輸器11〇判定其應發送三脈衝同 步信號’則在614中該信號傳輸n判定自上—個加密循環 ,的仏號計數。在一例示性實施例中,信號傳輸器在 母十個信號中僅發送一次加密信號。然而,在一例示性實 包例中加检# 5虎之間可存在較多或較少信號循環。在 _ ’若信號傳輸器no之CPU 110a判定此並非第n個三 ,衝同步信號’則在616中CPU控制該信號傳輸器發送一 =準的三脈衝同步信號。若該同步信號為第n個三脈衝传 5則在618中信號傳輸器u。之cpu u〇a將該資料加 =在620中CPU 110a發送一具有嵌入的組態資料之三 ^同步信號。在612巾,純號傳輸器HG判定其不應 1运二脈衝同步信號,則在 衝同步信號。 622中該^傳輪器發送兩脈 =參看圖7及圖8’在—例示性實施例中,在 作i日___________ 期間,™寻㈣11〇實施一操作方法期,在备 ,組合該等同步脈衝與經編碼組態資料,然後^ ΐΓΓ〇力,。詳言之,信號傳輸器no包括- ->-cPUn〇a,,J::—:-:; 18 201223243 環802之開始處。在702中,若信號傳輸器no之CPU ll〇a 判定時脈信號800處於時脈循環之開始處,則在7〇4中該 k號傳輸器之CPU檢查以查看一組態資料信號804是高還 是低。若組態資料信號804為高,則在706中將一資料脈 衝信號806設定為一高值。若組態資料信號8〇4為低,則 在708中將資料脈衝信號806設定為一低值。在一例示性 實施例中,資料脈衝信號806可能已包括同步信號。因此, Ο ❹ 在710中組合資料脈衝信號8〇6與同步信號且在71〇中由 信號傳輸器110加以傳輸。 在-例示性實施例中,在加密操作之前或之後,組離 資料信號804之加密形式可在每—個同步信號序列期間’;; 在預定數目個同步信號序列之後、嵌入同步信號序列中、 與同步信號㈣重疊或與同步信號序顺合地發送。此 外’組態資料信號804之加密形式可在兩脈衝同步信號或 三脈衝同步信號或其兩者上或任何其他數目個脈衝之作 號上發送。另外,g是否在傳輸之任—端加密同粋 號,可在同步信號序列之傳輸之間傳輸該加密組態資料;1 在一例示性實施例中,可例如使用曼徹斯特編石馬提供 組態資枓錢之編碼(具有或不具有料錢序列)。 請參照圖2、圖5、圖8、圖9及圖1〇,在一例 施例中,纟系統謂之操作期間,三維眼鏡ig4實施 作=_,在該方法_中,在902中,三維眼鏡1〇4 檢查-喚賴式逾時。在—例示性實 中的唤醒模式逾時之存在由—時脈信號规a 19 201223243 時脈仏號具有一持續時間為100毫秒之高脈衝902aa,其 可每兩秒或其他預定時間段出3¾。在-例示性實施例/,、 尚脈衝902aa之存在指示一喚醒模式逾時。 在902中右CPU 114债測到一唤醒逾時,則在9〇4 中該CPU使用信號感測器112檢查—同步信號之存在或不 存在。在904中,若CPU114偵測到一同步信號,則在9〇6 中該CPU使二維眼鏡1〇4處於一透明操作模式下。在—例 示性實施例中,在透明操作模式下,該三維眼鏡實施方法 200及500中的一或多者的至少幾個部分,其接收同步脈 衝’及/或處理組態資料8〇4。在一例示性實施例中,在透 明操作模式下,該三維眼鏡至少可提供方法1300之操作, 如下文所描述。 在904中,若CPU 114未偵測到一同步信號,則在908 中該CPU使三維眼鏡104處於一關閉操作模式下,且接著 在902中,該CPU檢查一喚醒模式逾時。在一例示性實施 例中’在關閉操作模式下,該三維眼鏡不提供正常操作模 式戒透明操作模式之特徵。 在一例示性實施例中,當三維眼鏡處於關閉模式或透 明模式時,三維眼鏡104實施方法900。 現參看圖11及圖12,在一例示性實施例中,在系統 100之操作期間,三維眼鏡104實施一暖機操作方法 11〇〇 ’在該方法中,在1102中,三維眼鏡之CPU 114檢 查彡雉眼鏡之通電。在一例示性實施例中,可藉由一使用 者啟動一通電開關或藉由一自動喚醒序列將三維眼鏡104 20 201223243 通電。在三維眼鏡104通電的情況下,三維眼鏡之快門106 及108可例如需要一暖機序列。在一時間段中不具有電力 的快門106及108之液晶單元之分子可能處於一不明確狀 - 態下。 在1102中,若三維眼鏡104之CPU 114偵測到該三 維眼鏡之通電,則在1104中該CPU分別將交變電壓信號 1104a及1104b施加至快門106及108。在一例示性實施例 中,施加至快門106及108之電壓在正峰值與負译值之間 ^ 交替以避免快門之液晶單元中的離子化問題。在一例示性 實施例中,電壓信號1104a及1104b彼此至少部分地不同 相。或者,電壓信號1104a及1104b可能同相或完全不同 相。在一例示性實施例中,電壓信號1104a及1104b中之 一者或兩者可在一零電壓與一峰值電壓之間交替。在一例 示性實施例中,可將其他形式之電壓信號施加至快門106 及108,以使得快門之液晶單元處於一明確操作狀態。在 q 一例示性實施例中,施加電壓信號1104a及1104b至快門 106及108使該等快門同時或在不同時間開啟及關閉。或 者,施加電壓信號1104a及1104b使快門106及108 —直 關閉。 • 在施加電壓信號1104a及1104b至快門106及108期 間,在1106中,CPU 114檢查一暖機逾時。在1106中, 若CPU 114偵測到一暖機逾時,則在1108中該CPU將停 止將電壓信號1104a及1104b施加至快門106及108。 在一例示性實施例中,在1104及1106中,CPU 114 21 201223243 在一足以致動s亥等快門之該等液晶單元之時間段中將電 壓信號1104a及1104b施加至快門1〇6及1〇8。在一例厂、 性實施例中,CPU 114在兩秒之逾時時段中將電壓信號 1104a及ll〇4b施加至快門1〇6及108。在一例示性實二^ 中,電壓信號1104a及1104b之最大量值可為14伏特。在 一例示性實施例中,1106中之逾時時段可為兩秒。在一例 示性實施例中,電壓信號1104a及11〇仆之最大量值可大 於或小於14伏特,且逾時時段可更長或更短。在一例示 性實施例中,在方法1100期間,cpuU4可以一不同於用 於觀看電影之速率的速率開啟及關閉快門1〇6及1〇8。在 一例示性實施例中,在蘭中,施加至快門1〇6及⑽ ^電麗信號丨咖及丨祕以—不同於用於觀看電影之速 革的速率交替。在-例示性實施财,在蘭中,施加 、*\二〇6及1〇8之電壓信號不交替,且在暖機時間段期 = 加’且因此該等快門之液晶單元在整個暖機時 =可保料透明。在―例示性實施财,暖機方法贈 HZ步信號存在或不存在的情況下發生。因此,方法 施例中γΓ輯⑽提供一暖機操作模式。在一例示性實 常執—拖貫施暖機方法1100之後’三維眼鏡處於一正 =實丁 模式下且接著可實施方法。或者,在-例 於-透日施暖機方法議之後,三維眼鏡處 130()。 ’、、式下且接著可實施下文所描述之方法 現參看圖及圖 圖14 ’在一例示性實施例中,在系統 22 201223243〇 Pulse. In 504, if the 3D glasses 1〇4 are not in the execution mode (RUN MODE), the cpu 114 determines whether the 3D glasses 104 are in the OFF mode (OFF MODE). If the CPU 114 determines in 506 that the three-dimensional glasses 104 are not in the off mode, then at 508 the CPU 114 continues normal processing' and then returns to 502. If the CPU 114 determines in 506 that the 3D glasses 104 are in the off mode, the CPU 114 clears the sync inverter ("SI") and the verification flag in 510 to prepare the CPU 0 114 'in the 512 for the next encrypted signal. One of the shutters 1 〇 6 and 108 warms up the sequence, then proceeds to normal operation 508 and returns to 502. If the 3D glasses 1〇4 are in the execution mode at 504, the CPU 114 determines in 514 whether the 3D glasses 1〇4 have been configured for encryption. If the 3D glasses 104 have been configured for encryption in 514, the CPU 114 continues with normal operation in 508 and proceeds to 502. If the three-dimensional eyepiece 104 is not configured for encryption at 514, the CPU 114 checks in 516 to determine if the incoming signal is a three-pulse synchronization signal. If the incoming signal is not a three-pulse sync signal at 516, then CPU 114 proceeds to normal operation 508 in 2012 and proceeds to 502. If the incoming signal is a three-pulse synchronization signal at 516, the CPU 114 receives the configuration data from the signal transmitter 110 using the signal sensor 112 at 518. The CPU 114 then decrypts the received configuration data at 520 to determine if it is valid. In 520, if the received configuration data is valid, then at 522 the CPU 114 checks to see if the new configuration ID ("CONID") matches the previous CONID. In an exemplary embodiment, the previous CONID may be stored in a memory device, such as a non-volatile memory device, operatively coupled to the manufacturing or field programming of the 3D glasses 104 to CPU 114. In 522, if the new CONID does not match the previous CONID, then in 524 the CPU 114 controls the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses 104 to enter a transparent mode (CLEAR MODE). In 522, if the new CONID matches the previous CONID, then in 526 the CPU 114 sets the SI and CONID flags to trigger the normal mode shutter sequence for viewing the three dimensional image. In an exemplary embodiment, the three-dimensional eyepiece 104 is fully operational in either the execution or normal mode. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses are inoperable in the off mode. In an exemplary embodiment, in normal mode, the 3D glasses are operable and the method 200 can be implemented. In an exemplary embodiment, signal transmitter 110 can be placed adjacent to theater projector 130. In an exemplary embodiment, signal transmitter 110 transmits a synchronization signal ("sync signal") to signal sensor 112 of 3D glasses 104. Signal transmitter 110 may instead or additionally receive synchronization signals from theater projector 130 and/or any display and/or any transmitter device. In an exemplary embodiment, an encrypted signal can be used to prevent the three-dimensional 16 201223243 glasses 104 from operating with a signal transmitter u that does not contain a properly encrypted signal. Moreover, in an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted transmitter signal will not properly actuate the three-dimensional eyepiece 104 that is not equipped to receive and process the encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter 11 can also transmit the encrypted material to the 3D glasses 1〇4. ϋ ϋ / Please refer to FIG. 6 , in an exemplary embodiment, during operation, the system 1 implements an operational method 600 in which the system determines whether the signal transmitter 110 is It was reset because electricity was transmitted just in the 6〇2. In 602, if the signal transmitter u is reset because it just happens to transmit power, then at 604 the signal transmitter generates a new random sync inversion flag. In the following, if the signal transmitter η 〇 does not have the power-on reset state; the brother, in the 6 〇 6 signal transmitter 11 CPU CPU (10) determines whether the same synchronous money has been used for more than - a predetermined amount of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the pre-(4) in _ may be four hours, or the length of a typical movie, or any other combination. In s 6G6, if the phase encoding has been used for more than 4 hours, the CPU 110a transmitting the signal M at 604 generates a new synchronous inversion flag. The cpu heart of the 'signal transmitter' (10) then determines whether the second transmission or the benefit is still receiving a signal from the (four) 13 。. The right-hand transmitter 110 is not still receiving a product from the projector m: two, in 610, the signal transmitter 110 can use its own internal time/continue to send the synchronization signal to the signal sensing at the appropriate time. During operation, the signal transmitter 11G can alternate between, for example, (4) Sync Synchronization Letter 17 201223243 and the two-pulse synchronization signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the two-pulse synchronization signal controls the 3D glasses 104 to open the left shutter 1〇8, and the three-pulse synchronization signal controls the 3D glasses 1〇4 to open the right shutter 1〇6. In an exemplary embodiment, signal transmitter 110 may transmit an encrypted signal after every n signals. In 612, if the signal transmitter 11 determines that it should transmit a three-pulse synchronization signal ', then in 614 the signal transmission n determines the apostrophe count from the previous encryption cycle. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits the encrypted signal only once in the mother ten signals. However, there may be more or fewer signal cycles between the inspected #5 tigers in an exemplary embodiment. If the CPU 110a of the signal transmitter no determines that this is not the nth third, the burst synchronization signal 'at 616, the CPU controls the signal transmitter to transmit a = quasi three-pulse synchronization signal. If the sync signal is the nth three-pulse pass 5 then the signal transmitter u is at 618. The CPU u〇a adds the data = in 620 the CPU 110a sends a three-sync signal with embedded configuration data. In the 612 towel, the pure transmitter HG determines that it should not transmit a two-pulse synchronization signal, and then synchronizes the synchronization signal. In 622, the passer transmits two pulses. Referring to FIG. 7 and FIG. 8'. In the exemplary embodiment, during the period of ___________, the TM seeks (4) 11〇 implements an operation method period, and prepares and combines the same. Synchronize the pulse with the encoded configuration data, then ^ ΐΓΓ〇,. In particular, the signal transmitter no includes ->>-cPUn〇a,, J::-:-:; 18 201223243 The beginning of the ring 802. In 702, if the CPU ll 〇 a of the signal transmitter no determines that the clock signal 800 is at the beginning of the clock cycle, then the CPU of the k transmitter checks at 7 〇 4 to view a configuration data signal 804. High or low. If configuration data signal 804 is high, then a data pulse signal 806 is set to a high value at 706. If the configuration data signal 8〇4 is low, the data pulse signal 806 is set to a low value at 708. In an exemplary embodiment, data pulse signal 806 may already include a synchronization signal. Therefore, 资料 组合 combines the data pulse signal 8〇6 with the sync signal in 710 and is transmitted by the signal transmitter 110 in 71〇. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted form of the group away data signal 804 may be during each of the synchronization signal sequences before or after the encryption operation;; after a predetermined number of synchronization signal sequences, embedded in the synchronization signal sequence, It is superimposed on the synchronization signal (4) or transmitted in synchronization with the synchronization signal sequence. The encrypted form of the 'configuration data signal 804 can be transmitted on either the two-pulse sync signal or the three-pulse sync signal, or both, or any other number of pulses. In addition, whether g is encrypted at the end of the transmission, the encrypted configuration data can be transmitted between transmissions of the synchronization signal sequence; 1 In an exemplary embodiment, the configuration can be provided, for example, using Manchester Stone Mason The code of the money (with or without a sequence of money). Referring to FIG. 2, FIG. 5, FIG. 8, FIG. 9 and FIG. 1A, in one example, during the operation of the system, the three-dimensional glasses ig4 are implemented as _, in the method _, in 902, three-dimensional Glasses 1〇4 check-call timeout. The existence of the wake-up mode overtime in the exemplary real-time clock signal gauge a 19 201223243 The clock nickname has a high pulse 902aa with a duration of 100 milliseconds, which can be 33⁄4 every two seconds or other predetermined time period. . In the case of the exemplary embodiment /, the pulse 902aa indicates that an awake mode has expired. In 902, the right CPU 114 detects a wakeup timeout, and in 9.4 the CPU uses the signal sensor 112 to check for the presence or absence of the synchronization signal. In 904, if the CPU 114 detects a synchronization signal, the CPU places the 2D glasses 1〇4 in a transparent mode of operation at 9〇6. In an exemplary embodiment, in a transparent mode of operation, the three-dimensional glasses implement at least portions of one or more of methods 200 and 500 that receive synchronization pulses and/or process configuration data 8〇4. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses may provide at least the operation of method 1300 in a transparent mode of operation, as described below. In 904, if the CPU 114 does not detect a synchronization signal, the CPU places the 3D glasses 104 in a shutdown mode of operation at 908, and then at 902, the CPU checks for an awake mode timeout. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses do not provide the features of a normal mode of operation or a transparent mode of operation in the off mode of operation. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 104 implement the method 900 when the 3D glasses are in the off mode or the transparent mode. Referring now to Figures 11 and 12, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of system 100, 3D glasses 104 implement a warm-up operation method 11' in which, in 1102, CPU 114 of the 3D glasses Check the power of the glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 104 20 201223243 can be powered up by a user initiating a power on switch or by an automatic wake up sequence. Where the 3D glasses 104 are energized, the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses may, for example, require a warm up sequence. The molecules of the liquid crystal cells of the shutters 106 and 108 that do not have power for a period of time may be in an ambiguous state. In 1102, if the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 detects the energization of the 3D glasses, the CPU applies the alternating voltage signals 1104a and 1104b to the shutters 106 and 108, respectively, in 1104. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to shutters 106 and 108 alternates between positive and negative values to avoid ionization problems in the liquid crystal cells of the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, voltage signals 1104a and 1104b are at least partially different from one another. Alternatively, voltage signals 1104a and 1104b may be in phase or completely different phases. In an exemplary embodiment, one or both of voltage signals 1104a and 1104b may alternate between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, other forms of voltage signals can be applied to shutters 106 and 108 such that the liquid crystal cells of the shutter are in an unambiguous operating state. In an exemplary embodiment, voltage signals 1104a and 1104b are applied to shutters 106 and 108 to cause the shutters to be turned on and off simultaneously or at different times. Alternatively, voltage signals 1104a and 1104b are applied to cause shutters 106 and 108 to close. • During the application of voltage signals 1104a and 1104b to shutters 106 and 108, in 1106, CPU 114 checks for a warm-up timeout. In 1106, if CPU 114 detects a warm-up timeout, then in 1108 the CPU will stop applying voltage signals 1104a and 1104b to shutters 106 and 108. In an exemplary embodiment, in 1104 and 1106, CPU 114 21 201223243 applies voltage signals 1104a and 1104b to shutters 1〇6 and 1104 during a period of time sufficient to actuate the liquid crystal cells of the shutter such as shai. 8. In one embodiment, the CPU 114 applies voltage signals 1104a and 11A4b to shutters 1 and 6 in a two second timeout period. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of voltage signals 1104a and 1104b can be 14 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the timeout period in 1106 can be two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of voltage signals 1104a and 11 may be greater or less than 14 volts, and the timeout period may be longer or shorter. In an exemplary embodiment, during method 1100, cpuU4 can turn shutters 1 and 6 and 1 to 8 at a different rate than the rate at which the movie is viewed. In an exemplary embodiment, in the blue, the shutters are applied to the shutters 1 and 6 and the signals are alternated with the speed of the speed used to view the movie. In the case of an exemplary implementation, in the blue, the voltage signals applied, *\2〇6 and 1〇8 do not alternate, and during the warm-up period = plus 'and therefore the liquid crystal cells of the shutters are warmed up throughout Time = can be transparent. In the case of "exemplary implementation", the warm-up method occurs in the presence or absence of the HZ step signal. Thus, the method of gamma (10) provides a warm-up mode of operation. After an exemplary practice-to-drag heater method 1100, the 3D glasses are in a positive = real mode and the method can then be implemented. Or, in the case of - for example, the three-dimensional glasses 130 (). The method described below can be implemented and then described. Referring now to Figures and Figures Figure 14' In an exemplary embodiment, in system 22 201223243

100之操作期間,三維眼鏡104實施一操作方法13〇〇,在 該方法中,在1302中,CPU 114檢查以查看由信號感測器 112偵測到的同步信號是有效還是無效。在13〇2中,若 u 114判定同步信號無效,則在1如4中該CPU將電壓 號13〇4a及1304b施加至三維眼鏡1〇4之快門1〇6及 在一例示性實施例中,施加至快門1〇6及1〇8之電 2正峰值與負峰值之間交替以避免㈣之液晶單元中 1104^化問題。在一例示性實施例中,電壓信號110牝及 替。b中之一者或兩者可在一零電壓與一峰值電壓之間交 至快在1示性實施例中,可將其他形式之電壓信號施加 得^ 1〇6及1〇8 ’以使得快門之液晶單元保持開啟,使 矛^眼鏡1G4之使用者可透過快門正常地查看。在一例 貫施例中,施加電壓信號u〇4a及11〇扑至快門1〇6 ϋ8使該等快門開啟。 /施加電壓信號讓&及13〇4b至快門剛及1〇8期 ’在!306中,〇>U114檢查一清除逾日夺(cieadngtime U08 tb在1306中’右CPU 114制到一清除逾時,則在 中該CPU將停止將電壓信號13叫及13勵施加至 氏門106及108。 到^此,在-例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡iq4未俄測 有效同步信號,則該三維眼鏡可轉至一透明操 且實施方法1300。在透明操作模式下, ’、、式 中,_ 羯式下在—解性實施例 二維眼鏡H)4之快門106及⑽均保持開啟,使得觀 可通過二維眼鏡之快門正常地觀看。在一例示性實施 23 201223243 例中,施加一正負交替的恆定電壓以將三維眼鏡之快門 106及108之液晶單元維持在一透明狀態。該恆定電壓可 例如在2至3伏特之範圍内,但該恆定電壓可為適合維持 適度透明快門之任何其他電壓。在一例示性實施例中,三 維眼鏡104之快門106及108可保持透明,直至該三維眼 鏡能夠驗證一加密信號。在一例示性實施例中,可以允許 三維眼鏡之使用者正常地觀看之一速率交替地開啟及關 閉三維眼鏡之快門106及108。 因此,方法1300提供一種清除三維眼鏡104之操作之 方法,且藉此提供一透明操作模式。 現參看圖15,在一例示性實施例中,在系統100之操 作期間,三維眼鏡104實施一種監視電池120之方法 1500,在該方法中,在1502中,三維眼鏡之CPU 114使 用電池感測器122判定電池之剩餘可用壽命。在1502中, 若三維眼鏡之CPU 114判定電池120之剩餘可用壽命不 足,則在1504中CPU提供低電池壽命狀況之一指示。 在一例示性實施例中,不足的剩餘電池壽命可例如為 小於3小時之任何時段。在一例示性實施例中,充足的剩 餘電池壽命可由三維眼鏡之製造商預先設定及/或由三維 眼鏡之使用者程式化。 在一例示性實施例中,在1504中,三維眼鏡104之 CPU 114將藉由使三維眼鏡之快門106及108緩慢閃爍、 藉由使快門同時以可被三維眼鏡之使用者看見之一中等 速率閃爍、藉由使一指示燈閃光、藉由產生一可聽聲音及 24 201223243 其類似動作而指示一低電池壽命狀況 在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡104之CPU 114偵 ' 測到剩餘電池壽命不足以持續一規定時間段,則在1504 - 中三維眼鏡之CPU將指示一電池電力偏低狀況且接著防 止使用者開啟三維眼鏡。 在一例示性實施例中,每當三維眼鏡轉變至透明操作 模式時,三維眼鏡104之CPU 114判定剩餘電池壽命是否 足夠。 ^ 在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡之CPU 114判定電 池將持續至少預定足夠時間量,則三維眼鏡將繼續正常操 作。正常操作可包括保持在透明操作模式下五分鐘,同時 檢查來自信號傳輸器110之有效信號,然後轉至一關閉模 式,在該模式中三維眼鏡104週期性地醒來以檢查來自信 號傳輸器之信號。 在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡104之CPU 114恰在 Q 關掉三維眼鏡之前檢查電池電力偏低狀況。在一例示性實 施例中,若電池120將不能持續該預定的足夠剩餘壽命時 間,則快門106及108將開始緩慢閃爍。 在一例示性實施例中,若電池120將不能持續該預定 的足夠剩餘壽命時間,則快門106及/或108將在兩秒内處 . 於一不透明狀況(亦即,液晶單元關閉)且接著在十分之 一秒内處於一透明狀況(亦即,液晶單元開啟)。快門106 及/或108關閉及開啟的時間段可為任何時間段。 在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡104可在任何時間(包 25 201223243 括在暖機期間、在正常操作期間、在透明模式期間、在斷 電模式期間,或於任何狀況之間轉變時)檢查電池電力偏 低狀況。在一例示性實施例中,若在觀看者可能在看電影 -之中途時偵測到一低電池壽命狀況,則三維眼鏡104可不 立即指示該電池電力偏低狀況。 在一些實施例中,若三維眼鏡104之CPU 114偵測到 一電池電力偏低位準,則使用者將不能夠將三維眼鏡通 電。 現參看圖16,在一例示性實施例中,一測試器160〇 f) 可鄰設於三維眼鏡104以便檢測三維眼鏡在正常工作。在 —例示性實施例中,測試器1600包括用於將測試信號 1600b傳輸至該三維眼鏡之信號感測器112的一信號傳輸 器1600a。在一例示性實施例中,測試信號1600b可包括 —同步信號,其具有一低頻率速率以使三維眼鏡104之快 門106及108以可被三維眼鏡之使用者看見之一低速率閃 爍。在一例示性實施例中,快門及108不能回應於測 試信號1600b而閃爍可指示三維眼鏡1〇4不能正常操作。 4 f 現參看圖17 ’在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1〇4進 一步包括一可操作地耦接至CPU 114、快門控制器116及 118、及電池120之電荷泵17〇〇,其用於將電池之輸出電 壓轉換成一較高輸出電壓以供操作快門控制器之用。 參看圖18、圖I8a、圖18b、圖18c及圖i8d,提供三 維眼鏡1800之一例示性實施例,該三維眼鏡在設計及操 作上實質上等同於上文所說明及描述之三維眼鏡1〇4,惟 26 201223243 下文所說明的方面除外。三維眼鏡1800包括一左快門 1802、一右快門1804、一左快門控制器1806、一右快門 控制器1808、一 CPU 1810、一電池感測器1812、一信號 感測器1814及一電荷泵1816。在一例示性實施例中,三 維眼鏡1800之左快門1802、右快門1804、左快門控制器 1806、右快門控制器1808、CPU 1810、電池感測器1812、 信號感測器1814及電荷泵1816的設計及操作實質上等同 於上文所描述及說明的三維眼鏡104之左快門106、右快 〇 門108、左快門控制器116、右快門控制器118、CPU 114、 電池感測器122、信號感測器112及電荷泵1700。During operation of 100, the 3D glasses 104 implement an operational method 13A in which, in 1302, the CPU 114 checks to see if the synchronization signal detected by the signal sensor 112 is active or inactive. In 13〇2, if u 114 determines that the synchronization signal is invalid, the CPU applies voltage numbers 13〇4a and 1304b to shutters 1〇6 of the three-dimensional glasses 1〇4 in 1 and 4, and in an exemplary embodiment. The alternating between the positive and negative peaks of the electric 2 applied to the shutters 1〇6 and 1〇8 avoids the problem of 1104^ in the liquid crystal cell of (4). In an exemplary embodiment, voltage signal 110 is replaced. One or both of b may be passed between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, other forms of voltage signals may be applied to ^1〇6 and 1〇8' to The liquid crystal unit of the shutter remains open, so that the user of the spear lens 1G4 can normally view through the shutter. In one example, the application of voltage signals u 〇 4a and 11 〇 to the shutters 1 〇 6 ϋ 8 causes the shutters to open. / Apply a voltage signal to & and 13〇4b to the shutter just after 1〇8 ’ at! In 306, 〇> U114 checks for a clear timeout (cieadngtime U08 tb in 1306 'right CPU 114 to a clear timeout, then the CPU will stop applying voltage signal 13 and 13 excitation to the gate 106 and 108. In the exemplary embodiment, if the 3D glasses iq4 are not validly synchronized, the 3D glasses can be transferred to a transparent operation and the method 1300 is implemented. In the transparent operation mode, ', In the formula, the shutters 106 and (10) of the two-dimensional glasses H) 4 are kept open, so that the view can be normally viewed through the shutter of the two-dimensional glasses. In an exemplary implementation 23 201223243, a positive and negative alternating constant voltage is applied to maintain the liquid crystal cells of the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses in a transparent state. The constant voltage can be, for example, in the range of 2 to 3 volts, but the constant voltage can be any other voltage suitable to maintain a moderately transparent shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, shutters 106 and 108 of three-dimensional glasses 104 may remain transparent until the three-dimensional eyeglass is capable of verifying an encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, a user of the 3D glasses may be allowed to normally view shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses alternately turned on and off at a rate. Thus, method 1300 provides a method of clearing the operation of 3D glasses 104 and thereby providing a transparent mode of operation. Referring now to Figure 15, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of system 100, three-dimensional glasses 104 implement a method 1500 of monitoring battery 120, in which, in 1502, CPU 114 of the three-dimensional glasses uses battery sensing. The processor 122 determines the remaining useful life of the battery. In 1502, if the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses determines that the remaining useful life of the battery 120 is insufficient, then in 1504 the CPU provides an indication of a low battery life condition. In an exemplary embodiment, insufficient remaining battery life may be, for example, any period of less than 3 hours. In an exemplary embodiment, sufficient remaining battery life may be pre-set by the manufacturer of the 3D glasses and/or programmed by the user of the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, in 1504, the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 will be at a medium rate by causing the shutters 106 and 108 of the 3D glasses to blink slowly by simultaneously making the shutter visible to the user of the 3D glasses. Flashing, indicating a low battery life condition by flashing an indicator light, by generating an audible sound and 24 201223243, in an exemplary embodiment, if the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 detects the remaining If the battery life is not sufficient for a specified period of time, then the CPU of the 3D glasses in 1504 will indicate a low battery condition and then prevent the user from turning on the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, whenever the 3D glasses transition to the transparent mode of operation, the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 determines if the remaining battery life is sufficient. In an exemplary embodiment, if the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses determines that the battery will continue for at least a predetermined amount of time, the 3D glasses will continue to operate normally. Normal operation may include remaining in the transparent mode of operation for five minutes while checking for a valid signal from signal transmitter 110, and then moving to an off mode in which 3D glasses 104 wake up periodically to check for signals from the signal transmitter. signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 checks for a low battery condition just before Q turns off the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, if the battery 120 will not last for the predetermined sufficient remaining life time, the shutters 106 and 108 will begin to flash slowly. In an exemplary embodiment, if the battery 120 will not last for the predetermined sufficient remaining life time, the shutters 106 and/or 108 will be within two seconds. In an opaque condition (ie, the liquid crystal cell is off) and then In a transparent condition within one tenth of a second (ie, the liquid crystal cell is turned on). The period of time during which shutters 106 and/or 108 are closed and opened may be any period of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 104 can be at any time (package 25 201223243 included during warm up, during normal operation, during transparent mode, during power down mode, or between any conditions) Check for low battery power. In an exemplary embodiment, if a low battery life condition is detected while the viewer is likely to be watching a movie - the 3D glasses 104 may not immediately indicate that the battery power is low. In some embodiments, if the CPU 114 of the 3D glasses 104 detects a low battery level, the user will not be able to power the 3D glasses. Referring now to Figure 16, in an exemplary embodiment, a tester 160 〇 f) can be positioned adjacent to the 3D glasses 104 to detect that the 3D glasses are functioning properly. In an exemplary embodiment, tester 1600 includes a signal transmitter 1600a for transmitting test signal 1600b to signal sensor 112 of the three-dimensional glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, test signal 1600b can include a synchronization signal having a low frequency rate to cause shutters 106 and 108 of 3D glasses 104 to flash at a low rate that can be seen by a user of the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, the shutter and 108 may not respond to the test signal 1600b and flashing may indicate that the 3D glasses 1〇4 are not operating properly. 4 f Referring now to Figure 17, in an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 1 4 further includes a charge pump 17A operatively coupled to the CPU 114, the shutter controllers 116 and 118, and the battery 120. It is used to convert the output voltage of the battery into a higher output voltage for operating the shutter controller. Referring to Figures 18, I8a, 18b, 18c, and i8d, an exemplary embodiment of a three-dimensional eyeglass 1800 is provided that is substantially identical in design and operation to the three-dimensional eyeglasses illustrated and described above. 4, except 26 201223243 Except as described below. The 3D glasses 1800 includes a left shutter 1802, a right shutter 1804, a left shutter controller 1806, a right shutter controller 1808, a CPU 1810, a battery sensor 1812, a signal sensor 1814, and a charge pump 1816. . In an exemplary embodiment, the left shutter 1802 of the 3D glasses 1800, the right shutter 1804, the left shutter controller 1806, the right shutter controller 1808, the CPU 1810, the battery sensor 1812, the signal sensor 1814, and the charge pump 1816 The design and operation are substantially identical to the left shutter 106, the right shutter 108, the left shutter controller 116, the right shutter controller 118, the CPU 114, the battery sensor 122 of the 3D glasses 104 described and illustrated above. Signal sensor 112 and charge pump 1700.

在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1800包括以下組件:In an exemplary embodiment, 3D glasses 1800 includes the following components:

:,V- 值/ID R12 10K R9 100K D3 BAS7004 R6 4.7K D2 BP104FS R1 10M C5 • luF R5 20K U5-2 MCP6242 R3 10K C6 .luF C7 •OOluf CIO .33uF R7 1M D1 BAS7004 R2 330K U5-1 MCP6242 R4 1M Rll 330K 27 201223243 殖變 U6 MCP111 R13 100K U3 PIC16F636 Cl 47uF C2 • luF R8 10K RIO 20K R14 10K R15 100K Ql NDS0610 D6 MAZ31200 D5 BAS7004 LI lmh Cll luF C3 • luF U1 4052 R511 470 C8 • luF C4 .luF U2 4052 R512 470 Cl 47uF Cll luf 左透鏡 LCD 1 右透鏡 LCD 2 BT1 3 V Li 在一例示性實施例中,左快門控制器1806包括一數位 控制類比開關U1,該開關在CPU 1810的控制下,視操作 模式而在左快門1802上施加一電壓以用於控制左快門之 操作。以類似方式,右快門控制器1808包括一數位控制 類比開關U2,該開關在CPU 1810的控制下,視操作模式 而在右快門1804上施加一電壓以用於控制右快門之操 28 201223243 作。在一例示性實施例中,U1及U2為習知的可自Unisonic Technologies或德州儀器(Texas Instruments )購得的零件 號碼分別為UTC 4052及TI 4052的數位控制類比開關。 如一般熟習此項技術者將認識到,4052數位控制類比 開關包括控制輸入信號A、B及INHIBIT(禁止)(「INH」)、 開關 I/O 信號 X0、XI、X2、X3、Y0、Yl、Y2 及 Y3 ’ 以 及輸出信號X及Y,且進一步提供以下真值表: 真值表 控制輸入 接通開關 禁 止 選擇 B A 0 0 0 Y0 X0 0 0 1 Y1 XI 0 1 0 Y2 X2 0 1 1 Y3 X3 1 X X 益:,V-value/ID R12 10K R9 100K D3 BAS7004 R6 4.7K D2 BP104FS R1 10M C5 • luF R5 20K U5-2 MCP6242 R3 10K C6 .luF C7 •OOluf CIO .33uF R7 1M D1 BAS7004 R2 330K U5-1 MCP6242 R4 1M Rll 330K 27 201223243 Colonization U6 MCP111 R13 100K U3 PIC16F636 Cl 47uF C2 • luF R8 10K RIO 20K R14 10K R15 100K Ql NDS0610 D6 MAZ31200 D5 BAS7004 LI lmh Cll luF C3 • luF U1 4052 R511 470 C8 • luF C4 .luF U2 4052 R512 470 Cl 47uF Cll luf Left lens LCD 1 Right lens LCD 2 BT1 3 V Li In an exemplary embodiment, the left shutter controller 1806 includes a digital control analog switch U1 that is under the control of the CPU 1810. A voltage is applied to the left shutter 1802 depending on the mode of operation for controlling the operation of the left shutter. In a similar manner, the right shutter controller 1808 includes a digital control analog switch U2 that, under the control of the CPU 1810, applies a voltage to the right shutter 1804 for controlling the right shutter depending on the mode of operation. In an exemplary embodiment, U1 and U2 are conventional digitally controlled analog switches available from Unisonic Technologies or Texas Instruments with part numbers UTC 4052 and TI 4052, respectively. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the 4052 digital control analog switch includes control input signals A, B and INHIBIT ("INH"), switch I/O signals X0, XI, X2, X3, Y0, Yl. , Y2 and Y3 ' and output signals X and Y, and further provide the following truth table: Truth table control input on switch disable selection BA 0 0 0 Y0 X0 0 0 1 Y1 XI 0 1 0 Y2 X2 0 1 1 Y3 X3 1 XX benefits

*X =任意值 且,如圖19中所說明,4052數位控制類比開關亦提 供一功能圖1900。因此’ 4052數位控制類比開關提供各 自具有兩個獨立開關的數位控制類比開關,其准許左快門 控制器1806及右快門控制器1808選擇性地在左快門1802 及右快門1804上施加一受控電壓以控制快門之操作。*X = any value and, as illustrated in Figure 19, the 4052 digital control analog switch also provides a functional diagram 1900. Thus the '4052 digital control analog switch provides digital control analog switches each having two independent switches that permit the left shutter controller 1806 and the right shutter controller 1808 to selectively apply a controlled voltage across the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804. To control the operation of the shutter.

在一例示性實施例中,CPU 1810包括一微控制器 U3,其用於產生用於控制左快門控制器18〇6及右快門控 制器1808之數位控制類比開關U1及U2之操作的輸出信 號A、B、C、D及E。微控制器U3之輸出控制信號A、B 29 201223243 貝巧η 丫,槭7工市丨j态u j之翰出控制信號〇 及E提供或以其他方式實現數位控制類比開關Η〗及Μ] 之開關 I^jf 號 χο χι、χ2、χ3、γ〇、Y1、Υ2 及 γ3。 制信號In an exemplary embodiment, CPU 1810 includes a microcontroller U3 for generating output signals for controlling the operation of digital control analog switches U1 and U2 of left shutter controller 18〇6 and right shutter controller 1808. A, B, C, D and E. Microcontroller U3 output control signal A, B 29 201223243 Bei Qiao η 丫, maple 7 丨 j state uj han out control signal 〇 and E provide or otherwise implement digital control analog switch Η 〗 〖 The switches I^jf are χο χι, χ2, χ3, γ〇, Y1, Υ2, and γ3. Signal

DD

E UL·開關I/O信號 X3, Y1 X3, Y1 U2-開關i/o信號 X0, Y2 X0, Y2 七在一例示性實施例中,CPU 181〇之微控制器仍為可 自微晶片科技(MieiOehip)麟的可程式化微控制器,型 號為 PIC16F636。 及C將以下輸入控制信號a及b提供給數位控制類 ^ TT1 a TT^ . G 厂韦 U3-輸出控制信號 U1-輸入控制信 號 U2-輸又瓦蘇石'' 號 。 A ~~~~- Ό ----- A ---- B ρ -- A ~~-- 匕 5 B ~~~-~ 。在-例示性實施例中,電池感測器1812包括用於感測 電池120之電壓的—電力偵測器说。在—例示性實施例 中,電力偵測器U6為可自Micr〇chip購得之型號為 Mcpiii的微功率電壓偵測器。 在例不性實施例中,信號感測器1814包括用於感測 信號傳輸器uo對信號(包括同步信號及/或組態資料)之 傳輸的-光電二極體D2。在一例示性實施例中,光電二極 體Μ為可自歐斯朗(〇S_)購得之型號為BPHMFS的 “電極ft在例不性實施例中,信號感測器⑻斗進 一步包括運算放大器叫及吻,及相關信號調節組 30 201223243 件:電阻器 RJ、R2、R3、R4、R5、R6、R7、R9、R11 及 R12、電容器C5、C6、C7及CIO,以及肖特基二極體D1 及D3。 在一例示性實施例中,電荷泵1816使用一電荷泵將電 池120之輸出電壓之量值自3 V放大至-12 V。在一例示性 實施例中’電荷泵1816包括一金氧半場效電晶體 (MOSFET) Q卜一肖特基二極體D5、一電感器L1及一 齊納二極體D6。在一例示性實施例中,提供電荷泵1816 1 | 之輸出信號以作為左快門控制器1806之數位控制類比開 關U1之開關1/0信號X2及γ〇之輸入信號,及右快門控 制器1808之數位控制類比開關U2之開關I/O信號X3及 Y1之輸入信號。E UL·Switch I/O Signal X3, Y1 X3, Y1 U2-Switch i/o Signal X0, Y2 X0, Y2 VII In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 181〇 microcontroller is still self-microchip technology (MieiOehip) Lin's programmable microcontroller, model PIC16F636. And C provide the following input control signals a and b to the digital control class ^ TT1 a TT^ . G Factory Wei U3-output control signal U1- input control signal U2-transmission and Vasile stone ''. A ~~~~- Ό ----- A ---- B ρ -- A ~~-- 匕 5 B ~~~-~ . In an exemplary embodiment, battery sensor 1812 includes a power detector said to sense the voltage of battery 120. In the exemplary embodiment, power detector U6 is a micropower voltage detector of the type Mcpiii available from Micr(R) Chip. In an exemplary embodiment, signal sensor 1814 includes a photodiode D2 for sensing the transmission of signal transmitter uo to signals, including synchronization signals and/or configuration data. In an exemplary embodiment, the photodiode is an "electrode ft" model BPBPFS available from oslan (〇S_). In the exemplary embodiment, the signal sensor (8) bucket further includes an operation Amplifier call and kiss, and related signal conditioning group 30 201223243 pieces: resistor RJ, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R9, R11 and R12, capacitors C5, C6, C7 and CIO, and Schottky II Polar bodies D1 and D3. In an exemplary embodiment, charge pump 1816 uses a charge pump to amplify the magnitude of the output voltage of battery 120 from 3 V to -12 V. In an exemplary embodiment, 'charge pump 1816 A gold oxide half field effect transistor (MOSFET) Q-Schottky diode D5, an inductor L1, and a Zener diode D6 are included. In an exemplary embodiment, the output of the charge pump 1816 1 | is provided. The signal is used as the input signal of the switch 1/0 signals X2 and γ〇 of the digital switch of the left shutter controller 1806, and the digital I/O signals X3 and Y1 of the analog switch of the right shutter controller 1808. input signal.

如圖20中所說明’在一例示性實施例中,在三維眼鏡 1800之操作期間,在CPU 181〇之控制信號A、B、c、D 及E的控制下’數位控制類比開關υ〗及U2可在左快門 〇 1802及右快門1804中之一者或兩者上提供各種電壓。詳 言之,在CPU 1810之控制信號A、B、C、D及E的控制 下,數位控制類比開關U1及U2可提供:1)左快門18〇2 及右快門1804中之一者或兩者上的正或負15伏特;2)左 快門及右快門甲之一者或兩者上的在2至3伏特範圍内之 正或負電壓;或3)在左快門及右快門中之一者或兩者上提 供〇伏特(亦即,中性狀態在一例示性實施例中,在 CHJ 1810之控制信號a、B、C、D及E的控制下,數位 控制類比開關U1及U2可藉由例如組合+3伏特與_12伏特 31 201223243 來,供15伏特’從而達成左快門1802及右快門i8〇4中 之一者或兩者上的15伏特之電壓差(differential)。在一 例示性實施例中,在__之㈣㈣A、B、C、d =的控制下’數位控制類比開關m及U2刊如藉由 分壓器(包括組件R8及R10)將電池12〇之3伏特 輸出電壓減少至2伏特來提供2伏特箝位電壓。As illustrated in FIG. 20, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the 3D glasses 1800, under the control of the control signals A, B, c, D, and E of the CPU 181, the 'digital control analog switch 及〗 and U2 can provide various voltages on one or both of the left shutter 〇 1802 and the right shutter 1804. In detail, under the control of the control signals A, B, C, D and E of the CPU 1810, the digital control analog switches U1 and U2 can provide: 1) one or both of the left shutter 18〇2 and the right shutter 1804. Positive or negative 15 volts on the person; 2) positive or negative voltage in the range of 2 to 3 volts on one or both of the left and right shutters; or 3) in the left and right shutters Providing volts or both (ie, neutral state, in an exemplary embodiment, under the control of control signals a, B, C, D, and E of CHJ 1810, the digital control analog switches U1 and U2 may A voltage difference of 15 volts on one or both of the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter i8〇4 is achieved by, for example, combining +3 volts with _12 volts 31 201223243 for 15 volts. In the exemplary embodiment, under the control of __(4)(4)A, B, C, d = 'digital control analog switch m and U2, for example, by means of a voltage divider (including components R8 and R10), the battery 12 is 3 volts. The output voltage is reduced to 2 volts to provide a 2 volt clamp voltage.

或者’在cpu刪之控制信號A、B、C、D及E的 "|下,數位控制類比開關U1及U2可提供:丨)左快門 贈及右快門18〇4中之一者或兩者上的正或負15伏特. 2)左快門及右快門中之—者或兩者上的約2伏特之正或負 電麗;3)左快門及右快H t之-者或兩者上的約3伏特之 ^或負電壓;< 4)在左快門及右快門中之—者或兩者上提 供〇伏特(亦即,尹性狀態)。在一例示性實施例中,在 哪1810之控制信號A、B、c、D及E的控制下數位 控制類比開關U1及U2可藉由例如組合+3伏特與_12伏特 來,供15伏特,從而達成左快門則2及右快門、1804中 之=者或兩者上的15伏特之電壓差(differential)。在— 例示性實施例中,纟CPU 181G之控制信號A、b、c、D 及E的控制下,數位控制類比開關U1及U2可例如)由用 一分壓器(包括纽件則及R1〇)將電池12〇之3伏特輸 出電壓減少至2伏特來提供2伏特箝位電壓。 現參看圖21及圖22,在-例示性實施例中,在三維 眼鏡1_之操作期間,該三維眼鏡執行—正常執行操作 模式2100,在該模式中,將由cpu 181〇產生之控制信號 32 201223243 A、B、C、D及E用以控制左快門控制器ι8〇6及右快門 控制器1808之操作,從而又依據信號感測器1814所偵測 到的同步信號之類型來控制左快門18〇2及右快門18〇4之 操作。 詳言之’在2102中,若CPU 1810判定信號感測器1814 已接收一同步信號’則在2104中,該CPU判定所接收的 同步彳§號之類型。在一例示性實施例中,一包括3個脈衝 〇 之同步信號指示左快門1802應關閉且右快門1804應開 啟’而一包括2個脈衝之同步信號指示該左快門應開啟且 該右快門應關閉。更一般而言,可將任何數目個不同脈衝 用以控制左快門1802及右快門1804之開啟及關閉。 在2104中’若CPU 1810判定所接收的同步信號指示 左快門1802應關閉且右快門1804應開啟,則在21〇6中, 該CPU將控制信號A、B、c、D及E傳輸至左快門控制 器1806及右快門控制器18〇8,以將一高電壓施加至左快 Ο 門18〇2且將無電壓隨後接著一小箝位電壓施加至右快門 1804。在一例示性實施例中,在2106中施加至左快門1802 的向電壓之量值為15伏特。在一例示性實施例中,在21 〇6 中施加至右快門1804的箝位電壓之量值為2伏特。在一 . 例示性實施例中,在2106中,藉由將控制信號D之操作 狀態(其可為低、高或開啟)控制為開啟,藉此啟用分壓 器組件R8及R10之操作,且將控制信號E維持在一高狀 態而將箝位電壓施加至右快門1804。在一例示性實施例 中,2106中該箝位電壓至右快門ι804之施加被延遲一預 33 201223243 定時間段’以允許該右快門之液W之分子在該預定時間 段期間較快速地旋轉。在該預定時間段期滿之後隨後施加 該箝位電難著防止右快門刪巾线晶内之分子在右 快門之開啟期間旋轉過頭。 或者’在2104中,若CPU 182〇判定所接收的同抑 號指示左快門18〇2應開啟且右快門18〇4應關閉,則在 2108中,該CPU將控制信號A、B、c、D及£傳輸至左 快門控制器1806及右快門控制器18〇8,以將一高電壓施 加至右快門1804且將無電壓隨後接著一小箝位電壓施加 至左快門1802。在一例示性實施例中,在21〇8中施加至 右快門1804的高電壓之量值為15伏特。在一例示性實施 例中,在2108中施加至左快門18〇2的箝位電壓之量值為 2伏特。在一例示性實施例中,在21〇8中,藉由將控制信 號D控制為開啟’藉此啟用分壓器組件R8及Ri〇之操作, 且將控制信號E維持在一高位準而將該箝位電壓施加至左 快門1802。在一例示性實施例中,21〇8中該箝位電壓至 左快門1802之施加被延遲一預定時間段,以允許左快門 之液晶内之分子在該預定時間段期間較快速地旋轉。在該 預疋時間段期滿之後隨後施加箝位電壓接著防止左快門 1802中之液晶内之分子在左快門之開啟期間旋轉過頭。 在一例示性實施例中,在方法21 〇〇期間,在步驟21 〇6 及2108之後續重複中,施加至左快門18〇2及右快門18〇4 之電壓交替地為正及負,以防止對左快門及右快門之液晶 單元之損害。 34 201223243 因此,方法2100為三維眼鏡1800提供一正常或執行 操作模式。 現參照圖23及圖24所示,在一例示性實施例中,在 三維眼鏡1800之操作期間’三維眼鏡實施一暖機操作方 法2300,在該方法中,將由CPU 1810產生之控制信號A、 B、C、D及E用以控制左快門控制器1806及右快門控制 器1808之操作,從而又控制左快門1802及右快門1804 之操作。 〇 在2302中,三維眼鏡之CPU 1810檢查該三維眼鏡之 通電。在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1810可透過一使 用者啟動一通電開關或透過一自動喚醒序列而通電。在三 維眼鏡1810通電的情況下,三維眼鏡之快門18〇2及18〇4 可能例如需要一暖機序列。在一時間段中不具有電力的快 門1802及1804之液晶單元可能處於一不明確狀態下。 在2302中,若三維眼鏡1800之CPU 1810偵測到該 Q 三維眼鏡之通電,則在2304中,該CPU分別將交變電壓 信號2304a及2304b施加至左快門1802及右快門1804。 在一例示性實施例中,施加至左快門1802及右快門1804 之電壓在正峰值與負峰值之間交替以避免快門之液晶單 • 元中的離子化問題。在一例示性實施例中,電壓信號2304a • 及2304b可彼此至少部分地不同相。在一例示性實施例 中,電壓信號2304a及2304b中之一者或兩者可在一零電 壓與一峰值電壓之間交替。在一例示性實施例中,可將其 他形式之電壓信號施加至左快門1802及右快門1804,以 35 201223243 使得快門之液晶單元處於一明確操作狀態。在一例示性實 施例中,施加電壓信號2304a及2304b至左快門1802及右 快門1804使該等快門同時或在不同時間開啟及關閉。或 者,施加電壓信號2304a及2304b至左快門1802及右快門 1804可使該等快門保持關閉。 在施加電壓信號2304a及2304b至左快門1802及右快 門1804期間,在2306中,CPU 1810檢查一暖機逾時。在 2306中’若CPU 1810偵測到一暖機逾時,則在2308中, CPU將停止施加電壓信號2304a及2304b至左快門1802 及右快門1804。 在一例示性實施例中,在2304及2306中,CPU 1810 在一足以致動該等快門之液晶單元之時間段中將電壓信 號2304a及2304b施加至左快門1802及右快門1804。在 一例示性實施例中,CPU 1810在兩秒之時段中將電壓信號 2304a及2304b施加至左快門1802及右快門1804。在一例 示性實施例中,電壓信號2304a及2304b之最大量值可為 15伏特。在一例示性實施例中,2306中之逾時時段可為 兩秒。在一例示性實施例中,電壓信號2304a及2304b之 最大量值可大於或小於15伏特’且逾時時段可更長或更 短。在一例示性實施例中,在方法2300期間’ CPU 1810 可以一不同於可用於觀看電影之速率的速率開啟及關閉 左快門1802及右快門1804。在一例示性實施例中,在2304 中,施加至左快門1802及右快門1804之電壓信號不交 替,且在暖機時間段期間持續施加,且因此該等快門之液 36 201223243 晶單元在整個暖機時段中可保持不透明。在—例示性杏施 例中,暖機方法2細可在时錢存在或科在的二況 I發生。因此’方法謂為三維眼鏡蘭提供-暖機摔 作模式。在-例示性實施例中,在實施暖機方法2卿之 後’三維眼鏡誦處於—正常或執行操作模式下且 可實施方法2100。或者,在—例讀實_中,在實施暖 ΟOr 'under the control signal A, B, C, D and E of the cpu, the digital control analog switches U1 and U2 can provide: 丨) the left shutter gives one or two of the right shutter 18〇4 Positive or negative 15 volts on the person. 2) Positive or negative charge of about 2 volts on the left or right shutter or both; 3) Left shutter and right fast H t - or both A voltage of about 3 volts or a negative voltage; < 4) providing volts (i.e., a yin state) on either or both of the left and right shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the digital control analog switches U1 and U2 under the control of the 1810 control signals A, B, c, D, and E can be supplied by, for example, a combination of +3 volts and _12 volts for 15 volts. Thus, a voltage difference of 15 volts on the left shutter 2 and the right shutter, in the 1804, or both is achieved. In the exemplary embodiment, under the control of the control signals A, b, c, D and E of the CPU 181G, the digital control analog switches U1 and U2 can, for example, be operated by a voltage divider (including the button and the R1). 〇) Reduce the 3 volt output voltage of the battery to 2 volts to provide a 2 volt clamp voltage. Referring now to Figures 21 and 22, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the 3D glasses 1 - the 3D glasses are executed - a normal execution mode 2100 in which the control signals 32 generated by the cpu 181 are generated. 201223243 A, B, C, D, and E are used to control the operation of the left shutter controller ι8 〇 6 and the right shutter controller 1808, thereby controlling the left shutter according to the type of the synchronization signal detected by the signal sensor 1814. 18〇2 and right shutter 18〇4 operation. In detail, in 2102, if the CPU 1810 determines that the signal sensor 1814 has received a synchronization signal ', then in 2104, the CPU determines the type of the received synchronization number. In an exemplary embodiment, a sync signal comprising 3 pulses 指示 indicates that the left shutter 1802 should be closed and the right shutter 1804 should be turned on 'and a sync signal comprising 2 pulses indicates that the left shutter should be open and the right shutter should be shut down. More generally, any number of different pulses can be used to control the opening and closing of left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804. In 2104, 'If the CPU 1810 determines that the received synchronization signal indicates that the left shutter 1802 should be closed and the right shutter 1804 should be turned on, then in 21〇6, the CPU transmits control signals A, B, c, D, and E to the left. A shutter controller 1806 and a right shutter controller 18A8 apply a high voltage to the left shutter 18〇2 and apply no voltage followed by a small clamp voltage to the right shutter 1804. In an exemplary embodiment, the magnitude of the applied voltage applied to left shutter 1802 in 2106 is 15 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the magnitude of the clamp voltage applied to the right shutter 1804 in 21 〇 6 is 2 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, in 2106, the operation of the voltage divider components R8 and R10 is enabled by controlling the operational state of the control signal D (which may be low, high, or on) to be turned on, and The control signal E is maintained at a high state and the clamp voltage is applied to the right shutter 1804. In an exemplary embodiment, the application of the clamp voltage to the right shutter ι 804 in 2106 is delayed by a pre-33 201223243 for a period of time 'to allow the molecules of the liquid W of the right shutter to rotate faster during the predetermined period of time. . Subsequent application of the clamp after the expiration of the predetermined period of time prevents the molecules in the right shutter reticle from rotating over the opening during the opening of the right shutter. Or 'in 2104, if the CPU 182 determines that the received same sign indicates that the left shutter 18〇2 should be turned on and the right shutter 18〇4 should be turned off, then in 2108, the CPU will control signals A, B, c, D and £ are transmitted to the left shutter controller 1806 and the right shutter controller 18〇8 to apply a high voltage to the right shutter 1804 and apply no voltage followed by a small clamp voltage to the left shutter 1802. In an exemplary embodiment, the amount of high voltage applied to the right shutter 1804 in 21〇8 is 15 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the magnitude of the clamp voltage applied to left shutter 18〇2 in 2108 is 2 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, in 21〇8, by controlling the control signal D to turn on 'by thereby enabling the operation of the voltage divider components R8 and Ri, and maintaining the control signal E at a high level, This clamping voltage is applied to the left shutter 1802. In an exemplary embodiment, the application of the clamp voltage to the left shutter 1802 in 21〇8 is delayed for a predetermined period of time to allow molecules within the liquid crystal of the left shutter to rotate faster during the predetermined time period. Subsequent application of the clamping voltage after the expiration of the pre-expiration period then prevents molecules within the liquid crystal in the left shutter 1802 from rotating too far during the opening of the left shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, during the method 21 〇〇, in subsequent iterations of steps 21 〇 6 and 2108, the voltages applied to the left shutter 18 〇 2 and the right shutter 18 〇 4 are alternately positive and negative, Prevent damage to the liquid crystal cells of the left and right shutters. 34 201223243 Accordingly, method 2100 provides a normal or operational mode of operation for 3D glasses 1800. Referring now to Figures 23 and 24, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the 3D glasses 1800, the 3D glasses implement a warm-up operation method 2300 in which the control signal A generated by the CPU 1810, B, C, D, and E are used to control the operation of the left shutter controller 1806 and the right shutter controller 1808, thereby controlling the operation of the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804. 〇 In 2302, the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses checks the power of the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 1810 can be powered by a user initiating a power on switch or through an automatic wake up sequence. In the case where the 3D glasses 1810 are energized, the shutters 18〇2 and 18〇4 of the 3D glasses may, for example, require a warm-up sequence. The liquid crystal cells of the shutters 1802 and 1804 that do not have power for a period of time may be in an ambiguous state. In 2302, if the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses 1800 detects the energization of the Q 3D glasses, in 2304, the CPU applies alternating voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804, respectively. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 alternates between positive and negative peaks to avoid ionization problems in the liquid crystal cells of the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, voltage signals 2304a and 2304b may be at least partially out of phase with one another. In an exemplary embodiment, one or both of voltage signals 2304a and 2304b may alternate between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, other forms of voltage signals can be applied to the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804 to bring the liquid crystal cells of the shutter into an unambiguous state of operation at 35 201223243. In an exemplary embodiment, applying voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 causes the shutters to be turned on and off simultaneously or at different times. Alternatively, applying voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 may keep the shutters closed. During the application of voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804, in 2306, CPU 1810 checks for a warm-up timeout. In 2306, if CPU 1810 detects a warm-up timeout, then in 2308, the CPU will stop applying voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804. In an exemplary embodiment, in 2304 and 2306, CPU 1810 applies voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 during a period of time sufficient to actuate the liquid crystal cells of the shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, CPU 1810 applies voltage signals 2304a and 2304b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 for a period of two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of voltage signals 2304a and 2304b can be 15 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the timeout period in 2306 can be two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of voltage signals 2304a and 2304b may be greater than or less than 15 volts' and the timeout period may be longer or shorter. In an exemplary embodiment, during method 2300, CPU 1810 can turn left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 on and off at a different rate than the rate at which the movie can be viewed. In an exemplary embodiment, in 2304, the voltage signals applied to the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804 are not alternated and are continuously applied during the warm-up period, and thus the shutter liquid 36 201223243 crystal unit is throughout It can remain opaque during warm-up hours. In the exemplary apricot example, the warm-up method 2 can occur in the presence or absence of money. Therefore, the method is to provide a three-dimensional spectacles-warm-off mode. In an exemplary embodiment, after the implementation of the warm-up method 2, the 3D glasses are in a normal or operational mode of operation and the method 2100 can be implemented. Or, in the case of reading the real _, in the implementation of warm Ο

機紐2300之後,三維眼鏡職處於一透明操作模式下 且接著可實施下文所描述之方法25〇〇。 現參照圖25及圖26,在-例示性實施例中,在三維 眼鏡】80G之操作期間,三維眼鏡實施—操作方法2^,, 在該方法2500中,由CPU _產生之控制信號ab、c、 d?e用以控制左快門控制器18〇6及右快門控制器画 之操作’從而又依據由信號感測旨1814接收的同步信號 來控制左快門1802及右快門1804之操作。 在2502巾’ CPU 181〇檢查以查看信號感測器刪 所偵測到的同步信號是有效還是無效。在25〇2中,若 1810判疋同步信號無效,則在2504中,CPU將電壓作號 2504a及2504b施加至三維眼鏡18〇〇之左快門18〇2及右 快門1804。在一例示性實施例中,施加至左快門i8〇2及 右快門1804之電壓25043及25〇41)在正峰值與負峰值之間 交替以避免快門之液晶單元中的離子化問題。在—例示性 實施例中,電壓信號2504a及2504b中之一者或兩者可在 一零電壓與一峰值電壓之間交替。在一例示性實施例中, 可將其他形式之電壓信號施加至左快門1 及右快門 37 201223243 1804,以使得快門之液晶單元保持開啟,因此三維眼鏡 1800之使用者可透過快門正常地觀看。在一例示性實施例 中,施加電壓信號2504a及2504b至左快門1802及右快門 1804使該等快門開啟。 在施加電壓信號2504a及2504b至左快門1802及右快 門1804期間,在2506中,CPU 1810檢查一清除逾時。在 2506中,若CPU 1810偵測到一清除逾時,則在2508中, CPU 1810將停止將電壓信號2504a及2504b施加至快門 1802 及 1804。 因此,在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡1800未偵測 到一有效同步信號,則三維眼鏡可轉至一透明操作模式且 實施方法2500。在透明操作模式下,在一例示性實施例 中,三維眼鏡1800之快門1802及1804均保持開啟,使 得觀看者可透過三維眼鏡之快門正常地觀看。在一例示性 實施例中,施加一正負交替之恆定電壓以將三維眼鏡1800 之快門1802及1804之液晶單元維持在一透明狀態。該恆 定電壓可例如在2至3伏特之範圍内,但該恆定電壓可為 適合維持適度透明快門之任何其他電壓。在一例示性實施 例中,三維眼鏡1800之快門1802及1804可保持透明, 直至三維眼鏡能夠驗證一加密信號及/或直至一清除模式 逾時。在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1800之快門1802 及1804可保持透明,直至三維眼鏡能夠驗證一加密信號, 且然後可實施方法2100及/或在2506中若發生一逾時,則 可實施方法900。在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1800之 38 201223243 快門1802及l8〇4 ± , j以允許三維眼鏡之使用者正常地觀看 之速率父替地開啟及關閉。 因此,方、、各,ς Λ 、 ^供一種清除三維眼鏡1800之操作 的方法’且H此提供—透明操作模式。 ΟAfter the machine 2300, the 3D glasses are in a transparent mode of operation and then the method 25 described below can be implemented. Referring now to Figures 25 and 26, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the 3D glasses 80G, the 3D glasses are implemented - an operation method 2, in which the control signal ab generated by the CPU_, c, d?e is used to control the operations of the left shutter controller 18〇6 and the right shutter controller, and thus the operations of the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804 are controlled in accordance with the synchronization signals received by the signal sense 1814. Check at 2502's 'CPU 181' to see if the sync signal detected by the signal sensor is valid or invalid. In 25〇2, if the 1810 determines that the sync signal is invalid, in 2504, the CPU applies voltage numbers 2504a and 2504b to the left shutter 18〇2 and the right shutter 1804 of the 3D glasses 18〇〇. In an exemplary embodiment, voltages 25043 and 25〇41 applied to left shutter i8〇2 and right shutter 1804 alternate between positive and negative peaks to avoid ionization problems in the liquid crystal cells of the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, one or both of voltage signals 2504a and 2504b may alternate between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, other forms of voltage signals may be applied to the left shutter 1 and the right shutter 37 201223243 1804 such that the liquid crystal cell of the shutter remains open so that the user of the 3D glasses 1800 can view normally through the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, applying voltage signals 2504a and 2504b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804 causes the shutters to open. During the application of voltage signals 2504a and 2504b to left shutter 1802 and right shutter 1804, in 2506, CPU 1810 checks for a clear timeout. In 2506, if CPU 1810 detects a clear timeout, then in 2508, CPU 1810 will stop applying voltage signals 2504a and 2504b to shutters 1802 and 1804. Thus, in an exemplary embodiment, if the 3D glasses 1800 does not detect a valid synchronization signal, the 3D glasses can be rotated to a transparent mode of operation and the method 2500 can be implemented. In the transparent mode of operation, in an exemplary embodiment, the shutters 1802 and 1804 of the 3D glasses 1800 remain open, allowing the viewer to view normally through the shutter of the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, a positive and negative alternating constant voltage is applied to maintain the liquid crystal cells of shutters 1802 and 1804 of the 3D glasses 1800 in a transparent state. The constant voltage can be, for example, in the range of 2 to 3 volts, but the constant voltage can be any other voltage suitable for maintaining a moderately transparent shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, shutters 1802 and 1804 of 3D glasses 1800 may remain transparent until the 3D glasses are capable of verifying an encrypted signal and/or until a clear mode timeout. In an exemplary embodiment, shutters 1802 and 1804 of 3D glasses 1800 may remain transparent until the 3D glasses are capable of verifying an encrypted signal, and may then implement method 2100 and/or may occur if a timeout occurs in 2506 Method 900. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 1800 38 201223243 shutters 1802 and 18 〇 4 ± , j are turned on and off at a rate that allows the user of the 3D glasses to view normally. Therefore, the square, the respective, the ς 、, ^ provide a method of clearing the operation of the 3D glasses 1800' and H provides a transparent operation mode. Ο

,看固27及圖28,在一例示性實施例中,在三維 眼鏡18GG之操作期間,三維眼鏡實施—種監視電池wo 之方法繼’在該方法巾’將* CPU 181G產生之控制信 號A B C D及e用以控制左快門控制器18〇6及右快 Π控制l§ 18G8之操作,從而又依據由電池感測器1812债 測到的電池120之狀況來控制左快門18〇2及右快門18〇4 之操作。 在2702中,三維眼鏡之CPU 1810使用電池感測器 1812判定電池120之剩餘可用壽命。在27〇2中,若三維 眼鏡1800之CPU 1810判定電池120之剩餘可用壽命不 足,則在2704中,該CPU提供一低電池壽命狀況之一指 示。 在一例示性實施例中,不足的剩餘電池壽命可例如為 小於3小時之任何時段。在一例示性實施例中,足夠的剩 餘電池壽命可由三維眼鏡1800之製造商預先設定及/或由 三維眼鏡之使用者程式化。 在一例示性實施例中,在2704中,三維眼鏡1800之 CPU 1810將藉由使三維眼鏡之左快門1802及右快門1804 缓慢閃爍、藉由使快門以可被三維眼鏡之使用者看見之一 中等速率同時閃爍、藉由使一指示燈閃光、藉由產生一可 39 201223243 聽聲音及其類似動作來指示-低電池壽命狀況。 在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡1綱之CPU 1810 _到剩餘電池壽命不足以持續一規定時間段,則在顧 中’二維輯之CPU將指示—電池電力純航且接著防 止使用者開啟三維眼鏡。 在例讀實施例中,每當該三維眼鏡轉變至關閉模 式及/或透明操作模式時,三維眼鏡i刪之CPU 判 定剩餘電池壽命是否足夠。 在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡1800之CPU 181〇 判定該電池將持續至少該預定足夠時間量,則該三維眼鏡 將繼續正常操作。舉例而言,正常操作可包括在五分鐘内 =持在透明操作模式下,同時檢查來自信號傳輸器則之 乜就然後轉至關閉模式或開啟模式,在該模式中三維眼 鏡1800週期性地喚醒以檢查來自該信號傳輸器之一信號。 在一例不性實施例中,三維眼鏡1800之CPU 1810恰 在關掉該三維眼鏡之前檢查一電池電力偏低狀況。在一例 不性實施例中,若電池120不能持續該預定的足夠剩餘壽 命時間,則快門1802及1804將開始緩慢閃爍。 在一例示性實施例中’若電池12〇不能持續該預定的 足夠剩餘壽命時間,則快門1802及/或1804將在兩秒中處 於一不透明狀況(亦即,液晶單元關閉)且接著在十分之 一秒中處於一透明狀況(亦即’液晶單元開啟)。快門1802 及/或1804關閉及開啟的時間段可為任何時間段。在一例 不性實施例中’快門1802及1804之閃爍同步於提供電力 201223243 L號感測器1814,以准許該信號感測器檢查一來自信號 傳輪器錢。 在例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡1800可在任何時間 ^括在暖機期間、在正常操作期間、在透明模式期間、 在斷電模式期間,或於任何狀況之間轉變時)檢查一電池 偏低狀況。在一例示性實施例中,若在觀看者可能在 旦^In the exemplary embodiment, during the operation of the 3D glasses 18GG, the 3D glasses implement a method of monitoring the battery, followed by the control signal ABCD generated by the CPU 181G. And e is used to control the operation of the left shutter controller 18〇6 and the right shutter control l§ 18G8, thereby controlling the left shutter 18〇2 and the right shutter according to the condition of the battery 120 measured by the battery sensor 1812. 18〇4 operation. In 2702, the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses uses the battery sensor 1812 to determine the remaining useful life of the battery 120. In 27〇2, if CPU 1810 of 3D glasses 1800 determines that the remaining useful life of battery 120 is insufficient, then in 2704, the CPU provides an indication of one of the low battery life conditions. In an exemplary embodiment, insufficient remaining battery life may be, for example, any period of less than 3 hours. In an exemplary embodiment, sufficient remaining battery life may be pre-set by the manufacturer of the 3D glasses 1800 and/or programmed by the user of the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, in 2704, the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses 1800 will slowly blink by making the left shutter 1802 and the right shutter 1804 of the 3D glasses, by making the shutter visible to the user of the 3D glasses. The medium rate flashes at the same time, by flashing an indicator light, by indicating a listening sound and the like, a low battery life condition. In an exemplary embodiment, if the CPU 1810_ of the 3D glasses 1 is not enough to last for a specified period of time, then the CPU of the 2D series will indicate that the battery power is purely voyage and then prevented from being used. Open 3D glasses. In the example embodiment, whenever the 3D glasses transition to the off mode and/or the transparent mode of operation, the CPU determines whether the remaining battery life is sufficient. In an exemplary embodiment, if the CPU 181 of the 3D glasses 1800 determines that the battery will continue for at least the predetermined amount of time, the 3D glasses will continue to operate normally. For example, normal operation may include holding in a transparent mode of operation within five minutes while checking from the signal transmitter and then going to an off mode or an on mode in which the 3D glasses 1800 periodically wake up To check for a signal from one of the signal transmitters. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses 1800 checks for a low battery condition just before turning off the 3D glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, if the battery 120 is unable to sustain the predetermined sufficient remaining life time, the shutters 1802 and 1804 will begin to flash slowly. In an exemplary embodiment, 'if the battery 12 〇 does not last for the predetermined sufficient remaining life time, the shutter 1802 and/or 1804 will be in an opaque condition for two seconds (ie, the liquid crystal cell is off) and then at ten In one minute, it is in a transparent condition (ie, 'liquid crystal cell is on). The time period during which shutters 1802 and/or 1804 are closed and opened may be any period of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the flashing of shutters 1802 and 1804 is synchronized with the supply of power 201223243 L sensor 1814 to permit the signal sensor to check for money from the signal passer. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 1800 can check for a battery bias at any time during warm-up, during normal operation, during a transparent mode, during a power-down mode, or between any conditions. Low condition. In an exemplary embodiment, if the viewer is likely to be in the room ^

〜之中途時彳貞測到一低電池壽命狀況,則三維眼鏡 可不立即指示該電池電力偏低狀況。 在—些實施例中,若三維眼鏡1800之CPU1810偵測 電池電力偏低位準,則使用者將不能夠將該三維眼鏡 通電。~ When a low battery life condition is detected in the middle, the 3D glasses may not immediately indicate that the battery power is low. In some embodiments, if the CPU 1810 of the 3D glasses 1800 detects a low battery level, the user will not be able to power up the 3D glasses.

之也。現參看圖29 ’在一例示性實施例中,在三維眼鏡1800 哕呆作期間,三維眼鏡實施一使三維眼鏡停機之方法,在 去中,將由CPU 1810產生之控制信號A、B、c、D 操作"'控制左快門控制器1806及右快門控制器1808之 從而又依據電池感測器1812所偵測到的電池120 夕兄來控制左快門臟及右快門1804之操作。詳言 鏡誦之制者_使該三轉鏡停機或 快門咖3; 三維眼鏡停機,則施加至三維眼鏡之左 灸2及右快門1804之電壓均被設定為零。 多看= 30、圖30a、圖3〇b及圖3〇c,提供 之例不性實施例,該三維眼锫+ 上等同於上文 兄在权计及操作上實質 明的方面= 維眼鏡刚,惟下文所說 卜三維眼鏡3000包括—左快Η 3002、-右 201223243 快門3004、一左快門控制器3006、一右快門控制器3008、 一共同快門控制器3010、一 CPU 3012、一信號感測器 3014、一電荷泵3016及一電壓供應器3018。在一例示性 實施例中,三維眼鏡3000之左快門3002、右快門3004、 左快門控制器3006、右快門控制器3008、CPU 3012、信 號感測器3014及電荷泵3016之設計及操作實質上等同於 上文所描述及說明的三維眼鏡104之左快門106、右快門 108、左快門控制器116、右快門控制器118、CPU 114、 信號感測器112及電荷泵1700,惟下文所描述且本文中所 說明的方面除外。 在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡3000包括以下組件: 驗祕感霧灑::纖 R13 10K D5 BAS7004 R12 100K D3 1 BP104F R10 2.2M U5-1 MIC863 R3 10K R7 10K R8 10K R5 1M C7 .OOluF R9 47K R11 1M C1 .luF C9 • luF D1 BAS7004 R2 330K U5-2 MIC863 U3 MIC7211 42 201223243 U2 PIC16F636 C3 .luF C12 47uF C2 .luF LCD1 左快門 C14 .luF LCD2 右快門 U1 4053 U6 4053 C4 .luF U4 4053 R14 10K R15 100K Q1 NDS0610 L1 lmh D6 BAS7004 D7 MAZ31200 C13 luF C5 luF Q2 R16 1M R1 1M BT1 3V Li 在一例示性實施例中,左快門控制器3006包括一數位 控制類比開關U1,該開關在共同控制器3010 (其包括一 數位控制類比開關U4 )及CPU 3012的控制下,視操作模 式而在左快門3002上施加一電壓以用於控制左快門之操 作。以類似方式,右快門控制器3008包括一數位控制類 比開關U6,該開關在共同控制器3010及CPU 3012的控 制下,視操作模式而在右快門3004上施加一電壓以用於 控制右快門3004之操作。在一例示性實施例中,Ul、U4 43 201223243 及U6為習知可自Unisonic Technologies購得之零件號碼 為UTC 4053的數位控制類比開關。 如一般熟習此項技術者將認識到,UTC 4053數位控制 類比開關包括控制輸入信號A、B、C及INHIBIT(「INH」)、 開關I/O信號X〇、X卜Y0、Y卜Z0及Z1和輸出信號X、 Y及Z ’且進一步提供如下真值表: 真值表 控制輸入 接通開關 禁止 選擇 C B A UTC 4053 0 0 0 0 Z0 Y0 X0 0 0 0 1 Z0 Y0 XI 0 0 1 0 Z0 Y1 X0 0 0 1 1 Z0 Y1 XI 0 1 0 0 Z1 Y0 X0 0 1 0 1 Z1 Y0 XI 0 1 1 0 Z1 Y1 X0 0 1 1 1 Z1 Y1 XI 1 X X X 無 X =任意值 且,如圖31中所說明,UTC 4053數位控制類比開關 亦提供一功能圖31〇〇。因此,UTC 4053提供各自具有三 個獨立開關的數位控制類比開襴,其准許左快門控制器 3006及右快門控制器3008及共同快門控制器3010在CTU 3012的控制下在左快門3002及右快門3004上選擇性地施 加一受控電壓’以控制該等快門之操作。 在一例示性實施例中,CPU 3012包括一微控制器 U2,其用於產生用於控制左快門控制器3〇〇6及右快門控 44 201223243 制器3008之數位控制類比開關U卜U6及共同快門控制器 3010之數位控制類比開關U4之操作的輸出信號A、B、C、 D、E、F 及 G。 微控制器U2之輸出控制信號A、B、C、D、E、F& G將以下輸入控制信號A、B、C及INH提供給數位控制 類比開關Ul、U6及U4中之每一者:Also. Referring now to Figure 29, in an exemplary embodiment, during the period in which the 3D glasses 1800 are inactive, the 3D glasses implement a method of stopping the 3D glasses, and in the process, the control signals A, B, c generated by the CPU 1810, D operates "' controls the left shutter controller 1806 and the right shutter controller 1808 to control the operation of the left shutter dirty and right shutter 1804 in accordance with the battery 120 detected by the battery sensor 1812. Details Mirror Maker _ Make the three mirrors stop or shutter coffee 3; 3D glasses stop, the voltage applied to the 3D glasses left moxibustion 2 and right shutter 1804 are set to zero. See more = 30, Fig. 30a, Fig. 3〇b, and Fig. 3〇c, providing an example of the case where the three-dimensional eyelids + are equivalent to the above-mentioned aspects of the brothers in terms of weighting and operation. Just now, the following description of the three-dimensional glasses 3000 includes - left fast Η 3002, - right 201223243 shutter 3004, a left shutter controller 3006, a right shutter controller 3008, a common shutter controller 3010, a CPU 3012, a signal A sensor 3014, a charge pump 3016 and a voltage supply 3018. In an exemplary embodiment, the design and operation of the left shutter 3002, the right shutter 3004, the left shutter controller 3006, the right shutter controller 3008, the CPU 3012, the signal sensor 3014, and the charge pump 3016 of the 3D glasses 3000 are substantially The left shutter 106, the right shutter 108, the left shutter controller 116, the right shutter controller 118, the CPU 114, the signal sensor 112, and the charge pump 1700 of the 3D glasses 104 described and illustrated above are described below. Except for the aspects described in this article. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 3000 include the following components: Detective mist:: Fiber R13 10K D5 BAS7004 R12 100K D3 1 BP104F R10 2.2M U5-1 MIC863 R3 10K R7 10K R8 10K R5 1M C7 .OOluF R9 47K R11 1M C1 .luF C9 • luF D1 BAS7004 R2 330K U5-2 MIC863 U3 MIC7211 42 201223243 U2 PIC16F636 C3 .luF C12 47uF C2 .luF LCD1 Left shutter C14 .luF LCD2 Right shutter U1 4053 U6 4053 C4 .luF U4 4053 R14 10K R15 100K Q1 NDS0610 L1 lmh D6 BAS7004 D7 MAZ31200 C13 luF C5 luF Q2 R16 1M R1 1M BT1 3V Li In an exemplary embodiment, the left shutter controller 3006 includes a digital control analog switch U1 that is controlled in common Under the control of the CPU 3012 (which includes a digital control analog switch U4) and the CPU 3012, a voltage is applied to the left shutter 3002 depending on the operation mode for controlling the operation of the left shutter. In a similar manner, the right shutter controller 3008 includes a digital control analog switch U6 that, under the control of the common controller 3010 and the CPU 3012, applies a voltage on the right shutter 3004 for controlling the right shutter 3004 depending on the mode of operation. Operation. In an exemplary embodiment, Ul, U4 43 201223243 and U6 are digitally controlled analog switches of the UTC 4053 part number available from Unisonic Technologies. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the UTC 4053 digital control analog switch includes control input signals A, B, C and INHIBIT ("INH"), switch I/O signals X〇, X Bu Y0, Y Bu Z0 and Z1 and output signals X, Y and Z' and further provide the following truth table: Truth table control input ON switch disable selection CBA UTC 4053 0 0 0 0 Z0 Y0 X0 0 0 0 1 Z0 Y0 XI 0 0 1 0 Z0 Y1 X0 0 0 1 1 Z0 Y1 XI 0 1 0 0 Z1 Y0 X0 0 1 0 1 Z1 Y0 XI 0 1 1 0 Z1 Y1 X0 0 1 1 1 Z1 Y1 XI 1 XXX No X = any value and as shown in Figure 31 As noted, the UTC 4053 digital control analog switch also provides a functional map 31〇〇. Thus, the UTC 4053 provides digital control analog openings each having three independent switches that permit the left shutter controller 3006 and the right shutter controller 3008 and the common shutter controller 3010 to be at the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter under the control of the CTU 3012. A controlled voltage ' is selectively applied to 3004 to control the operation of the shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 3012 includes a microcontroller U2 for generating a digital control analog switch Ub6 for controlling the left shutter controller 3〇〇6 and the right shutter controller 442012232433008. The digital control of the common shutter controller 3010 controls the output signals A, B, C, D, E, F, and G of the analog switch U4. The output control signals A, B, C, D, E, F&G of the microcontroller U2 provide the following input control signals A, B, C and INH to each of the digital control analog switches U1, U6 and U4:

U2-輸出控 制信號 Ul-輸入控 制信號 U6-輸入控 制信號 U4-輸入控 制信號 A A, B B A, B C C INH D A E F C G B 在一例示性實施例中,將U1之輸入控制信號INH接U2-output control signal Ul-input control signal U6-input control signal U4-input control signal A A, B B A, B C C INH D A E F C G B In an exemplary embodiment, the input control signal INH of U1 is connected

地,且將U6之輸入控制信號C及INH接地。 在一例示性實施例中,數位控制類比開關Ul、U6及 U4之開關I/O信號X0、XI、Y0、Y1、Z0及Z1具備以下 輸入:Ground, and the input control signals C and INH of U6 are grounded. In an exemplary embodiment, the digitally controlled analog switches U1, U6, and U4 switch I/O signals X0, XI, Y0, Y1, Z0, and Z1 have the following inputs:

Ul-開 關 I/O信 號 U1之 輸入 U6-開關 I/O信號 U6之輸 入 U4-開關 I/O信號 U4之輸 入 X0 U4之X xo Ul之Z U4之Y XO U4之Z XI V-bat XI V-bat XI 電荷泵 3016 之 輸出 Y0 V-bat Y0 V-bat Y0 U4之Z 45 201223243 Y1 U4之X Y1 U1之Z U4之Y Y1 電荷泵 3016 之 輸出 Z0 GND Z0 GND Z0 U2之E Z1 U4之X Z1 GND Z1 電壓供 應 器 3018 之 輸出 在一例示性實施例中,CPU 3012之微控制器U2為可 自 Microchip購得的可程式化微控制器,型號為 PIC16F636 。 在一例示性實施例中,信號感測器3014包括用於感測 信號傳輸器110對信號(包括同步信號及/或組態資料)之 傳輸的一光電二極體D3。在一例示性實施例中,光電二極 體D3為可自Osram購得之型號為BP104FS的光電二極 體。在一例示性實施例中,信號感測器3014進一步包括 運算放大器U5-1、U5-2及U3,及相關信號調節組件:電 阻器 R2、R3、R5、R7、R8、R9、R10、Rll、R12 及 R13、 電容器Cl、C7及C9和肖特基二極體D1及D5,該等組 件可例如藉由透過控制增益柏防止對感測到的信號之限 幅(clipping)來調節信號。 在一例示性實施例中,電荷泵3016使用一電荷泵將電 池120之輸出電屢之量值自3V放大至-12V。在一例示性 實施例中,電荷泵3016包括一 MOSFETQ1、一肖特基二 極體D6、一電感器L1及一齊納二極體D7。在一例示性 實施例中,提供電荷泵3016之輸出信號以作為共同快門 46 201223243 控制器3010之數位控制類比開關U4之開關I/O信號XI 及Y1的輸入信號,及左快門控制器3006、右快門控制器 3008及共同快門控制器3010之數位控制類比開關m、U6 及U4的輸入電壓VEE。 在一例示性實施例中,電壓供應器3018包括一電晶體 Q2、一電容器C5及電阻器R1及R16。在一例示性實施例 中’電壓供應器3018提供IV信號以作為共同快門控制器 3010之數位控制類比開關^4之開關I/O信號Z1的輸入信 ❹ 號。在一例示性實施例中,電壓供應器3018提供一不接 地(ground lift) 〇 如圖32中所說明,在一例示性實施例中,在三維眼鏡 3000之操作期間,在cpu 3012之控制信號A、B、C、D、 E、F及G的控制下,數位控制類比開關ui、U6及U4可 在左快門3002及右快門3004中之一者或兩者上提供各種 電壓。詳言之,在CPU3012之控制信號A、B、C、D、E、 O F及G的控制下,數位控制類比開關Ul、U6及U4可提 供:1)左快門3002及右快門30〇4中之一者或兩者上的正 或負15伏特;2)左快門及右快門中之一者或兩者上的正或 負2伏特;3)左快門及右快門中之一者或兩者上的正或負 ’ 3伏特;及4)在左快門及右快門中之一者或兩者上提供〇 • 伏特(亦即,中性狀態)。 在一例示性實施例中’如圖32中所說明,藉由分別控 制數位控制類比開關U1及U6中之產生施加在左快門及右 快門上的輪出信號X及γ之開關之操作,控制信號A控 47 201223243 制左快Π 3G02之操作讀制信號β控制右快⑽ 一 =性實施例中,將數位控制類比 中之母一者的控制輸入…連接在-起,使得兩對輸入 ㈣⑽㈣_時發生,且將選定輸人 ㈣ 邏及右快門雇之端子。在—例示性實施 = CPU3012之控制信號a控制數位控制類比開關m中的^ 兩個開關,且來㈣CPU之控制信號β控制數 比開關U6中的前兩個開關。 市』头貝 在一例示性實施例中,如目32中所說明,左快門灣 及右快H 3G04中之每—者的端子中之—者始終連接至3 V。因此’在一例示性實施例中,在CPU 3012之控制信號 八^^及⑽控制下^作數位控制類比^ 關m、U6及U4以將_12 v、3 v、i v或〇 v送至左快門 3〇〇2及右快門3004之其他端子。結果,在一例示性實施 例中,在0>113012之控制信號入、卜(:、〇、£4及(} 的控制下,操作數位控制類比開關υ](、U6及U4以在左 快門3002及右快門3004之端子上產生15v 〇v、2v或 3 V之電位差。 #在一例示性實施例中,不使用數位控制類比開關u6 之第二開關,且將該第三開關之所有端子接地。在一例示 性實施例中,使用數位控制類比開關Ui之第三開關以便 省電。 詳言之,在一例示性實施例中,如圖32中所說明,控 制信號C控制數位控制類比開關ui中之產生輸出信號z 48 201223243 的開關之操作。結果,當扣制 _ L ea 控制彳s號c為一數位高值時,數 位控制類比開關U4之輪入 此使數位控_比„ U4 = — 值’ 11 者㈣彳m 之所有輸出通道賴。結果, 虎為一數位高值時’左快門3〇〇2及右快門3004 此准許-半的電荷在快門之間 延長電池120之壽命。Ul-switch I/O signal U1 input U6-switch I/O signal U6 input U4-switch I/O signal U4 input X0 U4 X xo Ul Z U4 Y XO U4 Z XI V-bat XI V-bat XI Charge pump 3016 output Y0 V-bat Y0 V-bat Y0 U4 Z 45 201223243 Y1 U4 X Y1 U1 Z U4 Y Y1 Charge pump 3016 output Z0 GND Z0 GND Z0 U2 E Z1 U4 X Z1 GND Z1 Output of Voltage Supply 3018 In an exemplary embodiment, microcontroller U2 of CPU 3012 is a programmable microcontroller commercially available from Microchip, model number PIC16F636. In an exemplary embodiment, signal sensor 3014 includes a photodiode D3 for sensing the transmission of signal (including synchronization signals and/or configuration data) by signal transmitter 110. In an exemplary embodiment, photodiode D3 is a photodiode of the type BP104FS available from Osram. In an exemplary embodiment, signal sensor 3014 further includes operational amplifiers U5-1, U5-2, and U3, and associated signal conditioning components: resistors R2, R3, R5, R7, R8, R9, R10, R11 R12 and R13, capacitors C1, C7 and C9 and Schottky diodes D1 and D5, which can adjust the signal, for example by preventing the clipping of the sensed signal by controlling the gain. In an exemplary embodiment, charge pump 3016 uses a charge pump to amplify the output of battery 120 from 3V to -12V. In an exemplary embodiment, charge pump 3016 includes a MOSFET Q1, a Schottky diode D6, an inductor L1, and a Zener diode D7. In an exemplary embodiment, the output signal of the charge pump 3016 is provided as an input signal of the switch I/O signals XI and Y1 of the common shutter 46 201223243 controller 3010 for controlling the analog switch U4, and the left shutter controller 3006, The digits of the right shutter controller 3008 and the common shutter controller 3010 control the input voltages VEE of the analog switches m, U6, and U4. In an exemplary embodiment, voltage supply 3018 includes a transistor Q2, a capacitor C5, and resistors R1 and R16. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage supply 3018 provides an IV signal as an input signal for the digital I/O signal Z1 of the digital control analog switch of the common shutter controller 3010. In an exemplary embodiment, voltage supply 3018 provides a ground lift. As illustrated in FIG. 32, in an exemplary embodiment, control signals at cpu 3012 during operation of 3D glasses 3000 Under the control of A, B, C, D, E, F, and G, the digital control analog switches ui, U6, and U4 can provide various voltages on one or both of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004. In detail, under the control of the control signals A, B, C, D, E, OF and G of the CPU 3012, the digital control analog switches U1, U6 and U4 can provide: 1) the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 30〇4 Positive or negative 15 volts on one or both; 2) positive or negative 2 volts on one or both of the left and right shutters; 3) one or both of the left and right shutters Positive or negative '3 volts on; and 4) 〇•volts (ie, neutral state) is provided on one or both of the left and right shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, as illustrated in FIG. 32, control is performed by controlling the operation of the switches of the digital control analog switches U1 and U6 that generate the rounding signals X and γ applied to the left and right shutters, respectively, as illustrated in FIG. Signal A control 47 201223243 System left fast Π 3G02 operation read signal β control right fast (10) In the embodiment, the control input of the digital control analogy is connected to - so that two pairs of inputs (four) (10) (four) Occurs when _, and the input (4) logic and the right shutter are selected. In the exemplary implementation, the control signal a of the CPU 3012 controls the two switches of the digital control analog switch m, and the control signal β of the CPU controls the first two switches of the switch U6. In the exemplary embodiment, as illustrated in item 32, the terminals of each of the left shutter bay and the right fast H 3G04 are always connected to 3 V. Therefore, in an exemplary embodiment, under the control signals of the CPU 3012, the digital control analogs m, U6 and U4 are sent to send _12 v, 3 v, iv or 〇v to Left shutter 3〇〇2 and other terminals of right shutter 3004. As a result, in an exemplary embodiment, under the control signal input of 0 > 113012, the operation of the digital control analog switch υ under the control of (:, 〇, £4, and (}), (U6 and U4 to the left shutter) A potential difference of 15v 〇v, 2v, or 3 V is generated at the terminals of 3002 and the right shutter 3004. In an exemplary embodiment, the second switch of the analog control analog switch u6 is not used, and all terminals of the third switch are used. In an exemplary embodiment, the third switch of the analog switch Ui is digitally controlled to save power. In particular, in an exemplary embodiment, as illustrated in Figure 32, the control signal C controls the digital control analogy. The switch ui generates the operation of the switch of the output signal z 48 201223243. As a result, when the buckle _ L ea control 彳 s number c is a high value, the digital control analog switch U4 turns into the digital control _ „ U4 = - value '11' (four) 所有m all output channels. As a result, when the tiger is a high digit, 'left shutter 3〇〇2 and right shutter 3004. This permits - half of the charge extends between the shutters. life.

3〇〇= 士例不&施例* ’藉由使用控制信號C使左快門 上斤1門讓短路,在處在關閉狀態下的一個快門 d*之大1電何可用以恰在另—快Η轉至關閉狀態 雷:使該另―快門部分地帶電,藉此節約原本必須完全由 電’也120提供的電荷之量。 猙在—例示性實施例中,當由CPU 3012產生之控制信 ^ C為—數位高值時,例如,當時處於關閉狀態下且其上 ς有V電位差的左快門3002之帶負電的板(_12 v)被連 至虽時處於開啟狀態下且仍充電至+ 1 V且其上具有2V 電位差的右快門3004之帶更多負電之板。在一例示性實 色例中’快門3002及3004兩者上之帶正電的板將被充電 1+3 V。在一例示性實施例中,由cpu 3012產生之控制 號C在接近左快門3002之關閉狀態的結束時且恰在右 供Η 3004之關閉狀態之前的一短時間段中轉至一數位高 值。當由CPU 3012產生之控制信號C為一數位高值時, 數位控制類比開關U4上之禁止端子INH亦為一數位高 俊。結果,在一例示性實施例中’ U4之所有輸出通道X、 Y及Z皆處於關閉狀態下。此允許儲存在左快門3002及 49 201223243 右快門3004之板上 個快門上之電位差A 分散在該等快門之間,使得兩 及3004的-個端二大約17/2 V或8.5 V。由於快門雇 負端子於是處在·5 5 ;終連接至3 V,快門雙*遍之 產生之控制_ c ^在;'例示性實施例中,由CPU_ 3002及3004之負娃著良為數位低值,且藉此將快門 例中,右快Η 子彼此斷開。接著,在—例示性實施 制類比開關U4,電%之關閉狀態開始’且藉由操作數位控 -12 V。結果,在一 \ _120進一步將右快門之負端子充電至 之正常執行操作根t性實驗實施例中,在三維眼鏡3 () 0 0 間達成大約40%之;^下文參考方法遍所描述)期 电力卽約。 在一 4列示十生眘& v ,丄 知例中’提供由CPU 3012產生之控制 信號c以作為-在. ^ 、 田CpU產生之控制信號A或B自高轉 I至低或自低轉變至高時自高轉變至低的短持續時間脈 衝以藉此開始下一個左快門開啟/右快門關閉或右快門開 啟/左快門關閉》 現參看圖33及圖34,在—例示性實施例中,在三維 眼鏡3GGG之操作期間,該三維眼鏡執行一正常執行操作 模式3300,在該模式中,將由(:1>1;3〇12產生之控制信號 A、B、C、β、E、F及G用以控制左快門控制器3〇〇6及 右快門控制器3008以及中央快門控制器3〇 1 〇之操作,從 而又依據彳§號感測器3014所偵測到的同步信號之類型來 控制左快門3002及右快門3004之操作。 詳言之,在3302中,若CPU 3012判定信號感測器3014 50 201223243 已接收一同步信號,則在3304中,使用由CPU 3012產生 之控制信號A、B、C、D、E、F及G控制左快門控制器 3006及右快門控制器3008以及中央快門控制器3010之操 作,以在左快門3002與右快門3004之間轉移電荷,如上 文參看圖32所描述。 在一例示性實施例中,在3304中,在大約0.2毫秒中 將由CPU 3012產生之控制信號C設定為一高數位值,以 藉此使左快門3002及右快門3004之端子短路,且因此在 ^ 左快門與右快門之間轉移電荷。在一例示性實施例中,在 3304中,在大約0.2毫秒中將由CPU 3012產生之控制信 號C設定為一高數位值,以藉此使左快門3002及右快門 3004之帶更多負電之端子短路,且因此在左快門與右快門 之間轉移電荷。因此,提供控制信號C以作為一短持續時 間脈衝,其在控制信號A或B自高轉變至低或自低轉變至 高時或在此之前自高轉變至低。結果,在交替於開啟左快 Q 門/關閉右快門與關閉左快門/開啟右快門之間的循環期 間,在三維眼鏡3000之操作期間提供電力節約。 在3306中,CPU 3012接著判定所接收的同步信號之 類型。在一例示性實施例中,一包括2個脈衝之同步信號 • 指示左快門3002應開啟且右快門3004應關閉,而一包括 . 3個脈衝之同步信號指示該右快門應開啟且該左快門應關 閉。在一例示性實施例中,可使用其他不同數目及格式之 同步信號來控制左快門3002及右快門3004之交替開啟及 關閉。 51 201223243 在3306中,若CPU 3012判定所接收的同步信號指示 左快門3002應開啟且右快門3〇〇4應關閉,則在33〇8中, 該CPU將控制信號A、B、c、D、E、F及G傳輪至左快 門控制器3006及右快門控制器3〇〇8以及共同快門控制器 3010,以在右快門3004上施加一高電壓且將無電壓隨後 接著一小箝位電壓施加至左快門3〇〇2。在一例示性實施例 中,在3308中施加在右快門3〇〇4上的高電壓之量值為15 伏特。在一例示性實施例中,在33〇8中施加至左快門3〇〇2 的箝位電壓之量值為2伏特。在一例示性實施例中,在33〇8 中,藉由將控制信號D之操作狀態控制為低及將控制信號 F之操作狀態(其可為低或高)控制為高,將該箝位電壓 施加至左快門3002。在一例示性實施例中,33〇8中之該 務位電壓至左快門3002之施加被延遲一預定時間段,以 允許該左快門之液晶内之分子較快速地旋轉。在該預定時 間段期滿之後’隨後施加箝位電壓將防止左快門3〇〇2中 之液晶内之分子在左快門之開啟期間旋轉過頭。在一例示 性實施例中,在33〇8中該箝位電壓至左快門3〇〇2之施加 被延遲約1毫秒。 或者,在3306中,若CPU 3012判定所接收的同步信 號指不左快門3〇〇2應關閉且右快門3〇〇4應開啟,則在 3310中,該CPU將控制信號入、3、〇、£)、£:、17及(}傳 輸至左快門控制器3006及右快門控制器30〇8以及共同快 門控制器3010,以在左快門3〇〇2上施加一高電壓且將無 電壓隨後接著一小箝位電壓施加至右快門3004。在一例示 52 201223243 ,例中,在遍中施加在左 量值為15伏特。在-例示性實施例中 上的问電壓之 右快門3004的箝位電壓之量值為2伏隹3310中施加至 施例中,*331〇中,藉由將控制 在—例示性實 制信號G控制為低’將該籍位電壓二至==將控 Ο Ο 一例示性實施例中,在_中該箝位電壓ΓΓ 快=在 之施加被延遲一預定時間段,以允許該右快門= 分子較快速地旋轉。在該預定時間段 ’曰曰内之 箝位電壓㈣止右快門3⑻4中之液€,f,隨後施加 之開啟期間旋轉過頭。在一例示性實在右= 該籍位電壓至右快門膽之施加被延遲約1毫在秒3310中 m性纽财,在核侧巾,彳_複步驟 及〇,以施加至左快門3002及右快門3〇〇4 壓,替地為正及負,以防止對左快門及右快門之液晶單元 之損害。 因此,方〉去3300為三維眼鏡3〇〇〇提供一正常或執 操作模式。 現參看圖〇. 及圖36,在一例示性實施例中,在三維 之操作期間’該三維眼鏡實施—暖機操作方法 "玄方去中,將由CPU 3012產生之控制信號A、B、 、I)、jp jy G用以控制左快門控制器3006及右快門控 ,]器遍8以及中央快門控制器3010之操作,從而又控制 左快門3002及右快門3〇〇4之操作。 在 3502 Φ,分· _ τ 該三維眼鏡之CPU 3012檢查該三維眼鏡 53 201223243 之通電。在一例示性實施例中,三維眼鏡3000可藉由一 使用者啟動一通電開關、藉由一自動喚醒序列及/或藉由信 號感測器3014感測一有效同步信號而通電。在三維眼鏡 3000通電的情況下,該三維眼鏡之快門3002及3004可能 例如需要一暖機序列。在一時間段中不具有電力的快門 3002及3004之液晶單元可能處於一不明確狀態下。 在3502中,若三維眼鏡3000之CPU 3012偵測到該 三維眼鏡之通電,則在3504中,該CPU分別將交變電壓 信號施加至左快門3002及右快門3004。在一例示性實施 例中,施加至左快門3002及右快門3004之電壓在正峰值 與負峰值之間交替以避免快門之液晶單元中的離子化問 題。在一例示性實施例中,施加至左快門3002及右快門 3004之電壓信號可彼此至少部分地不同相。在一例示性實 施例中,施加至左快門3002及右快門3004之電壓信號中 之一者或兩者可在一零電壓與一峰值電壓之間交替。在一 例示性實施例中,可將其他形式之電壓信號施加至左快門 3002及右快門3004,以使得快門之液晶單元處於一明確 操作狀態。在一例示性實施例中,施加電壓信號至左快門 3002及右快門3004使該等快門同時或在不同時間開啟及 關閉。 在施加電壓信號至左快門3002及右快門3004期間, 在3506中,CPU 3012檢查一暖機逾時。在3506中,若 CPU 3012偵測到一暖機逾時,則在3508中,該CPU將停 止將電壓信號施加至左快門3002及右快門3004。 54 201223243 Ο Ο 在一例示性實施例中,在3504及3506中,CPU 3012 在一足以致動該等快門之該等液晶單元之時間段中將電 壓信號施加至左快門3002及右快門3004。在一例示性實 施例中,CPU 3012在兩秒之時段中將電壓信號施加至左快 門3002及右快門3004。在一例示性實施例中,施加至乂 快門3002及右快門3004之電壓信號之最大量值可為15 伏特。在一例示性實施例中,3506中之逾時時段可為兩 秒。在一例示性實施例中,施加至左快門3002及右侠門 3004之電壓信號之最大量值可大於或小於15伏特,且资 時時段可更長或更短。在一例示性實施例中,在方法Μ% 期間,CPU 3012可以一不同於可用於觀看電影之速率的迷 率開啟及關閉左快門3002及右快門3004。在一例示性實 施例中,在3504中,施加至左快門3〇〇2及右快門3〇叫 之電壓信號在暖機時間段期間不交替且被恆定施加,4 及因 此s亥等快門之該等液晶單元在整個暖機時段中可保持 透明。在一例示性實施例中,暖機方法35〇〇可在同步尸 號存在或不存在的情況下發生。因此,方法35〇〇為=S 眼鏡3_提供-暖機操作模式。在—例示性實施例=維 在實施暖機方法3500之後’三維眼鏡3〇〇〇處於一 作模式、執行操作模式或透明操作模式下,且接著可^ 方法3300。 貫 現參看圖37及圖38,在一例示性實施例中,在= 施 % 眼鏡3000之操作期間,該三維眼鏡實施一操作方法w恥 在該方法中,將由CPU3012產生之控制信號八、6、 ’ 55 201223243 D、E、F及G用以控制左快門控制器3006及右快門控制 器3008以及共同快門控制器3〇 1 〇之操作,從而又依據由 信號感測器3014接收的同步信號來控制左快門3002及右 快門3004之操作。 在3702中,CPu 3012檢查以查看信號感測器3〇14 所偵測到的同步信號是有效還是無效。在3702中,若cpu 3012判定同步信號無效,則在3704中,該CPU將電壓信 號施加至三維眼鏡3000之左快門3002及右快門3〇〇4。在 —例示性實施例中,在3704中施加至左快門3〇〇2及右快 門3004之電壓在正峰值與負峰值之間交替以避免快門之 液晶單元中的離子化問題。在一例示性實施例中,在37〇4 中施加至左快門3002及右快門3004之電壓在正峰值與負 峰值之間交替以提供一頻率為60 Hz的方波信號。在一例 示性實施例中,該方波信號在+3 V與-3 V之間交替。在一 例示性實施例中’在3704中施加至左快門3002及右快門 3004之電壓信號中之一者或兩者可在一零電壓與一峰值 電壓之間交替。在一例示性實施例中,在3704中,可將 其他形式(包括其他頻率)之電壓信號施加至左快門3〇〇2 及右快門3004 ’以使得快門之液晶單元保持開啟,因此三 維眼鏡3000之使用者可透過快門正常地觀看。在一例示 性實施例中’在3704中施加電壓信號至左快門3〇〇2及右 快門3004使該等快門開啟。 在3704中施加電壓信號至左快門3002及右快門3〇〇4 期間’在3706中’ CPU 3012檢查一清除逾時。在π% 56 201223243 中,若CPU 3012偵測到一清除逾時,則在37〇8中,CPU 3012將停止施加電壓信號至快門3〇〇2及3〇〇4,此可接著 使二維眼鏡3000處於一關閉操作模式。在一例示性實施 例中,該清除逾時之持續時間可長達例如約4小時。 因此,在一例示性實施例中,若三維眼鏡3〇〇〇未偵測 到-有效同步信號,則該三維眼鏡可轉至一透明操作模式 且實施方法370(^在透明操作模式下,在一例示性實施例 中,二維眼鏡3000之快門3002及3004均保持開啟,使 得觀看者可透過三維眼鏡之快門正常地觀看。在一例示性 實鉍例中,施加一正負交替的恆定電壓以將三維眼鏡 之快門3002及3004之液晶單元維持在一透明狀態。該恆 疋電壓可例如為2伏特,但該恆定電壓可為適合維持適度 透明快門之任何其他電壓。在一例示性實施例中,三維眼 鏡3000之快門3002及3〇〇4可保持透明,直至該三維眼 鏡能夠驗證一加密信號。在一例示性實施例中,可以允許 ❹二維眼鏡之使用者正常地觀看之一速率交替地開啟及關 閉三維眼鏡3000之快門3002及3004。 因此’方法3700提供一種清除三維眼鏡3000之操作 的方法,且藉此提供一透明操作模式。 現參看圖39及圖41 ’在一例示性實施例中,在三維 • 眼鏡3000之操作期間,該三維眼鏡實施一操作方法3900, 在該方法中’將由CPU 3012產生之控制信號A、B、c、 D、E、F及G用以在快門3002與3004之間轉移電荷。在 3902中’ CPU 3012判定一有效同步信號是否已由信號感 57 201223243 測器30H债測到。若CPU3012判定一有效同步信 信號感測器3014偵測到,則在3904中,兮'°由 孩CPU產生抑制 信號C’其形式為一持續(在一例示性實 二列 貝苑例中)約2〇〇 之短持續時間脈衝。在一例示性實施伽由 μ 椚〒,在方法39〇〇 期間,電荷在快H 30G2與3G04之間的轉移在控鄭 之短時脈衝期間發生,實質上如上文參看 , $ W及圖34所 描述。 q *所 在3906中,CPU 3012判定控制信徙r Η τ ’D现L是否已自古链 變至低。若CPU 3012判定控制信號c p & _ u 间得 I匕自咼轉變至低, 則在3908中,CPU改變控制信號A或B +也热 ' 〜<狀態,麸播二 維眼鏡3〇〇〇可繼續其正常操作,例如 、、、欠一 戈0上文參看圖芬 圖34所描述及說明者。 及 現參看圖30a、目40及圖4卜在1示性實施 在三維眼鏡3_之操作期間,該三維眼鏡實施—操作方 法4000,在該方法中,將由cpu 3〇12產生之控制信號&以 及RC5用以在三維眼鏡3〇〇〇之正常或暖機操作模式期間 操作電荷泵3016,如上文參看圖32、圖33、圖34、圖35 及圖36所描述及說明。在4002中,CPU 3012判定一有效 同步信號是否已由信號感測器3014偵測到。若CPU 3012 判定一有效同步信號已由信號感測器3014偵測到,則在 4004中,該cpu產生呈一系列短持續時間脈衝之形式的 控制信號RC4。 在—例示性實施例中,控制信號RC4之脈衝控制電晶 體Q1之操作以藉此將電荷轉移至電容器C13,直至該電 58 201223243 谷器上之電位達到一預定位準。詳言之,當控制信號RC4 切換至一低值時’電晶體Q1將電感器L1連接至電池12〇。 結果,電感器L1儲存來自電池之能量。接著,當控 •制信號RC4切換至一高值時,儲存於電感器L1中之能量 被轉移至電容器C13。因此,控制信號RC4之脈衝不斷地 將電荷轉移至電容器C13,直至電容器cl3上之電位達到 一預定位準。在一例示性實施例中,控制信號RC4繼續, 直至電容器C13上之電位達到_12 v。 Ό , 在一例示性實施例中,在4〇〇6中,3〇12產生一 控制信號RC5。結果,提供一輸入信號RA3,其具有一隨 電容器C13上之電位增加而減小之量值。詳言之,當電容 盗C13上之電位接近該預定值時,齊納二極體D7開始導 電,藉此減少輸入控制信號RA3之量值。在4〇〇8中,cpu 3012狀輸人㈣信號RA3之量值是料於—預定值。 右CPU 3012 #定輸入控制信1 RA3之量值小於該預定 〇值,則在4010中,該cpu停止產生控制信號Rc4及⑽。 結果,電荷向電容器Cl3之轉移停止。 在一例不性實施例中,在三維眼鏡3〇〇〇之操作期 方法4000可在方法3900之後實施。 /曰 . 現參看30a、圖42及圖43,在-例示性實施例中, •在二維眼鏡3000之操作期間,該三維眼鏡實施—操作方 法4200’在該方法中,將由Cpu3〇12產生之控制信號八、 B、C、D、E、F、G、RA4、RC4及RC5用以判定當三維 眼鏡3000已切換至一關閉狀況時電池12〇之操作狀熊。 59 201223243 在4202中,CPU 3012判定三維眼鏡3000是關閉還是開 啟。若CPU 3012判定三維眼鏡3000關閉,則在42〇4中, 該CPU判定是否已經過一預定逾時時段。在一例示性實施 例中,該逾時時段長度為2秒。 若CPU 3012判定已經過該預定逾時時段,則在42〇6 中,該CPU判定信號感測器3014在一預定先前時間段中 所偵測到的同步脈衝之數目是否超過一預定值。在一例示 性實施例中,在4206中,預定先前時間段為自電池12〇 之最近替換以來已經過的時間段。 若CPU 3012判定信號感測器3014在一預定先前時間 段中偵測到的同步脈衝之數目超過一預定值,則在42〇8 中,该CPU產生作為一短持續時間脈衝的控制信號E,在 4210中,該CPU將作為一短持續時間脈衝的控制信號尺八4 提供給信號感測器3014,且在4212中,該CPU分別雙態 觸發控制信號A及B之操作狀態。在一例示性實施例中, 若信號感測器3014在一預定先前時間段中所偵測到的同 步脈衝之數目超過一預定值,則此可指示電池120中之剩 餘電力為低。 或者,若CPU 3012判定信號感測器3014在一預定先 鈿時間段中偵測到的同步脈衝之數目未超過一預定值,則 在421 〇中,邊CPU將作為一短持續時間脈衝的控制信號 RA4提供給信號感測器3〇14,且在4212中,該cpu分別 雙態觸發控制信號A及B之操作狀態。在一例示性實施例 中,若信號感測器3014在一預定先前時間段中偵測到的 60 201223243 同步脈衝之數目未超過一預定值,則此可指示電池120中 之剩餘電力不為低。 在一例示性實施例中,在4208及4212中,控制信號 A及B雙態觸發與控制信號e之短持續時間脈衝之組合使 三維眼鏡3000之快門3002及3004關閉(在控制信號E 之短持續時間脈衝期間除外)。因此,在一例示性實施例 中’藉由在一短時間段中使三維眼鏡之快門急速開啟 (flash open),快門3002及3004將電池120中剩餘之電 〇 力為低的一視覺指示提供給三維眼鏡3000之使用者。在 一例示性實施例中,在中將作為一短持續時間脈衝 的控制信號RA4提供給信號感測器3014准許該信號感測 器在所提供的脈衝之持續時間期間搜尋及偵測同步信號。 在一例示性實施例中,控制信號A及B之雙態觸發(並 不亦提供控制信號E之短持續時間脈衝)使三維眼鏡3〇〇〇 之快門3002及3004保持關閉。結果,在一例示性實施例 〇 中,藉由不在一短時間段中使三維眼鏡之快門急速開啟, 快門3002及3004將電池丨2〇中剩餘之電力不為低的一視 覺指示提供給三維眼鏡3000之使用者。 在缺少一時序時脈之實施例中,可根據同步脈衝來量 測時間。CPU 3012可將電池120中之剩餘時間判定為電、、也 可繼續操作經過的同步脈衝之數目之一因數且接著夢由 使快門3002及3004急速開啟及關閉而將一視覺指干提供 給三維眼鏡3000之使用者。 ,、 現參看圖44至圖55,在一例示性實施例中,: 眼 61 201223243 鏡104、1800及3000中之一或多者包括一框架前部44〇2、 一鼻樑架4404、右鏡腿4406及左鏡腿4408。在一例示性 實施例中,框架前部4402容納三維眼鏡1 〇4、1800及3000 中之一或多者之控制電路及電源供應器(如上所述),且 進一步界定用於固持上述右ISS快門及左ISS快門之右透 鏡開口 4410及左透鏡開口 4412。在一些實施例中,框架 前部4402抱合以形成一右翼4402a及一左翼4402b。在一 些實施例中,三維眼鏡104、1800及3000之控制電路的 至少部分容納於翼4402a及4402b之任一者或兩者中。 在一例示性實施例中,右鏡腿4406及左鏡腿4408自 框架前部4402延伸且包括隆脊4406a及4408a,且各自具 有一蛇形形狀,鏡腿之遠端與鏡腿之至框架前部之各別連 接處相比靠得較近。以此方式,當一使用者佩戴三維眼鏡 1〇4、1800及3000時,鏡腿4406及4408之末端緊靠使用 者之頭部且固定就位。在一些實施例中,鏡腿4406及4408 之彈簧率由雙重彎曲來增強,而隆脊4406a及4408a的間 距及深度控制該彈簧率。如圖55所示,一些實施例不使 用雙彎曲形狀,而是使用一簡單的曲線型鏡腿4406及 4408。 現參看圖48至圖55,在一例示性實施例中,三維眼 鏡104、1800及3000中之一或多者之控制電路容納於框 架前部(其包括右翼4402a)中,且電池容納於右翼4402a 中。此外,在一例示性實施例中,經由一在右翼4402a之 内側上的開口提供對三維眼鏡3000之電池120之取用, 62 201223243 該開口由一蓋4414封閉,該蓋樓包括用於緊密配合及 密封式嚙合右翼4402a之一 0型環密封件4416。 參看圖49至圖55,在一些實施例中,電池位於一由 蓋4414及蓋内邛4415形成之電池蓋總成中。電池蓋i 4 可藉由例如超音波炫接而附接至電池蓋内部44i5。觸點 4417可自蓋内部4415伸出以將電自電池12〇料至例如 位於右翼4402a内之觸點。 $内部4415在該蓋之一内部部分上可具有周向間隔 開之徑向楔緊元件(keying element) 4418。蓋4414可具 有疋位於该蓋之-外部表面上的周向間隔開之凹陷442〇。 在一例示性實施例中,如圖49至圖51中所說明,可 使用-錄匙(key) 4422操控蓋4414,該鍮匙包括用於緊 密配合及嚙合該蓋之凹陷4420的複數個突起4424。以此 方式,可將蓋4414相對於三維眼鏡1〇4、18〇〇及3〇〇〇之 右翼4402a自一關閉(或鎖定)位置旋轉至一開啟(或解 Ο 鎖)位置。因此,可藉由使用鑰匙4422將蓋4414與三維 眼鏡3000之右翼4402a嚙合而相對於環境封閉三維眼鏡 104、1800及3000之控制電路及電池。參看圖55,在另 一實施例中,可使用鑰匙4426。 現參看圖56 ’ 一信號感測器5600之一例示性實施例 , 包括一可操作地耦接至一解碼器5604之窄帶通渡波器 5602。#號感測裔5600又可柄作地搞接至一 CPU 5604。 窄帶通濾波器5602可為一類比及/或數位帶通滤波器,其 可具有適於准許一同步串列資料信號通過而濾出及移除 63 201223243 頻帶外雜訊之通帶。 在一例示性實施例中’ CPU 5604可例如為三維眼鏡 104、1800 或 3000 之 CPU 114、CPU 1810 或 CPU 3012。 在一例示性實施例中,在操作期間,信號感測器56〇〇 自一#號傳輸器5606接收一信號。在一例示性實施例中, 信號傳輸器5606可例如為信號傳輸器ι1〇。 在一例示性實施例中,由信號傳輸器56〇6傳輸至信號 感測器5600之信號5700包括一或多個資料位元57〇2,其 各自由一時脈脈衝5704居先。在一例示性實施例中,在 信號感測器5600之操作期間,因為資料之每一位元57〇2 由:時脈脈衝5704居先,所以信號感測器之解碼器56〇4 可今易地解碼長資料位元字組。因此,信號感測器5刪 能夠容易地接收及解碼來自信號傳輸器56〇6之同步串列 資料傳輸。與之相比’為非同步資料傳輸之長資料位元字 ,、且通吊難以以有效及/或無錯方式傳輸及解碼。因此,信 號感測器56GG提供用於接收f料傳輸之—改良式系統。 此外,在信號感測I! 5600之操作中使用同步串列資料傳 輸確保可容易地解碼長資料位元字組。 —%參照圖58至圖63所不,說明三維眼鏡姻〇之一例 示^施例^三維眼鏡在設計及操作上實質上等同於上 文所。兒明及彳田述之一種或以 Α 一 上的二維眼鏡,惟下文所說明 的方面除外。在一例示性會絲 貫施例中,三維眼鏡5800包含 一框架5802,其界定用於收納 心, 又巧陳門(可為習知及/或任一 種上述之液晶快門)之左開口 及開口 5804及右開口 5806。在一 64 201223243 例不性實施例中,至少 A ^$分用以控制液晶快門之操作的電 路設置在三維眼鏡58ηη 兄⑽00之框架5802中。 在例不&實施例中’框架5802更包括一凹槽5808, 其收納並固定一電池s ^ A ^10 ’以便提供電力至設置在3D眼 鏡之鏡腿中的控制雷敗 〆电塔0在—例示性實施例中,框架5802 糸於可釋放地收納並連接—蓋⑻2,其係用以將電池 5810蓋合封於凹槽5808中。3〇〇=士例不&Example* By using the control signal C, the left shutter is slammed into a short circuit, and in the closed state, a shutter d* is large and can be used to just another - Fast turn to off state: The other shutter portion is charged, thereby saving the amount of charge that would otherwise have to be completely provided by the electric '120. In the exemplary embodiment, when the control signal generated by the CPU 3012 is a digital high value, for example, a negatively charged board of the left shutter 3002 that is in the off state at the time and has a V potential difference thereon ( _12 v) is connected to the plate with more negative power of the right shutter 3004 which is turned on and is still charged to + 1 V and has a potential difference of 2V thereon. In an exemplary embodiment, the positively charged plates on both shutters 3002 and 3004 will be charged 1+3 V. In an exemplary embodiment, the control number C generated by the cpu 3012 is transferred to a high value in a short period of time immediately before the end of the closed state of the left shutter 3002 and just before the closed state of the right supply 3004. . When the control signal C generated by the CPU 3012 is a digital high value, the digital control analog switch U4 is also a digital high limit. As a result, all of the output channels X, Y, and Z of ' U4 are in the off state in the exemplary embodiment. This allows the potential difference A stored on the shutters of the left shutter 3002 and 49 201223243 right shutter 3004 to be dispersed between the shutters such that the two ends of the two and 3004 are approximately 17/2 V or 8.5 V. Since the shutter employment negative terminal is then at 5 5 ; the final connection to 3 V, the control of the shutter double * pass generation _ c ^ in the 'exemplary embodiment, the negative value of CPU_3002 and 3004 is good The value is low, and by this, in the shutter example, the right fast dice are disconnected from each other. Next, in the exemplary implementation of the analog switch U4, the power-on state is turned off and the digital control is controlled by -12 V. As a result, the negative terminal of the right shutter is further charged to a normal operation in a _120 embodiment. In the embodiment of the experiment, approximately 40% is achieved between the 3D glasses 3 () 0 0; The power is limited. In a list of 4 and 10, the control signal c generated by the CPU 3012 is provided as a control signal A or B generated from the high-speed I or low. Low transition to high transition from low to low short duration pulses to thereby initiate the next left shutter open/right shutter close or right shutter open/left shutter close. Referring now to Figures 33 and 34, in an illustrative embodiment In the operation of the 3D glasses 3GGG, the 3D glasses perform a normal execution operation mode 3300, in which the control signals A, B, C, β, E generated by (:1>1; 3〇12, F and G are used to control the operation of the left shutter controller 3〇〇6 and the right shutter controller 3008 and the central shutter controller 3〇1〇, thereby further relying on the synchronization signal detected by the sensor 3014 The type controls the operation of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004. In detail, in 3302, if the CPU 3012 determines that the signal sensor 3014 50 201223243 has received a synchronization signal, then in 3304, the control generated by the CPU 3012 is used. Signals A, B, C, D, E, F, and G control left shutter control 3006 and right shutter controller 3008 and central shutter controller 3010 operate to transfer charge between left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004, as described above with reference to Figure 32. In an exemplary embodiment, in 3304, The control signal C generated by the CPU 3012 is set to a high digit value in about 0.2 milliseconds to thereby short the terminals of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004, and thus transfer charges between the left shutter and the right shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, in 3304, the control signal C generated by the CPU 3012 is set to a high digit value in about 0.2 milliseconds to thereby short the terminals of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 with more negative power. And thus transferring charge between the left and right shutters. Thus, the control signal C is provided as a short duration pulse, either before or after the control signal A or B transitions from high to low or from low to high Transition from high to low. As a result, power is supplied during operation of the 3D glasses 3000 during a cycle that alternates between turning on the left fast Q gate/closing the right shutter and closing the left shutter/opening the right shutter. In 3306, the CPU 3012 then determines the type of synchronization signal received. In an exemplary embodiment, a synchronization signal comprising 2 pulses • indicates that the left shutter 3002 should be open and the right shutter 3004 should be closed, and one A sync signal comprising .3 pulses indicates that the right shutter should be open and the left shutter should be closed. In an exemplary embodiment, other different numbers and formats of synchronization signals can be used to control the alternation of left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004. Turn it on and off. 51 201223243 In 3306, if the CPU 3012 determines that the received synchronization signal indicates that the left shutter 3002 should be turned on and the right shutter 3〇〇4 should be turned off, then in 33〇8, the CPU will control signals A, B, c, D , E, F, and G pass to the left shutter controller 3006 and the right shutter controller 3〇〇8 and the common shutter controller 3010 to apply a high voltage on the right shutter 3004 and no voltage followed by a small clamp The voltage is applied to the left shutter 3〇〇2. In an exemplary embodiment, the amount of high voltage applied to the right shutter 3〇〇4 in 3308 is 15 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the magnitude of the clamping voltage applied to the left shutter 3〇〇2 in 33〇8 is 2 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, in 33〇8, the clamp is controlled by controlling the operational state of the control signal D to be low and controlling the operational state of the control signal F (which may be low or high) to be high. A voltage is applied to the left shutter 3002. In an exemplary embodiment, the application of the duty voltage in 33〇8 to the left shutter 3002 is delayed for a predetermined period of time to allow the molecules in the liquid crystal of the left shutter to rotate faster. Subsequent application of the clamping voltage after the expiration of the predetermined time period will prevent the molecules in the liquid crystal in the left shutter 3〇〇2 from rotating excessively during the opening of the left shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the application of the clamp voltage to the left shutter 3〇〇2 is delayed by about 1 millisecond in 33〇8. Alternatively, in 3306, if the CPU 3012 determines that the received synchronization signal indicates that the left shutter 3〇〇2 should be closed and the right shutter 3〇〇4 should be turned on, then in 3310, the CPU will control the signal into, 3, 〇 , £), £:, 17 and (} are transmitted to the left shutter controller 3006 and the right shutter controller 30〇8 and the common shutter controller 3010 to apply a high voltage on the left shutter 3〇〇2 and will be no voltage A small clamp voltage is then applied to the right shutter 3004. In an example 52 201223243, for example, a left magnitude of 15 volts is applied throughout the pass. In the exemplary embodiment, the right shutter 3004 of the voltage is applied. The clamp voltage is applied to the application in the range of 2 volts 隹 3310, in *331 ,, by controlling the control signal G to be low - the home voltage is two to ==一例 Ο In an exemplary embodiment, the clamp voltage ΓΓ is fast in _ = the application is delayed for a predetermined period of time to allow the right shutter = the molecule to rotate faster. During the predetermined time period '曰曰The clamping voltage (4) stops the liquid in the right shutter 3 (8) 4, f, and then applies the opening period Too much. In an example, the actual right = the application of the home voltage to the right shutter is delayed by about 1 millisecond in the second 3310 m, and in the core side, the 彳 复 step and 〇 to apply to the left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3〇〇4 pressure, the ground is positive and negative, to prevent damage to the liquid crystal unit of the left shutter and the right shutter. Therefore, go to 3300 to provide a normal or operation for 3D glasses 3〇〇〇 Referring now to FIG. 36 and FIG. 36, in an exemplary embodiment, during the operation of the three-dimensional operation, the control signal A generated by the CPU 3012 is used in the "three-dimensional glasses implementation-warm operation method" B, I), jp jy G are used to control the operation of the left shutter controller 3006 and the right shutter controller, the device 8 and the central shutter controller 3010, thereby controlling the operation of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3〇〇4. . At 3502 Φ, minute _ τ, the CPU 3012 of the 3D glasses checks the power of the 3D glasses 53 201223243. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 3000 can be powered up by a user initiating a power on switch, by an automatic wake-up sequence, and/or by sensing a valid synchronization signal by the signal sensor 3014. In the case where the 3D glasses 3000 are energized, the shutters 3002 and 3004 of the 3D glasses may, for example, require a warm-up sequence. The liquid crystal cells of the shutters 3002 and 3004 that do not have power for a period of time may be in an ambiguous state. In 3502, if the CPU 3012 of the 3D glasses 3000 detects the energization of the 3D glasses, in 3504, the CPU applies an alternating voltage signal to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004, respectively. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 alternates between a positive peak and a negative peak to avoid ionization problems in the liquid crystal cell of the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage signals applied to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 may be at least partially out of phase with one another. In an exemplary embodiment, one or both of the voltage signals applied to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 may alternate between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, other forms of voltage signals can be applied to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 such that the liquid crystal cells of the shutter are in an operational state. In an exemplary embodiment, applying a voltage signal to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 causes the shutters to be turned on and off simultaneously or at different times. During the application of the voltage signal to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004, in 3506, the CPU 3012 checks for a warm-up timeout. In 3506, if CPU 3012 detects a warm-up timeout, then in 3508, the CPU will stop applying a voltage signal to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004. 54 201223243 Ο Ο In an exemplary embodiment, in 3504 and 3506, CPU 3012 applies a voltage signal to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 during a period of time sufficient to actuate the liquid crystal cells of the shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 3012 applies a voltage signal to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 for a period of two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of the voltage signal applied to the 快门 shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004 can be 15 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the timeout period in 3506 can be two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum magnitude of the voltage signal applied to the left shutter 3002 and the right gate 3004 may be greater than or less than 15 volts, and the time period may be longer or shorter. In an exemplary embodiment, during method Μ%, CPU 3012 can turn left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 on and off at a different rate than the rate at which the movie can be viewed. In an exemplary embodiment, in 3504, the voltage signals applied to the left shutter 3〇〇2 and the right shutter 3 are not alternated and are constantly applied during the warm-up period, 4 and thus the shutter The liquid crystal cells remain transparent throughout the warm-up period. In an exemplary embodiment, the warm-up method 35 can occur in the presence or absence of a synchronized corpse. Therefore, the method 35 is provided as a =S glasses 3_-warm-up mode of operation. In the exemplary embodiment = dimension after the implementation of the warm-up method 3500, the 3D glasses 3 are in a mode, an operational mode or a transparent mode of operation, and then the method 3300 can be performed. Referring now to Figures 37 and 38, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the spectacles 3000, the spectacles implement an operational method. In the method, the control signals generated by the CPU 3012 are VIII. , ' 55 201223243 D, E, F, and G are used to control the operation of the left shutter controller 3006 and the right shutter controller 3008 and the common shutter controller 3〇1〇, thereby depending on the synchronization signal received by the signal sensor 3014. To control the operation of the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3004. In 3702, the CPu 3012 checks to see if the sync signal detected by the signal sensor 3〇14 is active or inactive. In 3702, if cpu 3012 determines that the sync signal is invalid, then in 3704, the CPU applies a voltage signal to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3〇〇4 of 3D glasses 3000. In the exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to left shutter 3〇〇2 and right shutter 3004 in 3704 alternates between positive and negative peaks to avoid ionization problems in the liquid crystal cells of the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 in 37〇4 alternates between a positive peak and a negative peak to provide a square wave signal having a frequency of 60 Hz. In an exemplary embodiment, the square wave signal alternates between +3 V and -3 V. In one exemplary embodiment, one or both of the voltage signals applied to left shutter 3002 and right shutter 3004 in 3704 may alternate between a zero voltage and a peak voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, in 3704, voltage signals of other forms (including other frequencies) may be applied to the left shutter 3〇〇2 and the right shutter 3004′ such that the liquid crystal cell of the shutter remains open, thus the 3D glasses 3000 The user can normally view through the shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, applying a voltage signal to the left shutter 3〇〇2 and the right shutter 3004 in 3704 causes the shutters to open. During the application of the voltage signal to the left shutter 3002 and the right shutter 3〇〇4 in 3704, 'in 3706' the CPU 3012 checks for a clearing timeout. In π% 56 201223243, if the CPU 3012 detects a clear timeout, then in 37〇8, the CPU 3012 will stop applying the voltage signal to the shutters 3〇〇2 and 3〇〇4, which can then make the two-dimensional The glasses 3000 are in a closed mode of operation. In an exemplary embodiment, the duration of the purge timeout can be as long as, for example, about 4 hours. Therefore, in an exemplary embodiment, if the 3D glasses 3 do not detect an effective synchronization signal, the 3D glasses can be transferred to a transparent operation mode and the method 370 is implemented (in the transparent operation mode, In an exemplary embodiment, the shutters 3002 and 3004 of the two-dimensional glasses 3000 are kept open so that the viewer can normally view through the shutter of the three-dimensional glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, a positive and negative alternating constant voltage is applied. The liquid crystal cells of the shutters 3002 and 3004 of the 3D glasses are maintained in a transparent state. The constant voltage may be, for example, 2 volts, but the constant voltage may be any other voltage suitable to maintain a moderately transparent shutter. In an exemplary embodiment The shutters 3002 and 3〇〇4 of the 3D glasses 3000 can remain transparent until the 3D glasses can verify an encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the user of the 2D glasses can be allowed to view one rate alternately. The shutters 3002 and 3004 of the 3D glasses 3000 are opened and closed. Thus, the method 3700 provides a method for clearing the operation of the 3D glasses 3000, and thereby A transparent mode of operation. Referring now to Figures 39 and 41 'in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the three-dimensional glasses 3000, the three-dimensional glasses implement an operational method 3900 in which the control to be generated by the CPU 3012 is performed. Signals A, B, c, D, E, F, and G are used to transfer charge between shutters 3002 and 3004. In 3902 'CPU 3012 determines if a valid sync signal has been detected by signal sense 57 201223243 Detector 30H If the CPU 3012 determines that a valid sync signal sensor 3014 detects, then in 3904, 兮 '° generates a suppression signal C' by the CPU to form a continuation (in an exemplary real two-column case). a short duration pulse of about 2 。. In an exemplary implementation of gamma μ 椚〒, during the method 39 ,, the transfer of charge between the fast H 30G2 and 3G04 occurs during the short pulse of the control Zheng Zheng, Substantially as described above, $ W and Figure 34. q * In 3906, the CPU 3012 determines whether the control flow r Η τ 'D is now L has changed from the old chain to the low. If the CPU 3012 determines the control signal cp & _ u between I and 匕 to 低, then at 390 In 8, the CPU changes the control signal A or B + is also hot '~< state, the bran broadcasts the 2D glasses 3〇〇〇 can continue its normal operation, for example, ,, owe a go 0 above, see Figure 4 Description and Illustrator. Referring now to Figures 30a, 40 and 4, during the operation of the 3D glasses 3, the 3D glasses implementation-operation method 4000, in which the cpu 3〇12 will be The generated control signals & RC5 are used to operate the charge pump 3016 during normal or warm-up mode of operation of the 3D glasses 3, as described above with reference to Figures 32, 33, 34, 35 and 36 and Description. In 4002, CPU 3012 determines if an active sync signal has been detected by signal sensor 3014. If the CPU 3012 determines that a valid sync signal has been detected by the signal sensor 3014, then in 4004 the cpu generates a control signal RC4 in the form of a series of short duration pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the pulse of control signal RC4 controls the operation of transistor Q1 to thereby transfer charge to capacitor C13 until the potential on the gate of the 201223243243 reaches a predetermined level. In detail, when the control signal RC4 is switched to a low value, the transistor Q1 connects the inductor L1 to the battery 12A. As a result, the inductor L1 stores energy from the battery. Next, when the control signal RC4 is switched to a high value, the energy stored in the inductor L1 is transferred to the capacitor C13. Therefore, the pulse of the control signal RC4 constantly transfers the charge to the capacitor C13 until the potential on the capacitor cl3 reaches a predetermined level. In an exemplary embodiment, control signal RC4 continues until the potential on capacitor C13 reaches _12v. That is, in an exemplary embodiment, in 〇〇6, 3〇12 generates a control signal RC5. As a result, an input signal RA3 is provided which has a magnitude which decreases as the potential on capacitor C13 increases. In detail, when the potential on the capacitor thief C13 approaches the predetermined value, the Zener diode D7 starts to conduct, thereby reducing the magnitude of the input control signal RA3. In 4〇〇8, the magnitude of the cpu 3012 input (4) signal RA3 is expected to be - a predetermined value. If the amount of the right CPU 3012 #定 input control signal 1 RA3 is less than the predetermined threshold, then in 4010, the CPU stops generating the control signals Rc4 and (10). As a result, the transfer of charge to the capacitor Cl3 is stopped. In an exemplary embodiment, the method 4000 may be performed after the method 3900 during the operation of the 3D glasses. Referring now to 30a, FIG. 42 and FIG. 43, in an exemplary embodiment, during operation of the two-dimensional glasses 3000, the three-dimensional glasses implementation-operation method 4200' will be generated by Cpu3〇12 in the method. The control signals eight, B, C, D, E, F, G, RA4, RC4, and RC5 are used to determine the operation of the battery 12 when the 3D glasses 3000 have been switched to a closed condition. 59 201223243 In 4202, the CPU 3012 determines whether the 3D glasses 3000 are off or on. If the CPU 3012 determines that the 3D glasses 3000 is off, then in 42〇4, the CPU determines whether a predetermined timeout period has elapsed. In an exemplary embodiment, the timeout period is 2 seconds in length. If the CPU 3012 determines that the predetermined timeout period has elapsed, then in 42〇6, the CPU determines whether the number of synchronization pulses detected by the signal sensor 3014 in a predetermined previous period exceeds a predetermined value. In an exemplary embodiment, in 4206, the predetermined previous time period is a time period that has elapsed since the most recent replacement of battery 12A. If the CPU 3012 determines that the number of synchronization pulses detected by the signal sensor 3014 in a predetermined previous period exceeds a predetermined value, then in 42〇8, the CPU generates a control signal E as a short duration pulse, In 4210, the CPU provides a control signal scale 8 4 as a short duration pulse to signal sensor 3014, and in 4212, the CPU toggles the operational states of control signals A and B, respectively. In an exemplary embodiment, if the number of sync pulses detected by signal sensor 3014 during a predetermined previous time period exceeds a predetermined value, this may indicate that the remaining power in battery 120 is low. Alternatively, if the CPU 3012 determines that the number of synchronization pulses detected by the signal sensor 3014 during a predetermined first time period does not exceed a predetermined value, then in 421 ,, the side CPU will control as a short duration pulse. Signal RA4 is provided to signal sensor 3〇14, and in 4212, the cpu respectively toggles the operational states of control signals A and B. In an exemplary embodiment, if the number of 60 201223243 sync pulses detected by the signal sensor 3014 in a predetermined previous time period does not exceed a predetermined value, this may indicate that the remaining power in the battery 120 is not low. . In an exemplary embodiment, in 4208 and 4212, the combination of the control signal A and B toggle and the short duration pulse of the control signal e causes the shutters 3002 and 3004 of the 3D glasses 3000 to be closed (short in the control signal E) Except during the duration pulse period). Thus, in an exemplary embodiment, 'by opening a shutter of the 3D glasses in a short period of time, the shutters 3002 and 3004 provide a visual indication that the remaining power in the battery 120 is low. To the user of the 3D glasses 3000. In an exemplary embodiment, a control signal RA4, which is a short duration pulse, is provided to signal sensor 3014 to permit the signal sensor to search for and detect the synchronization signal during the duration of the pulse provided. In an exemplary embodiment, the two-state triggering of control signals A and B (and not providing a short duration pulse of control signal E) keeps shutters 3002 and 3004 of 3D glasses 3 closed. As a result, in an exemplary embodiment, the shutters 3002 and 3004 provide a visual indication that the remaining power in the battery pack 2 is not low to the three-dimensional image by not rapidly opening the shutter of the three-dimensional glasses in a short period of time. The user of the glasses 3000. In an embodiment lacking a timing clock, the time can be measured based on the sync pulse. The CPU 3012 can determine the remaining time in the battery 120 as a power, or can continue to operate as one of the number of synchronized pulses that have passed, and then dream to provide a visual finger to the three-dimensional by causing the shutters 3002 and 3004 to be rapidly turned on and off. The user of the glasses 3000. Referring now to Figures 44-55, in an exemplary embodiment,: Eye 61 201223243 One or more of mirrors 104, 1800, and 3000 include a frame front 44 〇 2, a nose bridge 4404, a right mirror Leg 4406 and left temple 4408. In an exemplary embodiment, the frame front portion 4402 houses a control circuit and a power supply (as described above) of one or more of the three-dimensional glasses 1 〇 4, 1800, and 3000, and is further defined to hold the right ISS described above. The right lens opening 4410 and the left lens opening 4412 of the shutter and the left ISS shutter. In some embodiments, the frame front portion 4402 is engaged to form a right wing 4402a and a left wing 4402b. In some embodiments, at least a portion of the control circuitry of the 3D glasses 104, 1800, and 3000 is housed in either or both of the wings 4402a and 4402b. In an exemplary embodiment, right temple 4406 and left temple 4408 extend from frame front portion 4402 and include ridges 4406a and 4408a, and each have a serpentine shape with the distal end of the temple and the temple to frame The front joints are closer together. In this manner, when a user wears the three-dimensional glasses 1〇4, 1800, and 3000, the ends of the temples 4406 and 4408 abut the user's head and are fixed in place. In some embodiments, the spring rates of the temples 4406 and 4408 are enhanced by double bending, while the spacing and depth of the ridges 4406a and 4408a control the spring rate. As shown in Figure 55, some embodiments do not use a double curved shape, but instead use a simple curved temple 4406 and 4408. Referring now to Figures 48-55, in an exemplary embodiment, control circuitry for one or more of the three-dimensional glasses 104, 1800, and 3000 is housed in the front of the frame (which includes the right wing 4402a) and the battery is housed in the right wing. In 4402a. Moreover, in an exemplary embodiment, access to the battery 120 of the 3D glasses 3000 is provided via an opening on the inside of the right wing 4402a, 62 201223243. The opening is closed by a cover 4414 that includes a tight fit And sealingly engaging one of the 0-ring seals 4416 of the right wing 4402a. Referring to Figures 49-55, in some embodiments, the battery is located in a battery cover assembly formed by a cover 4414 and a cover inner 4415. The battery cover i 4 can be attached to the battery cover interior 44i5 by, for example, ultrasonic splicing. Contact 4417 can extend from cover interior 4415 to draw electricity from battery 12 to contacts, for example, located within right wing 4402a. The inner portion 4415 can have a circumferentially spaced apart radial keying element 4418 on one of the inner portions of the cover. The cover 4414 can have a circumferentially spaced apart recess 442A on the outer surface of the cover. In an exemplary embodiment, as illustrated in Figures 49-51, a cover 4414 can be manipulated using a key 4422 that includes a plurality of protrusions for tightly fitting and engaging the recess 4420 of the cover. 4424. In this manner, the cover 4414 can be rotated from a closed (or locked) position to an open (or unlocked) position relative to the right-handed 4402a of the 3D glasses 1〇4, 18〇〇, and 3〇〇〇. Therefore, the control circuit and the battery of the three-dimensional glasses 104, 1800, and 3000 can be closed with respect to the environment by engaging the cover 4414 with the right wing 4402a of the three-dimensional glasses 3000 by using the key 4422. Referring to Figure 55, in another embodiment, a key 4426 can be used. Referring now to Figure 56, an exemplary embodiment of a signal sensor 5600 includes a narrow bandpass waver 5602 operatively coupled to a decoder 5604. The ##Sense Sense 5600 is arbitrarily connected to a CPU 5604. The narrow bandpass filter 5602 can be an analog and/or digital bandpass filter that can have a passband suitable for permitting the passage of a synchronous serial data signal to filter out and remove 63 201223243 out-of-band noise. In an exemplary embodiment, the CPU 5604 can be, for example, a CPU 114, a CPU 1810, or a CPU 3012 of the 3D glasses 104, 1800, or 3000. In an exemplary embodiment, signal sensor 56 receives a signal from a ## transmitter 5606 during operation. In an exemplary embodiment, signal transmitter 5606 can be, for example, a signal transmitter ι1〇. In an exemplary embodiment, signal 5700 transmitted by signal transmitter 56 〇 6 to signal sensor 5600 includes one or more data bits 57 〇 2, each of which is free of a clock pulse 5704. In an exemplary embodiment, during operation of signal sensor 5600, because each bit of the data 57〇2 is preceded by: clock pulse 5704, the decoder of signal sensor 56〇4 Easily decode long data bit blocks. Therefore, the signal sensor 5 can easily receive and decode the synchronous serial data transmission from the signal transmitter 56〇6. In contrast, it is a long data bit word for asynchronous data transmission, and it is difficult to transmit and decode in an efficient and/or error-free manner. Thus, signal sensor 56GG provides an improved system for receiving f-material transmissions. In addition, the use of synchronous serial data transmission in the operation of signal sensing I! 5600 ensures that long data bit blocks can be easily decoded. -% Referring to Figs. 58 to 63, an example of a three-dimensional glasses inmate is shown. The three-dimensional glasses are substantially equivalent in design and operation to the above. One of the children's and 彳田's descriptions or the two-dimensional glasses on the ,, except for the aspects described below. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses 5800 includes a frame 5802 that defines a left opening and opening for receiving the heart, and a door (which may be a conventional and/or any of the above-described liquid crystal shutters). 5804 and right opening 5806. In a case of the embodiment of the invention, at least A^$ is used to control the operation of the liquid crystal shutter in the frame 5802 of the 3D glasses. In the embodiment, the frame 5802 further includes a recess 5808 that receives and fixes a battery s ^ A ^ 10 ' to provide power to the control lightning tower set in the temple of the 3D glasses. In the exemplary embodiment, the frame 5802 is releasably received and coupled to the cover (8) 2 for sealing the battery 5810 in the recess 5808.

Ο 在例不性實施例中’左鏡腿5814及右鏡腿5816分 別透過相對應之轉軸5818及582g樞設於框架漏2。在一 例示j·生實施例巾,左鏡腿5814及右鏡腿$⑽分別包括一 内部凹槽5822及5824,其係分別設置在左鏡腿5814及右 鏡腿5816的内側,以便增加其使用上的結構剛度。在一 例不性實施例中’一左眼鏡腳5826及右眼鏡腳5828分別 自左鏡腿5814及右鏡腿5816延伸並皆朝内側彎曲,且其 係以彈性材料構成,以方便配戴者戴上三維眼鏡58〇〇。 清參照圖64至圖68所示,說明液晶快門組件6400 之一例示性實施例’該液晶快門組件實質上等同於上文所 說明及描述之液晶快門,惟下文所說明的方面除外。在一 例示性實施例中,液晶快門組件6400包括一前偏光器 6402、一四分之一波長膜6404、一液晶單元6406、以及 一後偏光器6408。 在一例示性實施例中,前偏光器6402設置在四分之一 波長膜6404上,且四分之一波長膜6404設置在液晶單元 6406之前。在一例示性實施例中,後偏光器6408設置在 65 201223243 液晶單元6406之後。 在一例示性實施例中,前偏光器6402之一穿透軸係約 為58度。 在一例示性實施例中,四分之一波長膜6404之一穿透 軸係約為45度。 在一例示性實施例中,液晶單元6406係為一 PI單元 正型液晶單元。在一例示性實施例中,液晶單元6406的 對比度係介於200至400之間,其中,對比度係指當液晶 單元在開啟狀態下與關閉狀態下,其光透射率的比值。 在一例示性實施例中,後偏光器6408之一穿透軸係約 為45度。 在一例示性實施例中,液晶快門組件6400可以從 Multek公司採購,其零件號碼分別為LCD:ND802806 (左 液晶快門)及LCD:ND802807 (右液晶快門)。 在液晶快門組件6400之例示性實施例中,快門組件的 樣品經過測試以判斷其對比度,其中,對比度係等於當液 晶單元在開啟狀態下與關閉狀態下,其光透射率的比值; 一例示實驗性實施例之第一組測試結果如下表所示: 樣品編號 對比度 1 395 2 292 3 337 66 201223243Ο In the exemplary embodiment, the left mirror 5814 and the right temple 5816 are pivoted to the frame leak 2 through the corresponding shafts 5818 and 582g, respectively. In an example embodiment, the left temple 5814 and the right temple $(10) respectively include an inner groove 5822 and 5824 which are respectively disposed inside the left temple 5814 and the right temple 5816 to increase the The structural stiffness used. In one example, the left eyeglasses 5826 and the right eyeglasses 5828 extend from the left temple 5814 and the right temple 5816, respectively, and are curved inwardly, and are made of an elastic material for the wearer to wear. On the 3D glasses 58 〇〇. Referring to Figures 64 through 68, an exemplary embodiment of a liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400 is illustrated. The liquid crystal shutter assembly is substantially identical to the liquid crystal shutter illustrated and described above, with the exception of the aspects described below. In an exemplary embodiment, liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400 includes a front polarizer 6402, a quarter-wave film 6404, a liquid crystal cell 6406, and a rear polarizer 6408. In an exemplary embodiment, the front polarizer 6402 is disposed on the quarter-wave film 6404, and the quarter-wave film 6404 is disposed in front of the liquid crystal cell 6406. In an exemplary embodiment, the rear polarizer 6408 is disposed after the 65 201223243 liquid crystal cell 6406. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the front polarizers 6402 penetrates the shafting system by approximately 58 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the quarter-wave films 6404 penetrates the shafting system by about 45 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, liquid crystal cell 6406 is a PI cell positive liquid crystal cell. In an exemplary embodiment, the contrast of the liquid crystal cell 6406 is between 200 and 400, wherein contrast is the ratio of the light transmittance of the liquid crystal cell when it is in the on state and in the off state. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the rear polarizers 6408 penetrates the shafting system by approximately 45 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400 is commercially available from Multek Corporation under the component numbers LCD: ND802806 (left liquid crystal shutter) and LCD: ND802807 (right liquid crystal shutter). In an exemplary embodiment of the liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400, the sample of the shutter assembly is tested to determine its contrast, wherein the contrast is equal to the ratio of the light transmittance of the liquid crystal cell when it is in the on state and the off state; The first set of test results for the example is shown in the following table: Sample number contrast 1 395 2 292 3 337 66 201223243

樣品編號 對比度 4 353 5 311 6 312 7 342 8 308 9 355 10 270 11 581 12 504 13 397 14 387 15 402 16 334 17 263 18 432 67 201223243 樣品編號 對比度 19 324 20 345 21 392 22 318 23 377 24 321 25 435 在液晶快門組件6400之另一例示性實施例中,快門組 件的樣品經過測試以判斷其對比度,其中,對比度係等於 當液晶單元在開啟狀態下與關閉狀態下,其光透射率的比 值;一例示實驗性實施例之第二組測試結果如下表所示: 樣品編號 對比度 1 307 2 353 3 351 4 332 68 201223243Sample number contrast 4 353 5 311 6 312 7 342 8 308 9 355 10 270 11 581 12 504 13 397 14 387 15 402 16 334 17 263 18 432 67 201223243 Sample number contrast 19 324 20 345 21 392 22 318 23 377 24 321 25 435 In another exemplary embodiment of the liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400, the sample of the shutter assembly is tested to determine its contrast, wherein the contrast is equal to the ratio of light transmittance of the liquid crystal cell when it is in the on state and in the off state. An example of the second set of test results of the experimental example is shown in the following table: Sample No. Contrast 1 307 2 353 3 351 4 332 68 201223243

樣品編號 對比度 5 478 6 325 7 405 8 388 9 372 10 419 11 471 12 642 13 380 14 421 15 420 16 371 17 457 18 419 19 281 69 201223243 樣品編號 對比度 20 528 21 527 22 551 23 394 24 487 25 375 上述針對液晶快門組件6400的實驗結果提供了預期 之外的結果。 一液晶快門具有一液晶,藉由將一電壓施加至該液 晶,以使其旋轉,然後該液晶在少於一毫秒的時間内達成 至少25%的光透射率。當該液晶旋轉至一具有最大光透射 之點時,一裝置將該液晶之旋轉停止在該最大光透射點, 且然後在一時間段中將該液晶保持在該最大光透射點。安 裝在一機器可讀媒體上之一電腦程式可用以促進此等實 施例中之任一者。 一系統藉由使用一副液晶快門眼鏡來呈現三維視訊影 像,該眼鏡具有一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門’及一 用以開啟該第一液晶快門之控制電路。該第一液晶快門可 在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟至一最大光透射點,此時,該 70 201223243 控制電路可施加-箝位電壓以在—第—時間段中將該第 一液晶快門保持在該最大光透射點,然後關閉該第一液晶 快門。接下來,該控制電路開啟該第二液晶快門,其中= 第二液晶快門在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟至一最大光透 射點’且然後施加-箝位電壓以在一第二時間段中將該第 二液晶快門保持在該最大光透射點,然後關閉該第二:曰 快門。該第-時間段對應於為觀看者之一第一眼呈現一: ❹Sample number contrast 5 478 6 325 7 405 8 388 9 372 10 419 11 471 12 642 13 380 14 421 15 420 16 371 17 457 18 419 19 281 69 201223243 Sample number contrast 20 528 21 527 22 551 23 394 24 487 25 375 The above experimental results for the liquid crystal shutter assembly 6400 provide unexpected results. A liquid crystal shutter has a liquid crystal which is rotated by applying a voltage to the liquid crystal, and then the liquid crystal achieves a light transmittance of at least 25% in less than one millisecond. When the liquid crystal is rotated to a point having maximum light transmission, a device stops the rotation of the liquid crystal at the maximum light transmission point, and then maintains the liquid crystal at the maximum light transmission point for a period of time. A computer program installed on a machine readable medium can be used to facilitate any of these embodiments. A system presents a three-dimensional video image by using a pair of liquid crystal shutter glasses having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter and a control circuit for opening the first liquid crystal shutter. The first liquid crystal shutter can be turned on to a maximum light transmission point in less than one millisecond. At this time, the 70 201223243 control circuit can apply a clamp voltage to the first liquid crystal shutter in the -first time period. The point of maximum light transmission is maintained, and then the first liquid crystal shutter is closed. Next, the control circuit turns on the second liquid crystal shutter, wherein = the second liquid crystal shutter turns to a maximum light transmission point ' in less than one millisecond and then applies - the clamp voltage to be in a second time period The second liquid crystal shutter is held at the maximum light transmission point, and then the second: 曰 shutter is closed. The first time period corresponds to presenting one of the first eyes of the viewer: ❹

G 像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一第二眼呈現一^ 像。可將文褒在-機器可讀媒體上之一電腦程式用以促進 本文中所描述的實施例中之任一者。 在-例示性實施例中,該控制電路用以使用一 =判定該第-時間段及該第二時間段。在—例示性㈣ 例中,該箝位電壓為2伏特。 的光在一例示性實施例中,該最大光透射點透射多於32% 在-例示性實施例中,一發射器提供一同步信號,且 該同步信號使該控制電路開啟該等液日日日快門中之—者 i =實施财,該同步信號包含—已加密信號 _ 一、准眼鏡之控制電路將僅在驗證一加 岔信號之後進行操作。 在一例示性實施例中, ^ μ控制電路具有一電池感測器 了用从ί、-電池電力偏低狀況之一指示。電池電力偏 低狀況之該指示可爲一、为曰 '、' ’夜日日快門在一時間段中關閉、鋏後 在-時間段中開啟。 …、後 71 201223243 d在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路用以伯測-同步信 號且在⑽到該同步信號之後開始操作該等液晶快門。 在-例示性實施例中,該加密信號將僅操作具有用以 接收該加密信號之一控制電路的一副液晶眼鏡。 晶 在-:示性實施例中’一副眼鏡包括具有一第 ^ =示性實施财,—測試信號以可被佩戴該副液 快門眼鏡的一人看見的一速率操作該等液晶快門。 液 晶 ! 夬門之-第-透鏡及具有—第二液晶快門之—第二透 鏡。液晶快門均具有可在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟之一液 晶及交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門之一 控制電路。當液晶快門開啟時,液晶定向被保持在一最大 光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉快門。 ^例示性實施财,—箝位電㈣該液晶保持在該 取大光透射點。該最大光透射點可透射多於32%的光。 例示性實施财,—發射器提供—时信號,且 ^ γ Μ使該控制電路開啟該等液晶快門中之一者。在 :實施例中’該同步信號包括—加密信號。在一例示性 例中’雜制電路將财驗證了該加密信號之後進行 =°在-例示性實施财,該_電路包括—電池感測 為且可用以提供—電池電力偏低狀況之一指示。電池電力 ,,狀,之4指不可為液晶快門在—時間段中關閉且接 者㈣段中開啟。在—例示性實施例中,該控制電路 =乂偵’則同步信號且在其偵測到該同步信號之後開始 操作該等液晶快門。 72 201223243 該加密信號可僅操作具有用以接收該 制電路的-副液晶眼鏡。 ^ 在-例示性實施例中,一測試信號以可被佩戴該副液 晶快門眼鏡的-人看見的一速率操作該等液晶快門。 在-例示性實施例中,藉由以下操作向一觀看者呈現 二維視訊影像··使用液晶快門眼鏡;在少於一毫秒 内開啟該第-液晶快門;在一第一時間段中將該第一液曰曰 Ο Ο 快門保持在-最大光透射點;關閉該第一液晶快門,曰 在少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;且接著在一 第二時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在一最大光透射 點。該第-時間段對應於為觀看者之―第—眼呈現— 像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一第二眼呈現一ς 像。 〜 在一例示性實施例中,藉由一箝位電壓將該液晶㈣ 保持在該最大光透射點。該箝位電麗可為2伏特。在 示性實施财,該最大光透射點透料於32%的光。 在一例示性實施例中,一發射器提供一同步信號,今 同步信號使該控制電路開啟該等液晶快門中之 Ζ 些實施例中’該同步信號包含一加密信號。 在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路將僅在驗證了該加 密信號之後進行操作。 兄ί这加 在一例示性實施例中,—電池感測器監視電池中的電 量。在-例示性實施例中,該控制電路用以提供一電池電 力偏低狀況之—指示。電池電力偏低狀況之該指示可為一 73 201223243 液晶快門在-時間段中關閉且接著在—時間段中開啟。 在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路用以_-同步_ 號且在偵測到該同步信號之後開始操作該等液晶快門。在 一!^性實施财,該加密信號將僅操作时用以接收該 加在心號之一控制電路的一副液晶眼鏡。 在-例示性實施例中,一測試信號 晶快門眼制—人看見之-速顿作料液晶液 μΪΙΓ性實施财,—種詩提供三純訊影像之 糸'、先了包括-副眼鏡,其具有具有—第一液晶快門之 =具晶快門之一第二透鏡。該等液晶快 電路可交替地開啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶1 將液晶以保持在-最大光透射點,直至該控 該快門。此外,該车铋·且古 路關閉 包括:-電池;: = 器,其 量;-控制器’其用以判定該電池中剩餘的電量是::電 讓該副眼鏡在比-預定時間長的時間中操作以 器’其用以在該副眼鏡不能在比該預的^不 作的情況下向-觀看者發信號。在-例示性==中操 電池電力偏低指示器以一預定速率開啟 ,,邊 門及右液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中 :左快 大於三個小時。在—例示性實施例中,在_^間量為 餘的電量不足以讓該副眼鏡在比該 池中剩 中操作之後’該電池電力偏低指示器可二、== 74 201223243 步中’該控制器可藉由按該電池中剩餘的同 時間來判定該電池中剩餘的電量。 由具有^ H維視§fL影像之例雜實施例中,萨 由具有包括一第—液晶快門及 包例中精 維觀看眼鏡,·在少於—毫㈣門之一副三 T j f又甲财及第一液晶快門你姓A 透射點;關閉該第—液晶快門,且然::在-最大光 Ο ❹ 間内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第Γ時門;1:1秒的時 對應於為觀看者之一第一眼呈現=:像。…時間段 對應於為觀看者之第二眼呈:。二第二時間段 中,該例示性實施例 、兄感測該電池中剩餘的電量、判定談雷 沾中剩餘的電量是否足以讓朗眼門/ 的時間中操作’且接著在該眼鏡不 ^時間長 時間中操作的情況下向一觀看者:干在比間長的 ^ 百有知不一電池電力偏低作 二;:=器可以一預定速率開啟及關閉該等透鏡。該電 池將持續的預定時間量可為三個 施例中,在判定該電池中剩餘的電量不例示性實 + 两刃电量不足以讓該副眼鏡在 干間量長的時間中操作之後,該電池電力偏低指 广;雷a 〉二天。在—例示性實施例中,該控制器藉由 _池可持續經過的同步脈衝之數 該電池中剩餘的電量。 』于门木州疋 在-種用於提供三維視訊影像之例示性實施例中,該 系統包括:-副眼鏡’其包含具有—第一液晶快門之一第 75 201223243 一透鏡及具有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快 門具有一液晶及小於一毫秒之一開啟時間。一控制電路可 交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,且液晶定 向被保持在—最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉該快 門此外,一同步裝置包括:一信號傳輸器,其發送一對 應於-為-第—眼呈現之影像之信號;—信號接收器,其 感測該信號;及-控制電路,其用以在為該第—眼呈現該 影像的-時間段顧開啟該第—㈣u雜實施例 中,5亥*fs戒為一紅外光。 -例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸器將該信號投射向 :::該信號由該反射器反射,且該信號接收器_ ^。在—在—些實施例中’該反射器為-電影院榮 (諸士,=實&amp;例中’削线傳輸11自—影像投影器 例中,該信號為—射頻㈣=4。在—例示性實施 號為具有-預^ 例示性實_中,該信 定間隔的脈衝。在該信號為具有一預 、系列脈衝之例示性實施例中,第一預定動日徜 脈衝開啟該第一液晶快帛f頁疋數目個 第二液晶快門。 弟一預疋數目個脈衝開啟該 在—種用於提供三維視 供影像之方法包括含:=實施例中,提 該第-液晶快門·在2 少於一毫秒的時間内開啟 持在-最大光_ 弟—時間段中將該第—液晶快門保 透射點,關閉該第一液晶快門,且然後在少 76 201223243 於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段 中將5亥弟一液晶快門保持在一最大光透射點。該第一時間 段對應於為觀看者之左眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對 應於為觀看者之右眼呈現一影像。該信號傳輸器可傳輸— 對應於為左眼呈現之該影像的信號,及感測該信號,該三 維觀看眼鏡可使用該信號來判定何時開啟該第一液晶^ 門。在一例示性實施例中,該信號為一紅外光。在—例示 性實施例中,該信號傳輸器將該信號投射向一反射器(其 將該信號反射向該三維觀看眼鏡),且該眼鏡中之該信號 接收器偵測該反射信號。在一例示性實施例中,該反射器 為一電影院螢幕。 在一例示性實施例中,信號傳輸器自一影像投影器接 收一時序信號。在-例示性實施例中,該信號為一射頻作 號。在-例示性實施例中,該信號可為具有一預定間隔的 一系舰衝。第-預定數目個脈衝可開啟該第—液晶快 〇 門’且第二預定數目個脈衝可開啟該第二液晶快門。 在一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統之一例示性實施 例中,-副眼鏡具有具有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡及 二ί:第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡’該等液晶快門具有-曰及:於一毫秒之一開啟時間。一控制電路交侧啟 -該快門及該第二液晶快門,且液晶定向被保持在 透射點,直至該㈣電路關_快門。在-例示 中,一同步系統包含:—反射裝置,其位於該副 眼鏡則方;及-信號傳輸器,其將一信號發送向該反射裝 77 201223243 置。該信號對應於-為觀看者之一第一眼呈現之影像… 信號接收器感測自該反射裝置反射的信號,且然後,一控 制電路在為㊅第—眼呈$見該影像的__時間段期間開啟該 第一快門。 在一例示性實施例中,該信號為一紅外光。在一例示 f生實施例中,该反射器為一電影院榮幕。在一例示性實施 ^中,仙號傳輸n自-影像投影器接收—時序信號。該 =可為具有一預定間隔的一系列脈衝。在一例示性實施 列,遠信號為具有一預定間隔的一系列脈衝,且第一預 ==衝開啟該第-液晶快門,且第二預定數目個脈 衝開啟该弟二液晶快門。 在则於提供二維視訊影像之例示性實施例中,可 精由具有包含一第一液晶快一 ^ ^ ., 弟一液日日快門之一副 ;维:看:鏡主在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶快 二t 一第一時間財將該第-液晶快m呆持在一最大光 透射點;關閉該第一液晶快門,且然後在少= =内開啟該第二液晶快門,·且賴在—第二時間射將咳 二門保持在一最大光透射點而提供影像。該第: 蚪間段對應於為觀看者之— /罘 時間段對應於為觀看者之-第二眼呈現該第二 性實施财,該傳輸器傳輸一對應於為一 在一例示 像的紅外線信號。該三維 :、:、、、 目、呈現之影 作規看眼鏡感測該紅外綾作缺,s β後使用該紅外線信號觸發該第一 1且 例示性實施财,該信號為;開啟。在一 、外先。在一例示性實施例 78 201223243 中’该反射器為-電影院螢幕。在 信號傳輪器自-影像投影器接二該 了為具有-預W隔的_系列脈衝。在— -預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一液晶快門,=二:: 個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快門。 #預疋數目The G image, and the second time period corresponds to presenting an image to the second eye of one of the viewers. A computer program on a machine readable medium can be used to facilitate any of the embodiments described herein. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is operative to determine the first time period and the second time period using a =. In the exemplary (IV) example, the clamping voltage is 2 volts. Light in an exemplary embodiment, the maximum light transmission point transmits more than 32%. In an exemplary embodiment, a transmitter provides a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal causes the control circuit to turn on the liquid day In the day shutter, i = implementation, the synchronization signal contains - the encrypted signal _ 1, the control circuit of the quasi-eyeglass will only operate after verifying a coronation signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the ^ μ control circuit has a battery sensor indicated by one of the low battery conditions. The indication of the battery power low condition may be one, 曰 ', ' ’ night sun shutter is turned off in a period of time, and then turned on in the time period. ..., after 71 201223243 d In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is operative to detect and synchronize the liquid crystal shutters after (10) to the synchronization signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted signal will only operate a pair of liquid crystal glasses having a control circuit for receiving the encrypted signal. Crystals In the exemplary embodiment, a pair of glasses includes a first embodiment, and the test signal operates the liquid crystal shutters at a rate that can be seen by a person wearing the auxiliary liquid shutter glasses. Liquid crystal! The door-to-lens and the second liquid crystal shutter have a second lens. The liquid crystal shutters each have a control circuit that can turn on one of the liquid crystals in less than one millisecond and alternately turn on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. When the liquid crystal shutter is opened, the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a point of maximum light transmission until the control circuit closes the shutter. ^ Exemplary implementation, - Clamping electricity (4) The liquid crystal is maintained at the point where the large light transmission point is taken. The maximum light transmission point can transmit more than 32% of the light. Illustratively, the transmitter provides a time-of-day signal, and ^ γ Μ causes the control circuit to turn on one of the liquid crystal shutters. In the embodiment, the sync signal includes an encrypted signal. In an illustrative example, 'the miscellaneous circuit will verify the encrypted signal and then perform an indication. </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> . The battery power, shape, and 4 fingers cannot be turned on for the liquid crystal shutter in the -time period and in the receiver (four) segment. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit = 乂 则 synchronizes the signal and begins operating the liquid crystal shutters after it detects the synchronization signal. 72 201223243 The encrypted signal can be operated only with the pair of liquid crystal glasses for receiving the circuit. In an exemplary embodiment, a test signal operates the liquid crystal shutters at a rate that is viewable by a person wearing the sub-liquid crystal shutter glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, a two-dimensional video image is presented to a viewer by the following operations: using liquid crystal shutter glasses; the first liquid crystal shutter is turned on in less than one millisecond; in a first time period a first liquid 曰曰Ο 快门 the shutter is maintained at a maximum light transmission point; the first liquid crystal shutter is closed, the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on in less than - milliseconds; and then the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on in a second time period The second liquid crystal shutter is maintained at a point of maximum light transmission. The first time period corresponds to a "eye-eye rendering" image for the viewer, and the second time period corresponds to presenting an image for the second eye of one of the viewers. ~ In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal (4) is maintained at the maximum light transmission point by a clamp voltage. The clamp can be 2 volts. In the case of the implementation, the maximum light transmission point is transmissive to 32% of the light. In an exemplary embodiment, a transmitter provides a synchronization signal, and the synchronization signal causes the control circuit to turn on the liquid crystal shutters. In the embodiments, the synchronization signal includes an encryption signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit will only operate after verifying the encrypted signal. This is added in an exemplary embodiment where the battery sensor monitors the amount of power in the battery. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is operative to provide an indication of a low battery condition. The indication of a low battery power condition may be a 73 201223243 liquid crystal shutter closed in the - time period and then turned on in the - time period. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is configured to operate the liquid crystal shutters after detecting the synchronization signal. In a! The encrypted signal will only be used to receive a pair of liquid crystal glasses attached to one of the control circuits of the heart. In an exemplary embodiment, a test signal is formed by a shutter-eye system--a person who sees a liquid crystal liquid, and a poem provides a three-in-one image, and includes a pair of glasses. There is a second lens having one of the first liquid crystal shutters. The liquid crystal fast circuits alternately turn on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal 1 to maintain the liquid crystal at a maximum light transmission point until the shutter is controlled. In addition, the rut and the ancient road closure include: - battery;: =, the amount thereof; - the controller ' is used to determine that the remaining amount of electricity in the battery is:: electricity allows the pair of glasses to be longer than - predetermined time In the time of operation, the operator is used to signal the viewer to the viewer if the pair of glasses cannot be used. In the -example == middle battery power low indicator is turned on at a predetermined rate, the side door and the right liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment: the left is faster than three hours. In an exemplary embodiment, the amount of power remaining in the _^ is insufficient to allow the pair of glasses to operate lower than the remaining operation in the pool. 'The battery power is low indicator can be two, == 74 201223243 step' The controller can determine the amount of power remaining in the battery by pressing the time remaining in the battery. In the example embodiment with the §fL image, the Sa has a first liquid crystal shutter and a fine-grained viewing glasses in the package case, and one of the less than - milli (four) gates is three T jf and Finance and the first LCD shutter your surname A transmission point; close the first - liquid crystal shutter, and then:: open the second liquid crystal shutter in the - maximum aperture ;; in a first time door; 1:1 second The time corresponds to presenting one of the viewers to the first eye =: image. ...the time period corresponds to the second eye for the viewer:. In the second time period, the exemplary embodiment, the brother senses the remaining amount of power in the battery, determines whether the remaining amount of electricity in the smear is enough to operate in the time of the glare door/ and then does not When the time is long-term operation, the viewer is turned on. The battery is too low to make the battery power low; the == device can turn the lenses on and off at a predetermined rate. The battery will last for a predetermined amount of time. In the three embodiments, after determining that the remaining amount of power in the battery is not an exemplary real + two-blade power is insufficient to allow the pair of glasses to operate during a long period of time, the Low battery power refers to wide; Lei a 〉 two days. In an exemplary embodiment, the controller is capable of remaining the amount of power in the battery by the number of synchronization pulses that the pool can continue to pass. In an exemplary embodiment for providing a three-dimensional video image, the system includes: - a pair of glasses - comprising a lens having a first liquid crystal shutter 75 201223243 and having a second A second lens of the liquid crystal shutter, the liquid crystal shutter having a liquid crystal and an opening time of less than one millisecond. A control circuit alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, and the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the shutter. Further, a synchronization device includes: a signal transmitter, Transmitting a signal corresponding to the image of the -the-eye-presentation; - a signal receiver sensing the signal; and - a control circuit for presenting the image for the first eye - time period In the embodiment of the fourth-fourth hybrid, the 5 Hz*fs ring is an infrared light. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter projects the signal toward ::: the signal is reflected by the reflector, and the signal receiver _ ^. In the case of - in some embodiments, the reflector is - cinema glory (in the case of 'sharp, = real &amp; in the case of 'sharp transmission 11 from the image projector', the signal is - radio (four) = 4. in - An exemplary implementation number is a pulse having a predetermined interval, and in the exemplary embodiment having the signal having a pre-series pulse, the first predetermined dipole pulse turns on the first The liquid crystal refreshes the number of the second liquid crystal shutters. The first one of the plurality of pulses is turned on. The method for providing the three-dimensional image for the image includes: in the embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter is provided. 2, within less than one millisecond, the first liquid crystal shutter is turned off, the first liquid crystal shutter is closed, and then turned on in less than one millisecond in 2012. The second liquid crystal shutter maintains the 5th liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a second period of time. The first time period corresponds to presenting an image to the left eye of the viewer, and the second time The segment corresponds to presenting an image to the right eye of the viewer. The signal transmitter can transmit a signal corresponding to the image presented to the left eye and sense the signal, the three-dimensional viewing glasses can use the signal to determine when to turn on the first liquid crystal gate. In an exemplary embodiment The signal is an infrared light. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter projects the signal toward a reflector that reflects the signal toward the three-dimensional viewing glasses, and the signal receiver in the glasses Detecting the reflected signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the reflector is a cinema screen. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter receives a timing signal from an image projector. In an exemplary embodiment The signal is a radio frequency. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal can be a series of shipboards having a predetermined interval. The first predetermined number of pulses can open the first liquid crystal shutter and the second The second plurality of liquid crystal shutters can be opened by a predetermined number of pulses. In an exemplary embodiment of a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, the pair of glasses has one of the first liquid crystal shutters. a lens and a second lens of the second liquid crystal shutter. The liquid crystal shutters have a turn-on time of one millisecond. A control circuit is turned on - the shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, and the liquid crystal The orientation is maintained at the transmission point until the (four) circuit is off-shutter. In the illustration, a synchronization system includes: a reflection device located at the side of the pair of glasses; and a signal transmitter that transmits a signal to the Reflective device 77 201223243. This signal corresponds to - the image presented to the first eye of one of the viewers... The signal receiver senses the signal reflected from the reflecting device, and then, a control circuit is present for the six-eyes The first shutter is opened during the __ period of the image. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal is an infrared light. In an exemplary embodiment, the reflector is a movie theater. In an exemplary implementation, the semaphore transmits a self-image projector receive-timing signal. This = can be a series of pulses with a predetermined interval. In an exemplary embodiment, the far signal is a series of pulses having a predetermined interval, and the first pre == rushes the first liquid crystal shutter, and the second predetermined number of pulses turns on the second liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment in which a two-dimensional video image is provided, it can be refined by having a first liquid crystal that is faster than one of the first liquid crystals. Turning on the first liquid crystal in a time of milliseconds, the first liquid crystal is held at a maximum light transmission point; the first liquid crystal shutter is closed, and then the first liquid crystal shutter is turned on. Two liquid crystal shutters, and rely on - the second time to shoot the cough door to maintain a maximum light transmission point to provide images. The first: the inter-segment corresponds to the viewer--the time period corresponds to the second-eye implementation of the second-eye for the viewer, and the transmitter transmits an infrared image corresponding to an image in one instance. signal. The three-dimensional :, :, , , , and the appearance of the image are measured by the glasses to sense the infrared defect, and the infrared signal is used to trigger the first 1 and the exemplary implementation is performed after the s β, and the signal is; In one, outside. In an exemplary embodiment 78 201223243 the reflector is a cinema screen. In the signal-passenger self-image projector, the _ series pulse with a pre-W interval is used. The first liquid crystal shutter is turned on by a predetermined number of pulses, and the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on by a second pulse. #预疋数

夺统包括W實施例巾,—種用於提供三維視訊影像之 透Sir鏡’其具有具有一第—液晶快門之一第一 且^ 一液曰液晶快門之一第二透鏡’該等液晶快門 二有-U小於—毫秒之—開啟時間。該系統亦可且有 2制電路’其交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二^晶 H且將液晶定向保持在—最大光透射點,直 電路關閉該快門。該系統亦可具有一測試系統,其包含 一㈣傳輸器;-信號接收器;及—測試系統控制電路, 其利用可被-觀看者看見之—速率開啟及關閉該第一快 門及該第一快門。在一例示性實施例中’該信號傳輸器不 自-投影器接收-時序信號。在一例示性實施例令,該信 號傳輸器發射-紅外線信號。該紅外線信號可為一系列脈 衝。在另-例示性實施财,該信號傳輸器發射—射頻信 唬。該射頻信號可為一系列脈衝。 在種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法之一例示性實施 例中,該方法可包括:具有包含一第一液晶快門及一第二 液a曰陕門之田彳二維觀看眼鏡;在少於一毫秒的時間内開 啟該第一液晶快門;在一第一時間段中將該第—液晶快門 保持在一最大光透射點;關閉該第一液晶快門,且然後在 79 201223243 少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;及在士 間段^該第二液晶快門保持在-最大光透射點。在2 不性實施例t,該第一時間段對應於為觀看者之 4 呈現-影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之 眼 在一例示性實施例中,一傳輸器可將;:: ,輪向該三維觀看眼鏡,該眼鏡接著用該三維眼鏡1 之器接收該測試信號,且然後由於該測試信號使用 的速率_及2 佩戴該眼鏡之一觀看者可觀察到 在-例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸器不自 一例示性實施例中’該信號傳輸= 中、广為一系列脈衝。在一例示性實施例 中,該射頻信號為一系列脈衝虎…性貫施例 :種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統之一例示性實施例 於副眼鏡’其包含具有—第-液晶快Η之-第一透 兄^有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快門具 液晶及小於-毫秒之—開啟時間。該系統亦可具有一 二^路’ t交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快 液晶定向保持在—最大光透射點,且㈣關閉快 二^例示性實施例中,一自動開啟(秦on)系統包 二㈣傳輸器、—信號接收器’且其中該控制電路利用 以一第-預定時間間隔啟動該信號接收器、判定該信號接 201223243 疋否正在自該信號傳輸器接收一信號、在該信號接收 、在:第二時間段内未自該信號傳輸器接收該信號的情 ,下停用5亥仏號接收器,且在該信號接收器自該信號傳輸 11接收該信號的情況下以一對應於該信號的間隔交替地 開啟該第—快Η及該第二快門。 上々在一例不性實施例中,該第一時間段為至少兩秒,且 第=時間奴可為不超過〗〇〇毫秒。在一例示性實施例 〇巾該等液晶快門保持開啟,直至該信號接收器自該信號 傳輸器接收一信號。 在例不性實施例中,一種用於提供三維視訊影像之 方法可包括:具有包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門 之一副三維觀看眼鏡;在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第一 液晶快門;在—第—時間段中將該第—液晶快門保持在一 最大光透射點;關閉該第-液晶快門,且然後在少於一毫 ^的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;及在—第二時間段中將 〇 4第—液晶快門保持在—最大光透射點。在—例示性實施 例中,該第-時間段對應於為觀看者之一第一眼呈現一影 像’且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之-第二眼呈現-影 像。在-例示性實施例中,該方法可包括以一第一預定時 間間隔啟動-信號接收器、判定該信號接收器是否正在自 -該信號傳輸器接收-信號、在該信號接收器在一第二時間 段内未自該信號傳輸器接收該信號的情況下停用該信號 接收器’及在該信號接收器自該信號傳輸器接收該信號的 情況下以-對應於該信號的間隔開啟及關閉該第一快門 81 201223243 及該弟二快門。在一例示性實施财,該第-時間段為至 少兩秒。在—例示性實施例中,該第二時間段為不超過100 毫秒。在一例示性實施例中,該等液晶快門保持開啟,直 至該信號純11自該錢傳輸n触-信號。 /在一例示性實施例中,一種用於提供三維視訊影像之 糸統I包括—副眼鏡,其包含具有一第一液晶快門之-第 具有—第二液晶快門之—第二透鏡,該等液晶快 二-液晶及小於—毫秒之—開啟時m统亦可具 :制電路’其可父替地開啟該第_液晶快門及該第二 =門’且將液晶定向保持在一最大光透射點,直至該 關閉該快門。在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路 J 弟一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門開啟。在-例 二路=中丄該控制電路保持該等透鏡開啟,直至該控 今等;^曰^到一同步信號。在一例示性實施例中,施加至 5亥專液晶快門之電壓在正負之間交替。 在-種用於提供三維視訊影像之裝置之 ^中維,看眼鏡包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快 二該::液晶快門可在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟, 該等液曰此液0曰决門可在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟;以使 第-液門看_Λ去為透明透鏡之一速率開啟及關閉該 電路俘:j及a第二液曰日曰快門°在一實施例中,該控制 開啟’直至該控制電路偵測到-同步信 =一只施例中,該等液晶快門在正負之間交替。 例示性實施例中,一種用於提供三維視訊影像之 82 201223243 其包含具有一第-液晶快門之-第 Η且有;=晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快 括二控制毫秒之1啟時間。該系統亦可包 '、人替地開啟該第一液晶快門 晶快門,且將液晶保持在一最大光透射點,直= 路關閉該快門。在-例示性實施例中,一發電 Ο =二;中該同步信號之-部分經加密。二 僅在H 之—感測器可用以接收該同步信號,且可 型密信號之後才以對應於該同步信號之一 樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。 f-例示性實施例中’該同步信號為具有一預定間隔 、、=脈衝。在i示性實施例中,該同步信號 系列脈衝,且第-預定數目個脈衝開4 1且第一預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快 :在一例示性實施例中,該系列脈衝之-部分經加密。、 t例t性實施财’該系列脈衝包括預定數目個未經加 雄氏衝^^接著預定數目個經加密脈衝。在—例示性 例中,僅在接收到兩個連續加密信狀後才以對應於該 =之-型樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第 在一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法之一例示 例中,該方法可包括:具有包含—第—液晶快門及一第二 液晶快Η之-副三維觀看眼鏡;在少於—毫秒的時間 啟该第-液晶快門;在一第一時間段中將該第一液晶快門 83 201223243 光透射點;關閉該第-液晶快門一後在, 第二液晶㈣,·及在-以 又中將赫二液晶快η保持在—最大光透 夺間 :實::中,該第-時間段對應於為觀看者之一第::: 二::,r第二時間段對應於為觀看者之-第二眼i 其中该同步信號之一部分經加密。 中’-感卿可操料連接轉㈣轉轉 二::號’且僅在接收到-加密信號之後才二= 快門。#開啟及關閉該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶 在一 不實施例中,該同步信號為具一 的一系列脈衝。名..-^ 负預疋間隔 -預定Hrί 實施例中,該同步信號為具有 啟該第系列脈衝’且其中第—預定數目個脈衝開 -二/阳快門’且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第 -液日日快門。在—例示性實施财,該系舰衝之一部分 ^1Ϊ ―例示性實施例中,該㈣脈衝包括預定數目 —、”里口雄、脈衝隨後接著預定數目個經加密脈衝。在一例 不性實施例中,僅在接㈣兩個連續加密信號之後才以對 二/ κ同v彳°號之一型樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及 該第二液晶快門。 已描述種用於迅速地開啟一供三維眼鏡用之液晶快 〜法其包括·使該液晶旋轉至一開啟位置,該液晶 在 &gt;、於亳秒的時間内達成至少25%的光透射率;等待,直 84 201223243 Ο Ο 至液晶旋轉至一具有最大光透射之點;在該最大光透射點 知止該液晶之旋轉;及在一時間段中將該液晶保持在該最 大光透射點。在一例示性實施例中,該系統包括··具有對 應之第一液晶快門及第二液晶快門的一對液晶快門;及一 控制電路,其用以:開啟該第一液晶快門,其中該第一液 晶快門在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟至一最大光透射點;施 加-箝位電壓以在—第—時間段中將該第—液晶快門保 持在該最大光透射點;接著關閉該第一液晶快門、開啟該 第二液晶快門,其中該第二液晶快門在少於一毫秒的時間 内開啟至-最大光透射點;施加一籍位電壓以在一第一時 間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在該最大光透射點;且然後 關閉該第二液晶快門;其中該第一時間段對應於為使用者 之一第:眼呈現-影像,且該第二時間段對應於為使用者 之第一眼呈現-影像。在一例示性實施例中,該控制電 ,用以使用-同步信號判定該第—時間段及該第二時間 Γ。在一例示性實施例中,該箝位電壓為2伏特。在-例 不性實施例中,該最大光透射點透射多於32%的光。在一 =示性實施财’該系統進—步包括提供一同步信號之一 其中_步㈣使該控制電路開啟該等液晶快 密=一 例示性實施例中’該同步信號包括-加 仏唬。在i和时_中,雜 加密信號之後操作。在一例干㈣絲&quot;士肝僅在驗也該 包括-電池感測器。= =:,該系統進-步 叫供-電池電力偏低狀況之一指示。在一例示性實施例 85 201223243 中,-電池電力偏低狀況之指示包含一液晶快門在― 段t關閉且接著在-時間段巾開啟。在—料性實施^ 中,該控制電路用以谓測-同步信號且在備測到該同好 號之後開始操作該等液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,^ 加密信號將僅操作具有用以接㈣加密㈣之—控制電〆 路的一副液晶眼鏡。在一例示性實施例中, 包括-測試信號,其中該測試信號以可被佩戴該副液= 門眼鏡之使用者看見之一速率操作該等液晶快門。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,复包括. -副眼鏡,該副眼鏡包括具有—第—液晶快門之 =有:第曰二液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快門各 ,、有液0曰及小於一毫秒之一開啟時間;及一控制雷 2 ’其交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其 持在—最大光透射點,直至該控制電路 “1,亥快Η。在—例示性實施财,—箝位電壓將該液曰 保持在該最大光透射點。在—例示性實施例中,該最大= 透射點透射多於3 2 %的光。在一例示性實施例中,該系統 進一步包括提供一同步信號之一發射器,且 士 號使該控制電路開啟該等液晶快門中之一者:在’: 實施例中,該同步信號包括一加密信:。:一:;= 制電路將僅在驗證該加密信號之後操作二 中,該系統進一步包括—電池感測器。在一 』:了:例中,該控制電路用以提供一電池電力偏低狀 曰不。在—例示性實施例中,一電池電力偏低狀況 86 201223243 之=不包括一液晶快門在一時間段中關閉且接著在一時 間段中開啟。在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路用則貞測 曰號且在偵測到該同步信號之後開始操作該等液 在一例示性實施例中,該加密信號將僅操作且有 用以接收該加密信號之—控制電師_副液日日日眼鏡。在一 例=實施例中,該系統進一步包括一測試信號,其中該 Ο 〇 測私號以可被佩戴該副液晶快門眼鏡的—人看見之一 速率操作該等液晶快門。 已#田述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法, 在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟一第一液晶快門;卜第一時 液晶快門保持在一最大光透射點;關閉該 ss、且然結少於-€秒的__啟一第二 透時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在 ’其中該第—時間段制、於為觀看者之一 、現-㈣’且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一 勺^/見一影像。在一例示性實施例中,該方法進一步 匕括藉由—箝位電壓將該液晶快Η保持在該最大光透射 點=-例示性實施例中,該箝位電壓為2伏特。在一例 例中,該最大光透射點透射多於32%的光。在一 曰J不性實_中,該方法進—步包括發射用於㈣ =門之操作的-同步信號。在一例示性實施例中,該同 號包括一加密信號。在一例 Μ 號將僅在驗證該加奸#之後种’該同步信 ^ 彳°琥之後控制液晶快門控制電路之 作。在一例示性實施例中,該方法進一步包括感測-電 87 201223243 池之-電力位準。在-例示性實施例中,該方法進一步包 括提供該電池之電力位準之—指示。在—例示性實施例 中,-電池電力位準偏低之指示包括一液晶快門在一時間 段中關閉接著在-時間段中開啟。在一例示性實施例 中《亥方法進-步包括憤測一同步信號,且接著在摘測到 該同步信號之後操作該等液晶快門。在—例示性實施例 中《亥方法進步包括僅在接收到為該等液晶快門特別指 定之一加密信號之後操作該等液晶快門。在一例示性實施 例中,該方法進-步包括提供一以一可被觀看者看見之速 率操作該等液晶快門的測試信號。 已描述-女裝在三維眼鏡之一外殼中之一機器可讀媒 -上之用於將二維視訊影像提供給該三維眼鏡之使用者 的:腦程式,其包括:藉由施加—電壓至一液晶使該液晶 二^ ㈣時間㈣成至少25%的光透 n直至該液晶旋轉至—具有最大歧射之點; 該最大光透射點停止該液晶之該旋轉;及在—時間段中 將該液晶保持在該最大光透射點。 已描述-種安裝在一機器可讀媒體上之用於將三维視 讯影像提供給三維眼鏡之一使用者的電腦程式,盆包括. 在少於-毫秒的__啟該快門;在 ==一液晶㈣保持在一最大光透射點;闕閉: 、夜曰二曰1 ’且然後在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二 =11透:在一第二時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在 最大先透射點,其t該第一時間段對應於為使用者之一 88 201223243 第一眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為使用者之一 第二眼呈現一影像。在一例示性實施例中,藉由一箝位電 壓將該液晶快門保持在該最大光透射點。在一例示性實施 例中,該痛位電壓為2伏特。在一例示性實施例中,該最 大光透射點透射多於32%的光。在一例示性實施例中,該 電腦程式進一步包括提供一控制該等液晶快門之操作的 同步信號。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號包含一加密 0 信號。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進一步包括僅在 驗證該加密信號之後操作該等液晶快門。在一例示性實施 例中,該電腦程式進一步包括感測一電池之一電力位準。 在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式包括提供一電池電力偏 低狀況之一指示。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進一 步包括藉由在一時間段中關閉一液晶快門且接著在一時 ^段甲開啟該液晶快門來提供一電池電力偏低狀況之一 指示。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進一步包括偵測 〇 7同步信號,且然後在__同步錢之後操作該等液 曰曰快門。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進一步包括僅 在接收到為控制該等液晶快門特難定之—加密信號之 後操作该等液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式 進^一步包括提供ϋ被使用者看見之速率開啟及關 閉該等液晶快門的測試信號。 已描述-種用於迅速地開啟—液晶快門之系統,其包 用於藉由施加-電壓至一液晶而使該液晶旋轉之構 ’該液晶在少於-毫秒的時間内達成—至少25%的光透 89 201223243 射率用於等待,直至該液晶旋轉至—具有最大光透射之 』之構件,用於在該最大光透射點停止職晶之該旋轉之 構件;及用於在—時岐巾將誠㈣持在該最大光透射 點之構件。 已&amp;述種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 用於在〆力$移的時間内開啟該第一液晶快門之構 件用於在帛8夺間段中將該第—液晶快門保持在一最 大光透射點之構件;用於關閉該第一液晶快門且然後在少 於:毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門之構件;及用於在 :第:夺間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在一最大光透射 點之構件’且其中該第一時間段對應於為觀看者之一第一 眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一第二 在:例示性實施例中,藉由-箝位電壓將 ;最大光:射、:及/第二液晶快門中之至少-者保持在 :大先透射點。在i示性實施例中,該箝位電壓為2 =。在-例示性實施例中,該最大光透射點透射多於32% 二=一例示性實施例中’該系統進一步包括用於提供 :=;ΓΓ’且其中該同步信號使該等液晶㈣ 者開啟。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號 Γ二力在:例示性實施例中,該系統進-步包括用於僅 在驗以加㈣狀後操作料液晶㈣ 示性實施例中,該系統進—步包括用於感測—電牛池:二 作狀況之構件。在—例示性實施财,該“進—二 用於提供-電池電力偏低狀況之—指示之構件。在一例= 201223243 Ο 性實施例中,該用於提供-電池電力偏低狀況之 構件包括用於在-時間段中關閉_液晶快門且接θ 時間段中鼠贿晶㈣之構件。在―例稀實施例中, 該系統進-步包括用於_—同步信號之構件及用 摘測到該时信號之後操作該等液晶快門之構件。在 示性實施财,該线進-步包括料僅在接收到作 該等液晶快Η特別指定之ϋ信號之後操作該等液晶 快門之構件。在一例示性實施例中,該系統進—步包括用 於以可被該觀看者看見之—速率操作該等液晶快門之構 已描述-種用於迅速地開啟—供三維眼鏡用之液晶快 門之方法’其包括:使液晶旋轉至一開啟位置;等待,直 至該液晶旋轉至-具有最大光透射之點;在該最大光透射 點停止該液晶之旋轉;及在—時間段中將該液晶保持在該 最大光透射點,·其t該液晶包含—光學上厚的液晶。 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括: 傳輸-加密同步信號;在—遠端位置接收該加密同步信 號,在驗證該接收到的加密同步信號之後,在少於一毫秒 的^間㈣啟—第—液晶快Η ;在-第-時間段中將該第 液Ba快門保持在一最大光透射點;關閉該第一液晶快 門,且然後在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟一第二液晶快門; 在一第二時間段甲將該第二液晶快門保持在一最大光透 射點,提供電池電源以用於開啟及關閉該等液晶快門;感 測°亥電池電源之一電力位準;及藉由以可被一觀看者看見 91 201223243 之一速率開啟及關閉該等液晶快門來提供該電池電源之 該感測到的電力位準之一指示,其中該第一時間段對應於 為該觀看者之一第一眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應 於為該觀看者之一第二眼呈現一影像,且其中藉由一箝位 電壓將該等液晶快門保持在該最大光透射點。 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 一副眼鏡,其包含具有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡及具 有-第二液晶快門之-第二透鏡,該等液晶快巧具有一液 晶及小於-毫秒之-開啟時間;一控制電路,其交替地開 啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶定向被保 持在一最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉快門;及一電 池電力偏低指示器,其包括:一可操作地麵接至該控制電 路之電池,-感測器,其能夠判定該電池中剩餘的電量; -控制器’其用以判定該電池中剩餘的電量是否足以讓該 副眼鏡在比-預定時間長的時間中操作;及一指示器,直 用以在該眼鏡不能在比該狀時間長的時情 況下向—觀看者發信號。在1純實施 2 π一預定速率開啟及關閉左液晶快門及右= 實施例中,該預定時間量大於三個小時。 在-例不性實_中,在判定該電池中剩餘 = 讓該副眼鏡在比該預定時間量長的時間令操作之後,㈣ 池電力偏低指示器可操作至少三天。在 Vs 中,用以判定該電池中剩餘的電量 t性實施例 之數目量測時間。 的。亥控制器按同步脈衝 92 201223243 Ο ❹ 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括: 具有包含-第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副三維 觀看眼鏡;在少於-亳秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶快門; 在一第-時間段中將該第—液晶快η保持在—最大光透 射點;關閉該第-液晶快門,且然後在少於一毫秒的時間 内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該第二液晶 决門保持在-最大光透射點,其中該第一時間段對應於為 觀看者之-第一眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為 ,看者之一第二眼呈現一影像;感測一電池中剩餘的電 置,判定該電池中剩餘的電量是否足以讓該副三維觀看眼 鏡=比-預定時間長的時間中操作;及在該三維觀看眼鏡 不=在比該狀_長的_情作的情況下向-觀看 ^曰示I池電力偏低信號。在一例示性實施例中談 三維觀看眼鏡不能在比該财時間長的時間中操作的^ 况下向-觀看者指示―電池電力偏低信號包括以 速率開啟及關閉該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。在— 例示性實施例中’該預定時間量大於三個小時。在、 性實施例中,在該三維觀看眼鏡錢在 2 時間中操作的情況下向一觀看者指示一電池電 =二 在判定該電池中剩餘的電量不足以讓該副三維觀 看眼鏡在比該預定時間量長的時間中操作之後,在至Γ: 天中向-觀看者指示—電池電力偏低信號。在—例示= 方法進一步包括:判定該電池中剩餘的電量包 3置測傳輸至該三_輕鏡之时脈衝之數目。π 93 201223243 已描述一種安裝在—機器可讀媒體上之用於使用 -第-液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一畐: 提供三維視訊影像的電腦程式,其包括:“於觀^艮: 液晶快門保持在-最大光^在一第一時間段中將該第― 掉取穴先透射‘點;關閉該第— 的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門丄 點,其二時晶快門保持在-最大光透射 、又對應於為觀看者之一第一 f像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之—第二眼呈二 影像,·感測一電池中剩餘的 . 、見 量是R該電池巾剩餘的電 間=作及=结维觀看眼鏡在比一預定時間長的時 時間中摔作的情;;Γ相料難*該敢時間長的 號。在t㈣ 觀看者指示—電池電力偏低信 看實彻,該電腦程式包括:在該三維觀 -心:;Γ定時間長的時間中操作的情況下向 =該f 一;晶快門及該第二液晶快門。在-心 例中,•該雷ΐ預疋時間量大於三個小時。在一例示性實施 定時門^ 〃⑹私式包括:在該三維觀看眼鏡不能在比該預 力偏二二Τ操作的情況下向觀看者指示-電池電 副三雄4 k匕3在判定該電池中剩餘的電量不足以讓該 後,在^看目艮鏡在比該預定時間量長的時間中操作之 在卜 —天中向觀看者指示表示該三維觀看眼鏡不能 Μ預定時間長的時間t操作的-電池電力偏低信 94 201223243 號。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進-步包括藉由傳 维觀看眼鏡之同步脈衝之數目判定該電池中: 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統, 用於具有包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副 ;====;用於在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該 Ο Ο 晶快;在=光時間段_ 曰“ 光透射點之構件;祕_該第-液 二、1:然後在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快 在-最大光透射點之編“: 液晶快門保持 _射點之構件,其#該第—時間段對應於 看去之二第:眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀 量之ί件第:眼呈現一影像;用於感測-電池中剩餘的電 二= 預定時間長的時間中操作之構件;及 操作的二Γ她看眼鏡不能在比該預定時間長的時間中 件。在下向觀看者指示—電池電力偏低信號之構 以 歹不性實施例中’該電池電力偏低信號包含用於 快門之構件。在二二該第—液晶快門及該第二液晶 個小時:一在一例不性實施例中’該預定時間量大於三 判定該電tT丨稀實施财,該线進—步包括用於在 時間量長的時間中操作之德二】眼鏡在比該預定 力偏低之播’、 至少二天中指示一電池電 之構件。在-例示性實施例中,該系統進一步包括 95 201223243 用於藉由按同步脈衝之數目 餘的電量之構件。 量測時間來判定該電池中剩 -已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之线,其包括·· -副三維觀看眼鏡,其包含具有—第—液晶快門之 透鏡及具有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡;-控制電路, 其用於控制該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門之操作一 耦接至該控制電路之電池;及一可操 该控制電路之信號感測器,其中該控制電路用以:依齡 ^感測器所偵測到的外部信: =的電里疋否足以讓該副三維觀看眼鏡在比-預定時間 門作’且操作該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快 中剩餘的電量之—視覺指示。在一例示性 I a視覺指不包含以—預定速率開啟及關閉該第 —液晶快Η及該第二液晶快門。 關閉^ 已也述種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法, 顧:包含-第-液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之:維 = 兄藉由判定傳輸至該三維觀看眼鏡之外部信= ==中剩餘的電量;判定該電池中剩餘的電 間中Λ觀看眼鏡在比一預定時間長的時 時間中操作的情觀看眼鏡不能在比該預定時間長的 號。在-例示性實^ 觀看者指示一電池電力偏低信 預定速率開啟及關閉:1:,:電池電力偏低信號包括以-已描述—儲=4一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。 4存於一記憶體裝置中的用於操作包含一第 96 201223243 一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副三維觀看眼鏡以 供二維視訊影像的電腦程式,其包括:藉由判定傳輸至今 三維觀看眼鏡之外部信號之數目來感測該三維觀看4眼= 之-電池中剩餘的電量;判定該電池中剩餘的電量是兄 以讓该副三維觀看眼鏡在比一預定時間長的時間中$ Ο Ο 該三維觀看眼鏡不能在比該預定時間長的時間ί 呆乍的情況下向一觀看者指示一電池電力偏低信號 例示性實施例中,該電池電力偏低信號包含以 2 開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。逮率 =述—種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包 八有。括-第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快」 . 鏡;在少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶::維 射點;闕閉該第一液晶快門, :在最大先透 内開啟該第二液晶快門·/哲麦在乂於—宅秒的時間 快門保持在-最大光透射點遠第二液晶 觀看者之-第一眼呈現一八中該第一時間段對應於為 觀看者之-第二眼呈現_/1’且該第二時間段對應於為 量,·判定該電池中剩餘的電測一電池中剩餘的電 鏡在比一預定時間長的時間^作該副三維觀看眼 不能在比該預定時間長〃,在该二維觀看眼鏡 指示-電池電力偏低信號,、:4喿作的情況下向觀看者 比該預定時間長的時^在該三維觀看眼鏡不能在 一電池電力偏低信號包括=的情況下向—觀看者指示 預定逮率開啟及關閉該第 97 201223243 -液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,且其中,判定該電 餘的電量包含量測傳輸至該三維觀看眼鏡之同步脈衝之 數目。 已描述-觀於提供三維視訊影像之純,其包括: -副眼鏡’其包含具有—第—液日日日快門之—第—透鏡及具 有-第一液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快門各自 -液晶及小於-毫秒之—開啟時間;—控制電路,盆^ 地開啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其令液晶定向 被保持在-最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉該快門; 及-同步裝置可操作地輕接至該控制電路,該同步誓置 括用於感㈣應於呈現給該眼鏡之_制者之1 號的一信號接收器,及用以依據所傳輸的該同步 仏號在呈現該影像之一時間段期間開啟該第—液晶快 J = 門的一控制電路。在-例示性實施例中, 外光。在一例示性實施例中,該系統 f一步包括4號傳輸器,其中該信號傳輸器將該同步作 t射:一反射器,其中該同步信號由該反射器反射,: 八中該Q接收以貞_經反㈣步信號。在—例示性 =例中,該反射器包含—電影院螢幕。在—例示性實施例 二號傳輸器自-影像投影器接收-時序信號。在」 例:性實施财’該同步信號包括一射頻信號。在一例示 性實%例中,該同步信號包括 y、 衝。在一例示神眘A一 /、有卩疋間IW的-系列脈 _ 广、1也A中,該同步信號包括具有一預定門 隔的-系列脈衝,其中第—預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一^ 98 201223243 :曰:快:’且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟 ^在一例示性實施财,步信號經加密.在—例= =料該Z信號包含用於該控制電路的-系列脈衝 資料ΐ之至小—例不性實施例中,該系列脈衝及該組態 二 夕一者經加密。在一例示性實施例中,該同牛 信號包括由至少一時脈脈衝居先的至少一資料位元。在: :不=實::中’該同步信號包括一同步串列資。 門之影像的呈現之間感測該同步信號。 液阳决 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法, 具:包含-第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門The system includes a W embodiment, a trans-ir mirror for providing a three-dimensional video image, which has a first liquid crystal shutter, and a liquid crystal shutter. Two have -U less than - milliseconds - the opening time. The system can also have a 2-circuit circuit that alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second crystal H and maintains the liquid crystal orientation at a maximum light transmission point, and the linear circuit closes the shutter. The system can also have a test system including a (four) transmitter; a signal receiver; and - a test system control circuit that utilizes a rate that can be seen by a viewer - turning the first shutter and the first on and off shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter does not receive a - timing signal from the - projector. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits an infrared signal. The infrared signal can be a series of pulses. In another exemplary implementation, the signal transmitter transmits a radio frequency signal. The RF signal can be a series of pulses. In an exemplary embodiment of the method for providing a three-dimensional video image, the method may include: having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid a 曰 之 之 之 彳 彳 ;; Turning on the first liquid crystal shutter within one millisecond; maintaining the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a first period of time; closing the first liquid crystal shutter, and then at 79 201223243 less than - millisecond The second liquid crystal shutter is opened during a time; and the second liquid crystal shutter is maintained at a maximum light transmission point. In the second embodiment t, the first time period corresponds to presenting an image for the viewer, and the second time period corresponds to the eye of the viewer. In an exemplary embodiment, a transmitter may ;::, to view the three-dimensional viewing glasses, the glasses then receive the test signal with the device of the three-dimensional glasses 1, and then the viewer can observe the rate _ and 2 wearing the glasses due to the test signal. In the exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter is not in the exemplary embodiment 'this signal transmission = medium, widely a series of pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the radio frequency signal is a series of pulses. One example of a system for providing a three-dimensional video image is an exemplary embodiment of a pair of glasses that includes a - liquid crystal shutter. The first passer has a second lens of the second liquid crystal shutter, the liquid crystal shutter has liquid crystal and less than - milliseconds - the turn-on time. The system can also have one or two channels to alternately turn on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal fast liquid crystal orientation is maintained at the maximum light transmission point, and (4) turn off the fast two. In the exemplary embodiment, an automatic turn-on (Qin on) system package two (four) transmitter, - signal receiver 'and wherein the control circuit activates the signal receiver at a first-predetermined time interval, determines whether the signal is connected to 201223243, is receiving one from the signal transmitter The signal, at the time the signal is received, does not receive the signal from the signal transmitter during the second time period, the 5 仏 number receiver is deactivated, and the signal receiver receives the signal from the signal transmission 11 In the case of the signal, the first fast shutter and the second shutter are alternately opened at an interval corresponding to the signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the first time period is at least two seconds, and the first time slave is no more than 〇〇 milliseconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal shutters remain open until the signal receiver receives a signal from the signal transmitter. In an exemplary embodiment, a method for providing a three-dimensional video image may include: having a first three-dimensional viewing glasses including a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; turning on the time in less than one millisecond a first liquid crystal shutter; maintaining the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in the -first period; turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turning on the second liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond And in the second period of time, the 〇4 first liquid crystal shutter is maintained at the maximum light transmission point. In an exemplary embodiment, the first time period corresponds to presenting an image 'to the first eye of one of the viewers' and the second time period corresponds to presenting the image to the second eye of the viewer. In an exemplary embodiment, the method can include initiating a signal receiver at a first predetermined time interval, determining whether the signal receiver is receiving a signal from the signal transmitter, and at the signal receiver Deactivating the signal receiver without receiving the signal from the signal transmitter during the second period of time and, in the case of receiving the signal from the signal transmitter, the interval corresponding to the signal is turned on and The first shutter 81 201223243 and the second shutter are closed. In an exemplary implementation, the first time period is at least two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the second time period is no more than 100 milliseconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal shutters remain open until the signal pure 11 transmits n-touch signals from the money. In an exemplary embodiment, a system for providing a three-dimensional video image includes a pair of glasses including a second liquid crystal shutter having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter. LCD fast two-liquid crystal and less than - milliseconds - when turned on, the system can also be: the circuit 'which can open the first liquid crystal shutter and the second = door' and maintain the liquid crystal orientation at a maximum light transmission Click until the shutter is closed. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit J has a liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter is open. In the example - the second way = the middle of the control circuit keeps the lenses open until the control waits; ^ 曰 ^ to a synchronization signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage applied to the liquid crystal shutters alternates between positive and negative. In the medium-sized device for providing a three-dimensional video image, the eyeglasses include a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal fast: the liquid crystal shutter can be turned on in less than one millisecond, the liquid曰This solution can be turned on in less than one millisecond; so that the first liquid valve can be turned on and off at a rate of one of the transparent lenses: j and a second liquid 曰Shutter In one embodiment, the control is turned "on" until the control circuit detects - sync signal = in one embodiment, the liquid crystal shutters alternate between positive and negative. In an exemplary embodiment, a method for providing a three-dimensional video image 82 201223243 includes a second lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second crystal lens, the liquid crystal fast control two milliseconds Start time. The system can also open the first liquid crystal shutter crystal shutter and hold the liquid crystal at a maximum light transmission point, and the shutter closes the shutter. In the exemplary embodiment, a power generation Ο = two; the portion of the synchronization signal is encrypted. The second sensor is only available to receive the synchronization signal, and the first signal and the second liquid crystal shutter are turned on and off corresponding to the synchronization signal. In the f-exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal has a predetermined interval, = pulse. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal is pulsed, and the first predetermined number of pulses is on 4 1 and the first predetermined number of pulses is on the second liquid crystal: in an exemplary embodiment, the series of pulses - Partially encrypted. The series of pulses includes a predetermined number of un-mandated pulses followed by a predetermined number of encrypted pulses. In the exemplary embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter is turned on and off corresponding to the pattern of the = and the first method for providing the three-dimensional video image is received only after receiving two consecutive encrypted signals. In an example, the method may include: having a -first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter - a pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses; opening the first liquid crystal shutter in less than - millisecond; in a first time period The first liquid crystal shutter 83 201223243 light transmission point; after the first liquid crystal shutter is closed, the second liquid crystal (four), and in the middle and the second liquid crystal fast η is maintained between - maximum light transmissive: In the real::, the first time period corresponds to one of the viewers::: two::, r the second time period corresponds to the viewer - the second eye i wherein one of the synchronization signals is partially encrypted. The middle--sense can be connected to the (four) turn two:: number and only after receiving the -encrypted signal only two = shutter. #Opening and closing the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal. In a non-embodiment, the synchronization signal is a series of pulses having one. name. . -^ Negative pre-interval interval - predetermined Hrί In the embodiment, the synchronization signal has the first series of pulses 'and the first predetermined number of pulse-on-two/positive shutters' and wherein the second predetermined number of pulses is turned on - Liquid daily shutter. In an exemplary implementation, in one exemplary embodiment of the system, the (four) pulse includes a predetermined number - "Liukouxiong, followed by a predetermined number of encrypted pulses followed by a predetermined number." In the example, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are opened and closed in the form of one of the two/k and the v彳° numbers only after the (four) two consecutive encrypted signals are used. Opening a liquid crystal for 3D glasses is fast. The method comprises: rotating the liquid crystal to an open position, the liquid crystal achieving a light transmittance of at least 25% in a leap second time; waiting, straight 84 201223243 Ο至 to the liquid crystal is rotated to a point having maximum light transmission; the rotation of the liquid crystal is known at the maximum light transmission point; and the liquid crystal is maintained at the maximum light transmission point for a period of time. In an exemplary embodiment The system includes: a pair of liquid crystal shutters having corresponding first liquid crystal shutters and second liquid crystal shutters; and a control circuit for: opening the first liquid crystal shutters, wherein the first liquid crystal shutters are less than one Turning on to a maximum light transmission point in seconds; applying a clamp voltage to maintain the first liquid crystal shutter at the maximum light transmission point in the -first period; then closing the first liquid crystal shutter, turning on the first a liquid crystal shutter, wherein the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on to a maximum light transmission point in less than one millisecond; applying a home voltage to maintain the second liquid crystal shutter at the maximum light in a first period of time Transmitting a point; and then closing the second liquid crystal shutter; wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image to one of the user's eyes: and the second time period corresponds to presenting the image to the first eye of the user In an exemplary embodiment, the control power is used to determine the first time period and the second time 使用 using a sync signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the clamp voltage is 2 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum light transmission point transmits more than 32% of the light. The system further includes providing one of the synchronization signals, wherein the step (4) causes the control circuit to turn on the Liquid crystal fast density = an example In the embodiment, the synchronization signal includes -plus 仏唬. In i and _, the hetero-encrypted signal is operated after. In one case, the dry (four) silk &quot;shi liver is only included in the test - battery sensor. ==: In the exemplary embodiment 85 201223243, the indication that the battery power is low includes a liquid crystal shutter closed at the segment t and then at the time The segmentation device is turned on. In the implementation, the control circuit is used to pre-measure the synchronization signal and start operating the liquid crystal shutters after the same number is detected. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted signal will be Only one pair of liquid crystal glasses having a control circuit for receiving (4) encryption (4) is operated. In an exemplary embodiment, a test signal is included, wherein the test signal is used to be worn by the auxiliary liquid = door glasses One of the liquid crystal shutters is operated at a rate. Has been described - a system for providing 3D video images, including.  a pair of glasses, comprising: a first liquid crystal shutter = a second lens of the second liquid crystal shutter, each of the liquid crystal shutters, having a liquid 0 曰 and an opening time of less than one millisecond; a control ray 2' alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, which are held at - the maximum light transmission point until the control circuit "1, Η快Η. In the exemplary implementation of the money, - tongs The bit voltage maintains the liquid helium at the maximum light transmission point. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum = transmission point transmits more than 32% of the light. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes providing a One of the sync signals, and the flag causes the control circuit to turn on one of the liquid crystal shutters: in the embodiment: the sync signal includes an encrypted letter: .: one:; = the circuit will only be in After verifying the encrypted signal, in operation 2, the system further includes a battery sensor. In a::, the control circuit is configured to provide a battery power low state. In an exemplary embodiment , a battery power is low 86 2 01223243 = does not include a liquid crystal shutter that is turned off for a period of time and then turned on for a period of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit uses the apostrophe and begins operation after detecting the sync signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted signal will only operate and be useful to receive the encrypted signal - Control E-Secretary Day Sunglasses. In an example = embodiment, the system further includes a test a signal, wherein the 私 private number is operated at a rate that can be seen by a person wearing the pair of liquid crystal shutter glasses. The method for providing a three-dimensional video image is less than one. Opening a first liquid crystal shutter in a time of milliseconds; first, the liquid crystal shutter is maintained at a maximum light transmission point; the ss is turned off, and the s_ is closed for less than - second The second liquid crystal shutter is held in 'the first time period, which is one of the viewers, now-(four)' and the second time period corresponds to one of the viewers/see an image. In an exemplary manner In an embodiment, the method proceeds The step of maintaining the liquid crystal flash at the maximum light transmission point by the clamping voltage = in the exemplary embodiment, the clamping voltage is 2 volts. In an example, the maximum light transmission point is transmitted more than 32% of the light. In a method, the method further comprises transmitting a sync signal for the operation of the (4) = gate. In an exemplary embodiment, the same number includes an encrypted signal. In an example, the slogan will control the liquid crystal shutter control circuit only after verifying the affliction #. After the synchronization signal 种 琥 琥 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 - In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes providing an indication of the power level of the battery. In an exemplary embodiment, the indication that the battery power level is low includes a liquid crystal shutter The closing in a period of time is then turned on in the - period. In an exemplary embodiment, the "Hi method" includes an intrusion-synchronization signal, and then operates the liquid crystal shutters after the synchronization signal is extracted. In the exemplary embodiment, the "Hai method advancement includes operating the liquid crystal shutters only after receiving one of the encryption signals specifically designated for the liquid crystal shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes providing a test signal to operate the liquid crystal shutters at a rate that is viewable by a viewer. Illustrated - a method for providing a two-dimensional video image to a user of the 3D glasses on a machine readable medium in one of the housings of the 3D glasses: a brain program comprising: applying a voltage to a liquid crystal such that the liquid crystal (4) time (four) is at least 25% light transmission n until the liquid crystal is rotated to - a point having a maximum incidence; the maximum light transmission point stops the rotation of the liquid crystal; and in the - time period The liquid crystal is maintained at the point of maximum light transmission. A computer program for providing a 3D video image to a user of a 3D glasses on a machine readable medium has been described, including a computer program.  The shutter is opened in less than - milliseconds; the liquid crystal (4) is maintained at a maximum light transmission point; the closed: night, the second is 1 ' and then the second is turned on in less than one millisecond =11: maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum first transmission point in a second period of time, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image to the first eye of one of the users 88 201223243, and the first The two time periods correspond to presenting an image to one of the second eyes of the user. In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal shutter is held at the maximum light transmission point by a clamp voltage. In an exemplary embodiment, the pain level voltage is 2 volts. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum light transmission point transmits more than 32% of the light. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes providing a synchronization signal that controls the operation of the liquid crystal shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes an encrypted 0 signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes operating the liquid crystal shutters only after verifying the encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes sensing a power level of a battery. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program includes an indication of providing a low battery condition. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes providing an indication of a low battery condition by turning off a liquid crystal shutter for a period of time and then opening the liquid crystal shutter at a time. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes detecting the 同步 7 sync signal and then operating the liquid shutters after __ sync money. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes operating the liquid crystal shutters only after receiving an encrypted signal that is difficult to control for controlling the liquid crystal shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes a test signal that provides a rate at which the user sees and turns the liquid crystal shutters on and off. A system for rapidly opening a liquid crystal shutter has been described which is used to rotate the liquid crystal by applying a voltage to a liquid crystal, which is achieved in less than - milliseconds - at least 25% Light transmission 89 201223243 The radiance is used to wait until the liquid crystal is rotated to - the member having the greatest light transmission, the member for stopping the rotation of the crystal at the point of maximum light transmission; and for the time — The towel will hold (4) the member at the point of maximum light transmission. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described and included, comprising: means for turning on the first liquid crystal shutter during a time of $ $ shift for illuminating the first liquid crystal shutter in the 夺 8 间 segment a member held at a maximum light transmission point; a member for closing the first liquid crystal shutter and then opening the second liquid crystal shutter in less than: milliseconds; and for: The second liquid crystal shutter is held at a member of the maximum light transmission point and wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image to one of the viewer's first eyes, and the second time period corresponds to one of the viewers In an exemplary embodiment, at least one of: maximum light: shot, and/or second liquid crystal shutter is held at: a large first transmission point by a clamp voltage. In the illustrative embodiment, the clamping voltage is 2 =. In an exemplary embodiment, the maximum light transmission point transmits more than 32%. 2 In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes: for providing:=;ΓΓ' and wherein the synchronization signal causes the liquid crystals (four) Open. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal is in the exemplary embodiment, the system further includes, for example, operating the liquid crystal only after the addition of the (four) shape, in the illustrative embodiment, the system The step-by-step includes sensing for the electric cow pool: the component of the condition. In an exemplary implementation, the "input-two is used to provide - a low battery condition" component. In an example = 201223243 实施 embodiment, the means for providing - low battery power includes Means for closing the liquid crystal shutter in the -time period and connecting the rat brittle crystal (4) in the θ time period. In the example embodiment, the system further includes a component for the _-synchronization signal and a measurement The components of the liquid crystal shutters are operated after the time signal. In the example implementation, the line advances the components that operate the liquid crystal shutters only after receiving the chirp signals specifically designated by the liquid crystal shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes a structure for operating the liquid crystal shutters at a rate that is viewable by the viewer - a liquid crystal shutter for use in 3D glasses for rapid opening The method 'includes: rotating the liquid crystal to an open position; waiting until the liquid crystal is rotated to a point having a maximum light transmission; stopping the rotation of the liquid crystal at the maximum light transmission point; and the liquid crystal in the - time period Guarantee Holding at the point of maximum light transmission, the liquid crystal comprises - optically thick liquid crystal. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: transmitting-encrypting a synchronization signal; receiving the encryption at a remote location The synchronization signal, after verifying the received encrypted synchronization signal, is in a period of less than one millisecond (four) - the first liquid crystal is maintained; in the - time period, the liquid liquid shutter is maintained at a maximum light transmission Turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turning on a second liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond; maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point for a second period of time, providing battery power For turning on and off the liquid crystal shutters; sensing one of the power levels of the battery power; and providing the battery power by turning the liquid crystal shutters on and off at a rate that can be seen by a viewer 91 201223243 One of the sensed power levels is indicative, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image for the first eye of the viewer, and the second time period corresponds to one of the viewers The eye presents an image, and wherein the liquid crystal shutters are held at the maximum light transmission point by a clamping voltage. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a first a first lens of a liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a second liquid crystal shutter, the liquid crystals quickly having a liquid crystal and less than - milliseconds - turn-on time; a control circuit that alternately turns on the first liquid crystal a shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the shutter; and a battery power low indicator includes: an operative ground connection to the control circuit a battery, a sensor capable of determining the amount of power remaining in the battery; - a controller for determining whether the remaining amount of power in the battery is sufficient for the pair of glasses to operate for a longer than - predetermined time; and The indicator is used to signal the viewer if the glasses are not longer than the time. In a pure implementation 2 π a predetermined rate to turn the left liquid crystal shutter on and off and right = in the embodiment, the predetermined amount of time is greater than three hours. In the case of the case, after determining that the battery remains in the battery for a period of time longer than the predetermined amount of time, the (4) pool power low indicator is operable for at least three days. In Vs, the number of measurements for determining the amount of power remaining in the battery is measured. of. Hai controller press sync pulse 92 201223243 Ο ❹ A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: having a three-dimensional viewing glasses including a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; Turning on the first liquid crystal shutter in a second time; maintaining the first liquid crystal fast η at a maximum light transmission point in a first time period; turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then in less than one millisecond Opening the second liquid crystal shutter; maintaining the second liquid crystal gate at a maximum light transmission point in a second period of time, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image to the first eye of the viewer, and The second time period corresponds to: one of the viewers presents an image to the second eye; sensing the remaining electrical power in the battery, determining whether the remaining power in the battery is sufficient for the secondary three-dimensional viewing glasses = ratio - predetermined time Operating in a long period of time; and in the case of the three-dimensional viewing glasses, the I-cell power low signal is shown to be viewed in the case of the situation. In an exemplary embodiment, the three-dimensional viewing glasses are incapable of operating in a time longer than the time period to indicate to the viewer that the "battery power low signal" includes turning the first liquid crystal shutter on and off at a rate and The second liquid crystal shutter. In the exemplary embodiment, the predetermined amount of time is greater than three hours. In the embodiment, in the case where the three-dimensional viewing glasses are operated in 2 hours, a battery is indicated to a viewer=2 in determining that the remaining amount of power in the battery is insufficient to allow the pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses to be After the operation for a predetermined amount of time, the battery power is low signal is indicated to the viewer in the day: the day. The method of instantiating = further comprises: determining that the remaining amount of power in the battery 3 is to detect the number of pulses transmitted to the three-light mirror. π 93 201223243 A computer program for using a -first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter mounted on a machine readable medium: a computer program for providing a three-dimensional video image, comprising: "Yu Guan ^艮: The liquid crystal shutter is held at - the maximum light ^ in a first period of time, the first "drop" is first transmitted through the 'point; the second time is turned off - the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on, and the second time crystal shutter is maintained at - maximum light transmission, corresponding to one of the first f images of the viewer, and the second time period corresponds to the viewer - the second eye is a second image, sensing the remaining in a battery.  The quantity is R. The remaining electricity of the battery towel============================================================= In the t (four) viewer indication - the battery power is low, the computer program includes: in the case of the three-dimensional view - heart:; in the case of operation for a long time to = f; the crystal shutter and the first Two liquid crystal shutters. In the case of the heart, the amount of time required for the Thunder is greater than three hours. In an exemplary implementation of the timing gate (6) privately comprising: indicating to the viewer that the three-dimensional viewing glasses are incapable of operating in a second-order operation than the pre-force - the battery power is three males 4 k匕3 in determining the battery The remaining amount of power is not sufficient to allow the viewer to indicate to the viewer that the three-dimensional viewing glasses cannot be delayed for a predetermined period of time in the middle of the time period. Operation - battery power is low on letter 94 201223243. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes determining, by the number of synchronization pulses of the viewing glasses, the battery: a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, for containing a a liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; ====; for opening the Ο 晶 crystal fast in less than one millisecond; in the light period _ 曰 "light transmission point member; secret _ the first liquid 2, 1: then open the second liquid crystal fast in the time of less than one millisecond. - "The liquid crystal shutter keeps _ the point of the component, the # the first time period Corresponding to the second look: the eye presents an image, and the second time period corresponds to the observation: the eye presents an image; for sensing - the remaining electricity in the battery = a predetermined time The component of the operation in time; and the second of the operation, she can't see the glasses in the time longer than the predetermined time. In the lower-directed embodiment, the battery power low signal is included in the lower viewer. The battery power low signal includes a member for the shutter. In the second and second liquid crystal shutters and the second liquid crystal hour: in an exemplary embodiment, the predetermined amount of time is greater than three to determine the electrical tT, and the line is included in the time The second step of operation in a long period of time is that the glasses indicate a battery component in at least two days after the broadcast is lower than the predetermined force. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes 95 201223243 for the component of the amount of power remaining by the number of synchronization pulses. Measured time to determine the remaining - described in the battery - a line for providing a three-dimensional video image, comprising: - a three-dimensional viewing glasses comprising a lens having a - liquid crystal shutter and having a second liquid crystal shutter a second lens; a control circuit for controlling operation of the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter - a battery coupled to the control circuit; and a signal sensor operable to the control circuit, Wherein the control circuit is configured to: an external signal detected by the sensor of the age:: is the power of the device being sufficient for the pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses to operate at the ratio-predetermined time gate and operating the first liquid crystal shutter and a visual indication of the amount of power remaining in the second liquid crystal. The exemplary I a vision finger does not include opening and closing the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter at a predetermined rate. Close ^ The method for providing a three-dimensional video image has also been described, which includes: - a liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter: dimension = brother by determining the external signal transmitted to the three-dimensional viewing glasses = == Remaining power; determining that the remaining glasses in the battery are not able to operate at a time longer than a predetermined time, the viewing glasses cannot be longer than the predetermined time. In the exemplary embodiment, the viewer indicates a battery power low signal predetermined rate on and off: 1:,: the battery power low signal includes - has been described - stored = 4 liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. 4 in a memory device for operating a computer program comprising a liquid crystal shutter of a 96201223243 and a second liquid crystal shutter for viewing a two-dimensional video image, comprising: transmitting by decision The number of external signals of the three-dimensional viewing glasses is used to sense the remaining amount of electricity in the three-dimensional viewing of the four eyes=the battery; determining that the remaining amount of electricity in the battery is the brother to allow the pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses to be longer than a predetermined time $ Ο Ο The 3D viewing glasses cannot indicate to a viewer that a battery power is low signal for a longer period of time than the predetermined time. In an exemplary embodiment, the battery power low signal includes a 2 power on and The first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are closed. The rate of arrest = the method used to provide 3D video images. Including - the first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal fast.  Mirror; turn on the first liquid crystal in less than - milliseconds:: the spotting point; close the first liquid crystal shutter, open the second liquid crystal shutter in the first first pass · / 哲麦在乂于宅The second time shutter is maintained at - the maximum light transmission point is far from the second liquid crystal viewer - the first eye is displayed in the first time period corresponding to the viewer - the second eye is presented _ / 1 ' and the second The time period corresponds to the amount, and the remaining electro-mirror in the battery is determined to be longer than a predetermined time for the sub-three-dimensional viewing eye to be longer than the predetermined time. Watching the glasses indication - the battery power is low, and: when the viewer is longer than the predetermined time in the case of the operation, the three-dimensional viewing glasses cannot be viewed in the case where the battery power low signal includes = The user is instructed to turn on and off the 97th 201223243 - the liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, and wherein determining the amount of the remaining power includes measuring the number of synchronization pulses transmitted to the three-dimensional viewing glasses. Having described - the purity of providing a three-dimensional video image, comprising: - a pair of glasses comprising a - lens having a - liquid day sun shutter and a second lens having a first liquid crystal shutter The liquid crystal shutters respectively - the liquid crystal and less than - milliseconds - the on time; - the control circuit, the basin opens the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, which maintains the liquid crystal orientation at the - maximum light transmission point until the control The circuit closes the shutter; and the sync device is operatively lightly coupled to the control circuit, the sync device includes a signal receiver for sensing (4) the number 1 to be presented to the glasses, and A control circuit for turning on the first liquid crystal fast J = gate during a period of time during which the image is presented is based on the transmitted sync nickname. In an exemplary embodiment, external light. In an exemplary embodiment, the system f includes a transmitter No. 4, wherein the signal transmitter modulates the synchronization: a reflector, wherein the synchronization signal is reflected by the reflector: Take the 贞_transverse (four) step signal. In the example - example, the reflector contains a cinema screen. In the exemplary embodiment, the second transmitter receives the - timing signal from the video projector. In the example: Sexual implementation of the financial signal, the synchronization signal includes a radio frequency signal. In an exemplary real example, the synchronization signal includes y, rush. In an example of the Shen Shen A / /, the inter-turn IW - series pulse _ guang, 1 also A, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses with a predetermined threshold, wherein the first predetermined number of pulses to open the first A ^ 98 201223243 : 曰: fast: 'and where the second predetermined number of pulses are turned on ^ in an exemplary implementation of the financial, the step signal is encrypted. In the case where the Z signal contains a series of pulse data for the control circuit, the small series of pulses and the configuration are encrypted. In an exemplary embodiment, the Tongniu signal includes at least one data bit preceded by at least one clock pulse. In: : not = real:: medium' The synchronization signal includes a synchronization string. The synchronization signal is sensed between the presentation of the image of the door. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter

Q ,細;在少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第-液晶快7 在-弟-時間段中將該第一液晶快門保持在一最大二 射點,關閉该第一液晶快門,且然後在少於-毫秒的時間 内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該第二液曰曰 在一最大光透射點,其中該第一時間 曰 =ΓΓ眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為 觀看者之一第二眼呈現一影伯.扁认 者之該影像的-同师/r❹=應於呈現給該觀看 步信號歡何時用該同 „ . ^ 履日日决門或该弟二液晶快 門。在一例不性實施例中,該同步信號包括-紅外光。在 -例不性實施例中,該方法進一步包括將 至-反射器、使該同步錢反射離開該反射器,及侈: 經反射同步信號。在-例示性實施例中,該方法進一、步包 99 201223243 虎反射離開-電影院螢幕。在一例示性實施 . _ 匕括自一影像投影器接收一時序芦 说。在一例不性實施例中, ° r °亥同步#唬包括一射頻信號。 在一例不性實施例中,該 -系列脈衝。在-例示性實括具有—預疋間隔的 09 生實施例中,該同步信號包括具有 一預疋間隔的一系列脈衝,I . 〇 y ^ ”且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二 液曰曰㈣。。在-例示性實施例中,該方法進—步包括加密Q, fine; turning on the first liquid crystal in less than - milliseconds. The first liquid crystal shutter is held at a maximum two-shot point in the period-time period, the first liquid crystal shutter is closed, and then Turning on the second liquid crystal shutter in less than - millisecond; in a second period of time, the second liquid is at a maximum light transmission point, wherein the first time 曰 = blinking presents an image, and the image The second time period corresponds to presenting a shadow of one of the viewers to the second eye of the viewer. The same teacher/r❹=when the signal is presented to the viewing step, the same time is used. In a non-limiting embodiment, the synchronization signal includes -infrared light. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes reflecting the synchrotron to the synchrotron Leaving the reflector, and extrapolating: the reflected sync signal. In the exemplary embodiment, the method proceeds to step 99, 201223243. The tiger reflects away from the cinema screen. In an exemplary implementation. _ Included from an image projector Receiving a timing reed. In an example of an inaccuracy, ° r ° 同步 唬 唬 唬 唬 唬 唬 唬 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在 在A series of pulses spaced apart, I. 〇y ^ " and wherein a second predetermined number of pulses turns on the second liquid helium (four). . In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes encryption

Wh例中’該同步信號包括用於 =制電路的-㈣脈衝及組態轉。在—例示性實施例 該方法進一步包括加密該系列脈衝及該組態㈣中&lt; 至少-者。在—例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括由至少 :時脈脈衝居先的至少—資料位心在-例示性實施例 中,該同步信號包括-同步串列資料信號。在—例示 施例中,在該第-液晶㈣及該m㈣之影像的呈 現之間感測該同步信號。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,盆包括. 一副眼鏡,其包含具有-第—液晶快門之―第-透鏡及且 1-第二液晶快Η之-第二透鏡,該等液晶快門具有一液 日曰及小於一笔秒之一開啟時間;一控制電路,其交替地開 啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶定向被保 持在-最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉該快門;及— 同^系統,其包括:-反射裝置’其位於該副眼鏡前方·, —信號傳輸器,其將一同步信號發送向該反射裝置,該同 100 201223243 ❹In the Wh example, the synchronization signal includes - (four) pulses and configuration transitions for the = system. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes encrypting the series of pulses and &lt; at least - in the configuration (4). In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes at least - a data center in an exemplary embodiment preceded by at least a clock pulse, the synchronization signal comprising a -synchronous serial data signal. In the exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal is sensed between the presentation of the first liquid crystal (four) and the m (four) image. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described. The basin includes a pair of glasses including a -first lens having a -first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a 1-second liquid crystal shutter. The liquid crystal shutter has a liquid helium and an opening time less than one second; a control circuit that alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until The control circuit closes the shutter; and - the same system, comprising: - a reflecting device 'located in front of the pair of glasses, - a signal transmitter that transmits a synchronization signal to the reflecting device, the same 100 201223243 ❹

C 步信號對應於一呈現給該眼鏡之使用者之影像.—丄。 收器,其感測自該反射裝置反射的該同步信號.及號接 電路,其用以在呈現該影像之-時間段期間開啟 Η或該第二快門。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括 -紅外光。在-例示性實施例中’該反射器包括:電=院 螢幕。在一例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸器自—影像 器接收-時序信號。在-例示性實施例中,該= 括具有-預定間隔的-系列脈衝。在一例示性實_中, 該同步信號包括具有-預定間隔的一系列脈衝,其中第一 預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一液晶快門,且' 、下币一預疋數 目個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,該 同步信號經加密。在-例示性實施例中,該同步信號包= 用於該控制電路的-系列脈衝及組態#料。在—例示性實 施例中’㈣列脈衝及該組態資料中之至少—者經加密。、 在-例示性實施例t,該同步信號包括由至少—時脈脈衝 居先的至少-資料位元。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信 號包括-同步串料信號。在―例示性實施财,在^ 第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門之影像的呈現之間感測 該同步信號。 已描述-種安裝在-機器可讀媒體上之用於使用包含 -第-液晶快Η及-第二液晶快門之—副三維觀看眼鏡 提供三雉視訊影像的電腦程式,其包括:在少於一毫秒的 時間内開啟該第-液晶快門;在—第—時間段中將該第一 液晶快Π保持在-最大光透射點;關_第—液晶快門, 101 201223243 且然後在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一 第二時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在一最大光透射 點,其中該第一時間段對應於為觀看者之一第一眼呈現一 影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一第二眼呈現一 影像;感測對應於呈現給該觀看者之一影像的一同步信 號;及使用該感測到的同步信號判定何時開啟該第一液曰^ 快門或該第二液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信 號包括-紅外光。在-例示性實施例甲,該電腦程式進一 步包括將該同步信號投射向一反射器、使該同步信號反射 離開錢射器,及偵測該經反射同步信號。在一例示性實 $例中’該反射器包括-電影院螢幕。在—例示性實施例 I,该電腦程式進—步包括自—影像投影器接收-時序信 f。在—例示性實_中,該同步錢包括-射頻信號。 -實施例中,該同步信號包括具有-預定間隔的 一在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括具有 -系列脈衝,其中第1定數目個脈衝開啟 液曰^^門’且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二 門。在一例示性實施例中,該電腦程式進一步包括 用號。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括 控制電路的-系列脈衝及組態資料。在—例示性實 :之;電腦程式進一步包括加密該系列脈衝及該組態 上貝科中之至少一者。在一例示性實施例中, 括由至少一時脈脈衝居先的至 人y 實祐彻cb 4 貝科位兀。在一例示性 财,该同步信號包括一同步串列資料信號。在-例 102 201223243 不性實施例令’該電腦程式進一步包括在該第一液 及該第二液晶快門之影像的呈現之間感測該同步^、 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其7括· 用於具有包含—第—液晶快門及—第二液晶快門之 Ο Ο 鏡之構件;用於在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟二 之構件;用於在一第一時間段中將該第-液 = 最大光透射點之構件;用於關閉該第一液 然二在/、一於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快 在一悬* ;第—相段中將該第二液晶快門保持 在一最大光透射點之構件,1中一 看者之-第一眼呈現n 該第一時間段對應於為觀 看去夕—Γ 且該第二時間段對應於為觀 看者之^=呈現—影像;用於感測對應於呈現給該觀 同步信號之構件,·及用於使用該感測到 快門之槿株。广 液晶快門或該第二液晶 外# _ —例不性實施例中,該同步信號包括-紅 同牛Γ,值^不性實施例中’該系統進一步包括用於將該 =:=向一反射器之構件。在一例示性實施例中, 於傳輸之構件包括St自幕一^ 夕接放. 、 衫像投影器接收一時序信號 ^構示性實施例中,_步信號包括—射頻信 1讀實施例巾’該同步信號包括具有—預定間 =二舰衝。在:例示性實施财,該同步信號包括 衝門㈣=間隔的彡列脈衝’且其中第一預定數目個脈 晶㈣’且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟 103 201223243 孩弟二液晶快門。在一 括用於加密該同步 H,該系統進一步包 系列脈衝及該㈣資料中之至 -資二元Γ撕由至少一時脈脈衝居先的至少 步串列資料信號。在 °门“5唬包括-同 括用於在該第實施例巾,該系統進一步包 ,, 日日快門及該第二液晶快門之影像 現之間感測該同步信號之構件。 ]之办像的呈 已描述一種用於提 具有包含—第、-維視“像之方法,其包括: 觀看眼鏡;在少於m一第二液晶快門之一副三維 在一第時;?開啟該第—液晶快門; 射點,·關閉該第-液=„一門保持在一最大光透 内開啟該第二液晶快;;.在’ j然:在少於-毫秒的時間 觀看者之一第==其中該第-時間段對應於為 觀看者之—第二眼呈現該第二時間段對應於為 一反射器;使該= —加密同步信號投射向 ^ 5 ^ “號反射離開該反射器;值 =:步信號:解密該_到的加密同步= 〆、測到的同步信號判定何時間啟 a =二液晶快門,其,該同步信號包含 中该同步信號包含-系列脈衝及組態請,其 104 201223243 啟节第衝第一液晶快門’其中第二預定系列脈衝開 啟違第-液晶快門,其中 = 衝居先的至少Hr 4八紅3由至乂 %脈脈 列資料信號,且1中在;第,、中該同步信號包含一同步串 之#傻M S d在㈣—液晶快門及該第二液晶快門 之衫像的呈狀間偵測該同步信冑。 _已描述—细於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 一副眼鏡,其包含且右 皆 °3々有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡及具 Ο Ο 曰及小:二:門之一第二透鏡’該等液晶快門具有-液 之一開啟時間;一控制電路,其交替地開 =气液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,且其中該等液晶快 中〉一者之定向被保持在一最大光透射點,直至該 控制電路關閉該液晶快門;及—測試系統,1包含Ζ 號傳輸器;-信號接收器;及—測試系統控制電路,料 用可被-觀看者看見之-速率開啟及_該第__液晶快 門及該第二液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸 器未自-投影n接收-時序錢。在—例示性實施例中, 該信號傳輸器發射-紅外線信號。在—例示性實施例中, 該紅外線信號包含-系列脈衝。在一例示性實施例中,該 信號傳輸器發射一射頻信號。在一例示性實施例中,該射 頻信號包含一系列脈衝。 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括. 提供具有包含-第-液晶快門及—第二液晶快門之:副 三維觀看: 艮鏡;在:於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第—液晶快 門,在一第一時間段中將該第一液晶快門保持在一最大光 105 201223243 透射點;關閉該第一液晶快門,且然後在少於一毫秒的時 間内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該第二液 曰曰快門保持在一最大光透射點’其中該第一時間段對應於 為觀看者之ϋ呈現H且該第二時間段對應於 為觀看者之-第二眼呈現-影像;將—測試信號傳輸向該 三維觀看眼鏡;藉由該三維眼鏡上之_感測器接收該測試 信號;及由於該接收到的測試信號而使用—控制電路開啟 及關閉該第-液晶快Η及該第二液晶快門,其中該等液晶 快門以-佩戴該副眼鏡之觀看者可觀察到的速率開啟及 關閉。在-麻性實_中,該信號傳輸Μ自一投影器 接收-時序信號。在-例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸器發 =-紅外線信號。在-例示性實施例中,該紅外線信號包 二在—例示性實施例中,該信號傳輸器發射 列脈Γ 性實施财,該射頻錢包括—系 -第—機11可讀媒體上之料使用包括 UΗ及-第二液晶快門之—副三維觀看眼於 士 i、二維視訊影像的電腦程式’其包括:在少於一毫^ =間内開啟該第-液晶快門’ ·在—第—時 第、 持在一最大光透射點;關閉該第-液晶:Γ :二時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持在—最大光 像其應於為觀看者之二: 第—㈣段對應於為觀看者之-第二眼呈現一 106 201223243The C-step signal corresponds to an image presented to the user of the glasses. a receiver that senses the synchronization signal reflected from the reflecting device and a circuit for opening the second shutter during the time period during which the image is presented. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal comprises - infrared light. In an exemplary embodiment, the reflector comprises: an electric = hospital screen. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter receives a timing signal from the video recorder. In an exemplary embodiment, the = series of pulses having a predetermined interval. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses having a predetermined interval, wherein a first predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid crystal shutter, and 'the next coin has a number of pulses to turn on the second LCD shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal is encrypted. In an exemplary embodiment, the sync signal packet = a series of pulses and configuration # for the control circuit. In the exemplary embodiment, the '(four) column pulse and at least the configuration data are encrypted. In the exemplary embodiment t, the synchronization signal includes at least a data bit preceded by at least a clock pulse. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a - synchronous burst signal. In an exemplary implementation, the synchronization signal is sensed between the presentation of the image of the liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. A computer program for providing three video images using a sub-three-dimensional viewing glasses comprising a -first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, mounted on a machine readable medium, comprising: The first liquid crystal shutter is turned on within one millisecond; the first liquid crystal fast is maintained at - the maximum light transmission point in the -first time period; off - the first liquid crystal shutter, 101 201223243 and then in less than one millisecond Opening the second liquid crystal shutter during a second time period; maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a second time period, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting an image to the first eye of one of the viewers And the second time period corresponds to presenting an image to one of the viewer's second eyes; sensing a synchronization signal corresponding to one of the images presented to the viewer; and determining when to turn on using the sensed synchronization signal The first liquid shutter or the second liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes - infrared light. In the exemplary embodiment A, the computer program further includes projecting the synchronization signal to a reflector, reflecting the synchronization signal away from the microphone, and detecting the reflected synchronization signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the reflector includes a cinema screen. In the exemplary embodiment I, the computer program further includes a self-image projector receiving - timing letter f. In the exemplary reality, the sync money includes a radio frequency signal. In an embodiment, the synchronization signal comprises a first predetermined embodiment having a predetermined interval, the synchronization signal comprising a series of pulses, wherein the first predetermined number of pulses is turned on and the second A predetermined number of pulses opens the second door. In an exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes a number. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses and configuration data for the control circuit. In the exemplary embodiment, the computer program further includes at least one of encrypting the series of pulses and the configuration of the top. In an exemplary embodiment, the at least one clock pulse is prioritized to the human y. In an exemplary financial scenario, the synchronization signal includes a synchronous serial data signal. In Example 102 201223243, the computer program further includes sensing the synchronization between the presentation of the image of the first liquid and the second liquid crystal shutter. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described. a member for a mirror having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; a member for opening two in less than one millisecond; for a first period of time The member of the first liquid = the maximum light transmission point; for turning off the first liquid, the second liquid crystal is turned on in a period of - milliseconds; The second liquid crystal shutter is held at a maximum light transmission point, and a viewer of the first liquid crystal displays a first time period corresponding to the viewing of the eve and the second time period corresponds to the viewing. ^=presentation-image; for sensing the component corresponding to the view synchronization signal, and for using the sensor that senses the shutter. In the wide liquid crystal shutter or the second liquid crystal outside, the synchronization signal includes - red sir, and the value is not in the embodiment. The system further includes the following: === The component of the reflector. In an exemplary embodiment, the component for transmission includes a self-screening device, and the shirt image projector receives a timing signal. In the embodiment, the _step signal includes a radio frequency signal 1 reading embodiment. The towel 'this synchronization signal includes - predetermined interval = two ship rushes. In an exemplary implementation, the synchronization signal includes a gate (four) = spaced pulse train ' and wherein a first predetermined number of pulses (four)' and wherein a second predetermined number of pulses are turned on 103 201223243. In addition to encrypting the synchronization H, the system further encapsulates the series of pulses and the (ii) data to the at least one of the series of data signals preceded by at least one clock pulse. In the ° gate "5" includes - a member for sensing the synchronization signal between the image of the first embodiment, the system further package, the day shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. The method of the present invention has been described as a method for providing an image-containing image, including: viewing glasses; in a less than m-second liquid crystal shutter, a pair of three-dimensional ones at a time; - Liquid crystal shutter; Shooting point, · Close the first liquid = „One door keeps the second liquid crystal open in a maximum light transmission;;. In 'J: In one of the viewers in less than - milliseconds time = = wherein the first time period corresponds to the viewer - the second eye presents the second time period corresponding to a reflector; causing the = - encrypted synchronization signal to be projected toward the ^ 5 ^ "number to reflect off the reflector; Value =: Step signal: Decrypt the _ to the encrypted sync = 〆, the detected sync signal determines when the time a = two liquid crystal shutters, the sync signal contains the sync signal contains - series pulse and configuration please 104 201223243 The first phase of the first liquid crystal shutter 'the second predetermined series of pulses Violation of the - liquid crystal shutter, where = the first at least Hr 4 eight red 3 from the 乂% pulse train data signal, and 1 in; the first, the synchronization signal contains a synchronization string #傻 MS d (4) detecting the synchronization signal between the liquid crystal shutter and the portrait of the second liquid crystal shutter. _ already described - a system that provides a three-dimensional video image, comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a right lens and a first liquid crystal shutter, a first lens and a Ο 曰 曰 and a small: two: a door a second lens 'the liquid crystal shutter has a liquid opening time; a control circuit that alternately turns on the gas liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, and wherein the orientation of the liquid crystals is maintained At a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the liquid crystal shutter; and - the test system, 1 includes an 传输 transmitter; - a signal receiver; and - a test system control circuit, which can be seen by the viewer - The rate is turned on and the __ liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter is not self-projected n-timed money. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits an infrared signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the infrared signal comprises a series of pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits a radio frequency signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the RF signal comprises a series of pulses. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: providing a sub-three-dimensional viewing with a -first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter: a 艮 mirror; turning the first time in - milliseconds - a liquid crystal shutter that maintains the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light 105 201223243 transmission point in a first period of time; closes the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turns on the second liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond; Holding the second liquid helium shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a second time period, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting H for the viewer and the second time period corresponds to being the viewer - a second eye presentation - image; transmitting a test signal to the three dimensional viewing glasses; receiving the test signal by a sensor on the 3D glasses; and using the received test signal - the control circuit is turned on and The first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are closed, wherein the liquid crystal shutters are opened and closed at a rate observable by a viewer wearing the pair of glasses. In the hemp, the signal is transmitted from a projector receiving-timing signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter emits an infrared signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the infrared signal packet 2, in an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits a burst of execution money, the RF money including the material on the system-readable medium 11 Using a computer program including a U- and a second liquid crystal shutter to view the eye in a two-dimensional video image, which includes: opening the first liquid crystal shutter in less than one millimeter = in the first - the first time, holding at a maximum light transmission point; closing the first liquid crystal: Γ: holding the second liquid crystal shutter in the second time period - the maximum light image should be the viewer's second: the first - (four) segment corresponding For the viewer - the second eye presents a 106 201223243

影像;將一測試信號傳輸向該三維觀看眼鏡;藉由該三維 眼鏡上之一感測器接收該測試信號;及由於該接收到的測 試信號而使用一控制電路開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及 該第二液晶快門,其中該等液晶快門以佩戴該眼鏡之一觀 看者可觀察到的速率開啟及關閉。在一例示性實施例中, 該信號傳輸n不自-投影n接收—時序信號。在一例示性 實施例中,該信號傳輸器發射一紅外線信號。在一例示性 實施例中,該紅外線信號包括一系列脈衝。在一例示性實 施例中,該信號傳輸器發射—射頻信號。在—例示施 例中,該射頻信號包含一系列脈衝。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 用於具有包含—第—液晶快門及—第二液晶快門之一副 二維硯看眼鏡之構件;用於在少於—毫秒的時間内開啟該 第-液晶快門之構件;用於在—第—時間段中將該第一液 晶快門保持在-最大光透射點之構件;用於關閉該第一夜 晶快門且然後在少於—毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快 ^之構件;用於在-第二時間段中將該第持 =大:透射點之構件,其中該第-時間段對二: 看者之-眼呈現—影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀 :维觀看二i:一影像;用於將一測試信號傳輸向該 接收該測試㈣之構件;及料由於㈣試 控制電路開啟及關閉該第—液晶快門及該第二液 之構件,其中該等液晶快門以佩戴該眼鏡之—觀看:可^ 107 201223243 察到的速料啟及_。在—·性實施 輸之構件不自-投影器接收—時序信號。在该用於傳 例卜該用於傳輸之構件發射一紅外線;^不生實施 實施例[該紅外線信號包括一系列亡:例示性 施例中,該用於傳輸之構件發射—㈣錢例讀實 實施射、,該射頻信號包括―系列脈衝。在―例示性 已“述種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法, 具有包含一第-液晶快門及-第二液晶快門之二二: :看目:鏡,·在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二維 在一弟一時間段中將該第-液晶快門保持在一最大:、# =啟:Γ第一液晶快門,且然後在少於-毫秒的時間 内開啟《二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該 =在:最大光透射點,其中該第一時間段對;於; 觀看者之-二見二影像,且該第二時間段對應於為 Λ 一艮呈現一影像;將一紅外線測試信號傳輸 σ該三維觀看眼鏡;藉由該三維眼鏡上之-感測器接收該 、、’工外線测试^號;及由於該接收到的紅外線測試信號而使 用一控制電路開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該 j 又日日 快門,其中該等液晶快門以佩戴該眼鏡之一觀看者可觀察 到的速率開啟及關閉,其中該信號傳輸器未自一投影器接 收一時序信號,其中該紅外線信號包含一系列脈衝,其中 该紅外線信號包含各自由至少一時脈脈衝居先的—或多 個貧料位元,且其中該紅外線信號包含一同步串列資料信 號0 108 201223243 已4田述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統, 一副眼鏡,其包含具有—第—液晶快Η之-第—透=旦 有第一液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快門各自呈 一液晶及小於-毫秒之1啟時間一控制電路,且絲 第:液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶定向 被保持在-最大光透射點’直至該控制電路關閉該快門; 及可操作地搞接至該控制電路之信號接收器,其中該 Ο ο 電路利用-第-預定時間間隔啟動該信號接收器、判^亥 信號接收H衫在純—有效㈣、在該錢接收器从 -第一狀時間間隔内接收到該有效信號的情況下停用 該信號接收器,且在該信號接收器接收到該有效信號的情 況下以對應於該有效信號的一間隔交替地開啟及關閉該 第-快門及該第二快門。在一例示性實施例中,該第一時 間段包括至少兩秒。在一例示性實施例中,該第二時間段 包括不超過1GG毫秒。在―例示性實施财,該等液晶快 門均保持開啟或關閉’直至該信號接收器接收到該有效信 號0 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括: 具有包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副三維 觀看眼鏡;在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶快門; 在一第一時間段中將該第一液晶快門保持在一最大光透 射點;關閉該第一液晶快門,且然後在少於一毫秒的時間 内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該第二液晶 快門保持在一最大光透射點,其中該第一時間段對應於為 109 201223243 觀看者之一第一眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段 觀看者之一第二眼呈現一影像;以一第一預定時間間隔啟 動一信號接收器;判定該信號接收器是否正在自一信號傳 輸器接收一有效信號;在該信號接收器在一第二時間段内 未自該信號傳輸器接收到該有效信號的情況下停用該作 號接收器;及在該信號接收器自該信號傳輪器接收到嗜有 效信號的情況下以對應於該有效信號的—間隔開啟^ 閉η亥第快門及s亥第二快門。在一例示性實施例中,該第 一時間段包括至少兩秒。在一例示性實施例中,該第二時 間段包括不超過100毫秒。在一例示性實施例中,該等液 晶快門均保持開啟或義,直至該信號接收器自該信號 輸器接收到一有效信號。 13 ~ 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,並包括. :魏鏡,其包含具有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡及具 曰弟一液晶快門之一第二透鏡,該等液晶快門具有一液 曰曰及小於-毫秒之-開啟時間;—控制電路 開啟該第-液晶快Η及該第二液晶了又替地 2在-最大光透射點,直至該控制電路_該快門,且 ^中該控制電㈣以保持該第—液晶 快門均開啟。在一例示性竇絲也丨士 昂一液曰曰 —液晶快門及該第二液晶快門門鲂士 俅符3弟 到一同牛c t 歼,直至該控制電路偵測 门步b虎。在-例示性實施例中,施加至 !丨夬門及該第二液晶快門之—電壓 液日日 罨Μ在正負之間交替。 已描述一種用於提供三維視 芦优。Κ衫像之方法,其包括: 110 201223243 2包含-第-液晶快門及一第二液晶快門一 其中該第一液晶快門可在少於-亳秒的= ^ /、中该第一液晶快門可在少於一毫秒 啟;及以使該第一液晶快門寺間内開 看來為透明透鏡之^門在-使用者 該第二液晶快Η。在一苐-液晶快門及 括以蚀w 實例令,該方法進一步包Transmitting a test signal to the three-dimensional viewing glasses; receiving the test signal by one of the sensors on the three-dimensional glasses; and using a control circuit to turn the first liquid crystal shutter on and off due to the received test signal And the second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal shutters are opened and closed at a rate that is viewable by a viewer wearing the glasses. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmission n is not self-projected n-received timing signals. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits an infrared signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the infrared signal comprises a series of pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal transmitter transmits a radio frequency signal. In the exemplary embodiment, the RF signal contains a series of pulses. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: means for having a pair of two-dimensional viewing glasses including a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; for less than - milliseconds Opening the member of the first liquid crystal shutter; for maintaining the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in the -first period; for closing the first night crystal shutter and then less than a means for turning on the second liquid crystal during a period of milliseconds; a member for holding the first holding = large: transmitting point in the second time period, wherein the first time period is two: the viewer's eye Presenting an image, and the second time period corresponds to viewing: two dimensions: one image; for transmitting a test signal to the component receiving the test (4); and because the (four) test control circuit is turned on and off a first liquid crystal shutter and a member of the second liquid, wherein the liquid crystal shutters are used to wear the glasses-view: the instant material that can be seen at 201223243. In the implementation of the implementation of the input component is not self-projector receiving - timing signal. In the embodiment for transmitting a component for transmitting, an infrared ray is emitted; the embodiment of the infrared signal includes a series of deaths: in an exemplary embodiment, the component for transmission is transmitted - (4) money reading Actually, the radio frequency signal includes a series of pulses. In the "exemplary" method for providing a three-dimensional video image, having a second liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, two: two: see: mirror, open in less than one millisecond The second dimension maintains the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum in a period of time:, #=启:Γthe first liquid crystal shutter, and then turns on the "two liquid crystal shutters" in less than - milliseconds; In a second time period, the = at: the maximum light transmission point, wherein the first time period is opposite; wherein; the viewer's - two sees two images, and the second time period corresponds to presenting an image for the first time; Transmitting an infrared test signal to the three-dimensional viewing glasses; receiving, by the sensor on the three-dimensional glasses, the 'external line test ^ number; and using a control circuit to turn on and receiving the infrared test signal Closing the first liquid crystal shutter and the j day shutter, wherein the liquid crystal shutters are turned on and off at a rate observable by a viewer wearing the glasses, wherein the signal transmitter does not receive a timing signal from a projector Where the red The line signal comprises a series of pulses, wherein the infrared signal comprises - or a plurality of poor bit bits each preceded by at least one clock pulse, and wherein the infrared signal comprises a synchronous serial data signal 0 108 201223243 has been described - a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, the pair of glasses comprising a second lens having a first liquid crystal shutter, and the liquid crystal shutters each having a liquid crystal and a time-less control circuit, and a second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the shutter; and operatively coupled a signal receiver to the control circuit, wherein the ο ο circuit activates the signal receiver with a first-predetermined time interval, and the signal is received in a pure-effective (four), at the money receiver from the first state The signal receiver is deactivated if the valid signal is received within the time interval, and in the case where the signal receiver receives the valid signal with an interval corresponding to the valid signal The first shutter and the second shutter are alternately turned on and off. In an exemplary embodiment, the first time period includes at least two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the second time period includes no more than 1 GG. Millisecond. In the "exemplary implementation", the liquid crystal shutters remain on or off until the signal receiver receives the valid signal. 0 A method for providing a three-dimensional video image is described, comprising: having a first a liquid crystal shutter and a second three-dimensional viewing lens of the second liquid crystal shutter; opening the first liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond; maintaining the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a first period of time Turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turning on the second liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond; holding the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a second period of time, wherein the first The time period corresponds to an image of one of the viewers at 109 201223243, and one of the viewers of the second time period presents an image; at a first predetermined time interval Transmitting a signal receiver; determining whether the signal receiver is receiving a valid signal from a signal transmitter; stopping the signal receiver without receiving the valid signal from the signal transmitter during a second time period Using the receiver; and in the case where the signal receiver receives the stimulating signal from the signal transmitter, the second shutter is opened and closed at an interval corresponding to the valid signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the first period of time includes at least two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the second time period includes no more than 100 milliseconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the liquid crystal shutters remain open or sensed until the signal receiver receives a valid signal from the signal transmitter. 13 ~ has been described - a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, and includes: a Wei mirror comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a liquid crystal shutter The liquid crystal shutter has a liquid helium and less than - millisecond - turn-on time; - the control circuit turns on the first liquid crystal refresh and the second liquid crystal replaces the ground at - the maximum light transmission point until the control circuit And control the electric (4) to keep the first liquid crystal shutter open. In an example, the sinus sinus is also a liquid sputum - the liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter door gentleman 俅 3 3 brothers to the same cow c t 歼 until the control circuit detects the door step b tiger. In an exemplary embodiment, the voltage liquid day 罨Μ applied to the !丨夬 gate and the second liquid crystal shutter alternates between positive and negative. One has been described for providing a three-dimensional view. The method of shirting includes: 110 201223243 2 including a - liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter - wherein the first liquid crystal shutter can be less than - 亳 second = ^ /, the first liquid crystal shutter can In less than one millisecond, and so that the first liquid crystal shutter opens between the temples as a transparent lens, the second liquid crystal is fast. In a glimpse - liquid crystal shutter and etched w example, the method further package

G Ο =㈣纽晶快Η在該使用者看來為透明透鏡之 率開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快: :到一有效时賴。在—例示性實施财,該方法進L貞 步包括將在正負之間交替的一電壓施加 門及蜂笛、、点曰L4· sa ¥ 液晶快 “弟-液日日快門,直至勤㈣—有效同步信號。 已描述一安裝在一機器 液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之二媒體上的用於包含-第- 、1之田丨J二維觀看眼鏡中 的=供三维視訊影像的電腦程式’其包括 的:間内開啟該第-液晶快門;在 一液晶快門保持在一最大光透射點.中將4第 Η,且然後在少於一毫秒 内’關閉該苐-液晶快 在-第1车門w 開啟該第二液晶快門,. ㈣Γ第二液晶㈣保持在—最大光透 U其t該4-時肢對應於為觀 一影像,且該第二時間段對應 ^現 C了?間間隔啟動一信號接收器;判定 。滅接收&amp;否正在自該信號傳輪器接收 唬,在該信號接收器在一第二 虿文仏 接收到該有效㈣的情、兄下;Γ田 未自該信號傳輸器 0號的障况下停用該信號接收器;及在該信 111 201223243 號接收器自該信號傳輸器接收到該有效信號的情況下以 對應於s亥有效信號的一間隔開啟及關閉該第一快門及該 第二快門。在一例示性實施例中,該第一時間段包含至少 =。在-例示性實施例中,該第二時間段包含不超過謂 :心。在-例不性實施例中,該第一液晶快門及該第二液 晶快門保持開啟,直至該信號接收器自該信號傳輸器接收 到該有效信號。 已描述—安裝在一機器可讀媒體上的用於包含一第一 門及—第二液晶快門之—副三維觀看眼鏡中之用 产 維視訊影像的電腦程式,其t該第-液晶快門可 =於:亳秒的時間内開啟,且其中該第二液晶快門可在 綱之且該電腦程式包括以使該等液 程式進一步性實施例中,該電腦 開啟,直至值門及該第二液晶快門 且王彳貝冽到一有效同步信號。.一 _ 中,該電腦程式進一步包括將/ 不,實》例 加至該第-液晶快門及 1曰負之間交替的一電壓施 效同步信號 弟一液晶快門,直至偵測到-有 用於提=:種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: -堆㈣r3第—液晶快門及—第二液晶快門之-副 -維觀看眼鏡之構件;用於在少 第-液晶快門之構杜:用於“:心的時間内開啟該 曰㈣心“ —第f間段中將該第—液 曰曰、w持在-最大光透射歡構件;用 112 201223243 晶 快門且然後在少於一亳秒的時間内開啟該第二液 門之構件;用於在-第二時間段中將該第二液晶快門、 在-最大光透射點之構件,其中該第一時間段對應於 ^之-第-眼呈現-影像,且該第二時間段對應於 之-第二眼呈現一影像;用於以一第一預定時間間隔 啟動-信號接收器之構件;用於判定該信號接收器是否正 在自該信號傳輸器接收一有效信號之構件;用於在該 Ο ❹ 接收在帛一時間段内未自該信號傳輸器接收到該有 效信號的情況下停用該信號接收器之構件;及用於在該作 唬接收器自該信號傳輸器接收到該有效信號的情況下以 對應於該有效信號的—間_啟及關_第-㈣及該 第-快門之構件。在-例示性實施例中,該第一時間段包 =至少兩秒。在一例示性實施例中’該第二時間段包括不 超過100毫秒。在一例干地者 # W不性實施例中,該第-液晶快門及 二:Γ:快Γ持開啟,直至該信號接收器自該信號傳 輸器接收到一有效信號。 -已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 一副眼鏡,其包括具有一筮一、曰 有-第二液晶快Η之一第透,=一第一透鏡及具 曰 第一透鏡,該荨液晶快門具有一液 曰曰及小於一笔秒之一開啟時間;及一控制電路,立 =艾液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶定向被 |大光透射點’直至該控制電路關閉該快門,其 曰恤Γ亥眼,通電之後,該控制電路開啟及關閉該第一液 曰曰 該第一液晶快門—預定時間段。在-例示性實施 113 201223243 例中’在將該眼鏡通電歷時一預定時間段之後,該控制電 路交替地開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快 門。在一例示性實施例中’在該預定時間段之後,該控制 電路接著依據由該控制電路接收之一同步信號而開啟及 關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。在一例示性實施 例中,該同步信號包含具有一預定間隔的一系列脈衝。在 一例不性實施例中,該同步信號包括具有一預定間隔的一 系列脈衝,且其中第一預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一液晶快 門,且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快門。在 一例示性實施射,㈣舰衝之—部分經加密。在-例 不性實施例中’該系列脈衝包括未經加密的預定數目個脈 衝隨後接著已加密資料。在—例示性實施例中,該同步信 唬包含各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或多個資料: 例稀實施财,㈣步錢包括1步串列資 具右用於提供三維視訊影像之方法’其包括·· •羞匕3 一弟一液晶快門及-第二液晶快門之-副:唯 =鏡;在少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶夂 ::時間段中將該第-液晶快門保持在-透 、‘.,,闕閉该第一液晶快門 内開啟該第二液晶快門,·在—第一宅秒的時間 觀看者之-第點’其中該第—時間段對應於為 觀看者之-第二眼呈現一::,且該第二時間段對應於為 現1像,·將該眼鏡通電,·及在將該 114 201223243 Ο 〇 眼鏡通電之後,在一預定時間段中開啟及關閉該第—液曰曰 快門及δ亥第—液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中,該方法進 步包括.提供-同步信號,其t該同步信號之—部分妹 加密;感測該同步信號,且其中在該預定時間段之後,ς 第厂液晶快Η及該第二液晶快門僅在接收到—加密信號 之後以一對應於該感測到的同步信號之型樣開啟及關 閉。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括具有-預定間 &amp;的系舰衝’且其中第—預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一 液曰曰决門且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快 門。在-例示性實施例甲,該系列脈衝之一部分經加密。 在-例示性實施财,該系舰衝包括預定數目個未經加 密脈衝隨後接著預定數目個經加密脈衝。在—例示性實施 例中,僅在接㈣兩個連續的加密錢之後才崎應於該 同步信號之一型樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二 液晶快門。在-例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括各自由 -或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或多個資料位元。在一例示性 果施例中’該同步信號包含—同步串列資料信號。 奸已描述-種安裝在—機器可讀媒體上之用於使用包含 第液曰曰快門及一第二液晶快門之一副三維觀看眼鏡 提供三維視訊影像的電腦程式,其包括:在少於一毫秒的 時間内開啟該第-液晶快門;在—第—時間段中將該第一 液晶快門保持在-最大光透射點;關閉該第一液晶快門, 且然後在少於一毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一 第二時間段中將該第二液晶快Η保持在-最大光透射 115 201223243 點,其找第—時間段對應於為觀看者之〆第—眼呈現— 影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀看者之一第二眼呈現一 影像;將該眼鏡通t;及在將該眼鏡通電之後,在一預定 時間段中開啟及關閉該第―液晶快門及該第二液晶快 門。在一例不性實施例_,該電腦程式進一步包括:提供 同虎其中5亥同步信號之一部分經加密;感測該同 vd且其t,在該預定時間段之後,該第—液晶快門 及該第二液晶快Η僅在接收到—加密㈣之後以一對應 於該感測_步信號之型樣騎及齡〗。在—例示性實施 例卜該同步信號包括具有一預定間隔的一系列脈衝,且 其中第-預定數目個脈衝開啟該第一液晶快門,且其中第 二預定數目個脈衝開啟該第二液晶快門。在一例示性實施 例中,該系列脈衝之—部分經加密。在—例示性實施例 中,該系列脈衝包括預絲目個未經加密脈衝隨後接 定數目個經加密脈衝。在一例示性實施例中,僅在接收 兩個連續的加密信號之後才以對應於該同步信號之一 樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門。 &quot; | 不性實施例中,該同步信號包括各自由一 例 ^先的-或多個資料位元。在—例示性實施例中 信號包含一同步串列資料信號。 °Λ ^ 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,复 用於提供包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門、 二維觀看眼鏡之構件,其中該第一液晶快門可在小' 剎 秒的時間内開啟,其中該第二液晶快門可在少於二=秒毫 116 201223243 2間内開啟,及料在將該眼鏡通電歷時—狀時間段之 :及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液晶快門之構 二:在-例示性實施例中,該系統進一步包括用於在該預 間奴之後’在接收到一同步信號時開啟及關閉該第一 門及該第二液晶快門之構件。在-例示性實施例 夕f同步u虎包括各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或 Ο Ο =貧料位元。在-例示性實施例中,該同步信號包括一 同步串列資料信號。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: 用於提供包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副 2維觀看眼鏡之構件,用於在少於—毫秒的時間内開啟該 弟一液晶快門之構件;用於在一第一時間段中將該第一液 曰曰快門保持在-最大光透射點之構件;用於關閉該第一液 晶快門且然後在少於—毫秒的時間内開啟該第二液晶快 =之構件;用於在-第二時間段中將該第二液晶快門保持 在一最大光透射點之構件,其中該第一時間段對應於為觀 ^者之-第-眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為觀 者之-第―眼呈現-影像;及用於在將該眼鏡通電歷時 一預定時間段之後,開啟及_該第—液晶快門及該第二 液晶快門之構件。在-例示性實施例中,該系統進一步包 括:用於傳輸-同步信號之構件,其中該同步信號之一部 ^經加密;用於感測該同步信號之構件;及用於在該預定 時間段之後,僅在接收到-加密信號之後才以對應於該同 步抬號之一型樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快門及該第二液 117 201223243 晶快Η之構件。在—例示性實施财,該同步信號包括具 有-預定間隔的-系列脈衝,且其中第一預定數目個脈衝 開啟該第-液晶快門,且其中第二預定數目個脈衝開啟該 第-液晶快Η。在-例示性實施例中,該系列脈衝之一部 分經加密。在-例示性實施财,㈣、列脈衝包括預定數 目個未經加密脈衝隨後接著敢數目個經加密脈衝。在一 例示性實施例中’僅在接㈣兩個連續的加密信號之後才 以對應於該同步信號之一型樣開啟及關閉該第一液晶快 門及該第二液晶快門。在—例示性實施例中,該同步信號 包括各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或多個資料位 元ϋ示性實施例中’該同步信號包含—同步串列資 料信號。 ' 已描述具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之三維眼鏡之框 架1,其包括:一框架前部,其界定用於收納該右觀看快門 及。亥左觀看快η之右透鏡^及左透制σ ;及右鏡腿及 工鏡腿其輕接至该框架前部且自該框架前部延伸以用於 戴在》亥—維眼鏡之使用者之頭上;其中該右鏡腿及該左鏡 腿中之每一者包含一蛇形形狀。在一例示性實施例中,該 右鏡腿及該左鏡腿中之每一者包括一或多個隆脊。在一例 示性實施财,該㈣進—步包括:安裝在該框架内之一 左决門控制器’’其用於控制該左觀看快門之操作;安裝在 該框架内之一右快門控制器,其用於控制該右觀看快門之 知作,安裝在該框架内之一中央控制器,其用於控制該左 快門控制器及該右快門控制器之操作;可操作地耦接至該 118 201223243 中央控制器之一信號感測器,其用於感測來自一外部源之 一信號;及安裝在該㈣内之可操作地㈣至該左快門押 -制器及該右快門控制器、該中央控制器及該信號感測^ 一電池’其用於將電力供應給該左快門㈣器及該右快門 控制器、該中央控制器及該信號感測器。在一例示性實施 例中,該等觀看快門各自包括具有小於一毫秒之一開 間的一液晶。在一例示性實施例中,該框架進一步包括: 〇 I操作地減至該電池及該中央控制器之—電池感测 器’其用於監視該電池之操作狀態及將表示該電池之該操 作狀態的-信號提供給該中央控制器。在一例示性實施例 中,該框架進一步包括:可操作地輕接至該電池及該中央 控制器之-電荷泵,其用於將一增加的電壓供應提供給該 左快門控制器及該右快門控制器。在一例示性實施例中, 該框架進一步包括:可操作地輕接至該中央控制器之一共 ㈤快Η㈣H,其用於㈣該左快門控制 押 之操作。在_例示性實施财,該信號感測器包Ζ 乍帶通遽波器及一解碼器。 已描述具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之三維眼鏡,盆 包括:-框架,其界定祕收納該右觀看快門及該左觀看 快門之右透鏡開π及左透鏡開口 ;及—中央控制器,其用 :控制該右觀看快門及該左觀看快門之齡;_至該框 架之用於容_中央㈣器之—外殼,其界定用於取用該 控制器之至少—部分之1 口;及—蓋,其收納於該外殼 之4開π内且密封式4合該料殼之關口。在—例示性 119 201223243 實:1=包含用於密封式嗤合該外殼中之該開口的 =以封件。在1賴實_中,該蓋包含用於嗤 中之互補凹陷部的一或多個 二 實施例中,該三維眼鏡進-步包 至該中央控制器之安裝在該外殼内之- 於控龍左觀看㈣之操作;可操作 接至该中央控制器之安裝在該外殼 則該右觀看快門之操作;可操作地輛: 一信號感測器’其用於感測來自-外部源 一6號’及安裝在該外殼内之可操作地_至該左快門 ==該=門㈣器、該中央控制器及該信號感測器 門於制L i Φ t將電力供應給該左快門控制11及該右快 fl控―、射央控制器及該信號感測器 :例中,該等觀看快門各自包括具有小於—毫秒=二 3的-液晶。在-例示性實施例中,該三維眼鏡進一步 = ::=輕接至該電池及該'央控制器之-電池感 ^其 制料之操作絲及絲賴電池之該 =狀,的-信號提供給該中央控制器。在一例示性實施 料/二Γ艮鏡進一步包括:可操作軸接至該電池及 二之一電何泵’其用於將一增加的電壓供應提 =该左快Η控制器及該右快門控制器。在—例示 該三維眼鏡進-步包括:可操作地轉接至該中师 =之-共同快門控制器,其用於控制該左快門控制器: 〜右快門控制器之操作。在—例示性實施例中,該信二感 120 201223243 測器包括一窄帶通遽波器及·一解瑪器。 Ο 〇 已描述一種容納用於具有右觀看元件及左觀看元件之 三維眼鏡之一控制器的方法,其包括:提供用於支撐該右 觀看元件及該左觀看元件之供使用者佩戴的一框架;提供 該框架内之一外殼,其用於容納該三維眼鏡之一控制器; 及使用具有用於密封式嚙合該外殼之一密封元件的一可 卸除式蓋密封該框架内之該外殼。在一例示性實施例中, 該蓋包括一或多個凹陷。在一例示性實施例中,密封該外 殼包含操作一鑰匙以嚙合該外殼之該蓋中的該等凹陷。在 一例示性實施例中,該外殼進一步容納用於提供電力給該 二維眼鏡之該控制器的一可卸除式電池。 已描述一種用於將三維視訊影像提供給三維眼鏡之一 使用者的系統,其包括:—電源;可操作_接至該電源 之第-液晶快門及第二液晶快門;及可操作地減至該電 源及該等液晶快Η之-控制電路,其用以在—第—時間段 中開啟該第-液晶快門、在—第二時間段中關閉該第一液 晶快門、在該第二時間段中開啟該第二液晶快門'在該第 -時間段中關閉該第二液晶快門,且在該第一時間段及该 ^二時間段中之至少—者的部分期間在該第-液晶㈣ 满二液晶快門之間轉移電荷,其中該第一時間段對應 於為使用者之一第一眼呈現一旦彡德 μ ^ ^^ ^ 办像,且該弟二時間段對應 於為使用者之一第二眼呈現_ 士 斗^ α 像。在一例示性實施例 中,該控制電路用以使用一同步 ^ ^ ^ ^备 _ 彳°唬判疋該第一時間段及 4 -時略。在-例示性實施例中,該系統進一步包括 121 201223243 提供一同步信號之一發射器,且其中該同步信號使該控制 電路開啟該等液晶快門中之一者。在一例示性實施例中, §亥同步信號包括一加密信號。在一例示性實施例中,該控 制電路將僅在驗證該加密信號之後操作。在—例示性實施 例中,該控制電路用以偵測一同步信號且在偵測到該同步 信號之後開始操作該等液晶快門。在一例示性實施例中1 該加密信號將僅操作具有用以接收該加密信號之一控制 電路的一副液晶眼鏡。在一例示性實施例中,該同步信號 包括各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或多個資料位 疋。在-例示性實施例中,該同步信號包含— 料信號。 貝 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系 ——-六巴枯. 副眼鏡,其包含具有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡及肩 f-第二液晶快門之—第二透鏡,該等液晶快門各自且矣 ::晶;及一控制電路’其交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及 &quot;第一液晶快門且在該等液晶快門之間轉移電荷。在 =實施财:該系統進—步包括提供—同步信號之—發 中益且其中_步信號使該控制電路開啟該等液晶快門 二。,。在Γ例示性實施例★,該同步信號包括-加密 :例不性實_中’該控制電路將僅在驗證該加 二:' t刼作。在一例示性實施例中,該控制電路用以 信號且在俄測到該同步信號之後開始操作該 1有:二。在—例示性實施例中,該加密信號將僅操作 具有用以接收該加密信號之一控制電路的一副液晶: 122 201223243 广在例不性實施例中,該同步信號包括各自由-或多 f時脈脈衝2先的—或多個歸位元。在—例示性實施例 ’該同步信號包括1步串列資料信號。 已描述二種用於使用第一液晶快門及第二液晶快門提 么、二維視訊影像之方法,甘—&gt; 歹忐其包括:關閉該第一液晶快門且 ::则第二液晶快門;接著關閉該第二液晶快門且開啟該 ΟG Ο = (4) The new crystal fast turns on and off the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal in the view of the user as a transparent lens: : to a valid time. In the exemplary implementation, the method includes a voltage application gate and a bee whistle that alternate between positive and negative, and a dot 曰 L4· sa ¥ liquid crystal fast "di-liquid daily shutter, until diligence (four) - Effective synchronizing signal. A computer program for a three-dimensional video image is included in a medium-sized liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter for use in a two-dimensional viewing glasses including a -, -1 'It includes: opening the first liquid crystal shutter in between; holding a liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point. 4 will be turned off, and then in less than one millisecond, 'turn off the 苐-liquid crystal fast-- 1 The door w opens the second liquid crystal shutter, (4) The second liquid crystal (4) is kept at - the maximum light transmission U, the 4-time limb corresponds to an image, and the second time period corresponds to the current C? Interval starts a signal receiver; determines that the reception &amp; is receiving from the signal transmitter, and the signal receiver receives the valid (four) in the second message; The signal receiver is not deactivated from the condition of the signal transmitter No. 0; and in the letter 111 201223243 The receiver opens and closes the first shutter and the second shutter at an interval corresponding to the s effective signal from the signal transmitter receiving the valid signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the The first time period includes at least =. In the exemplary embodiment, the second time period includes no more than: the first embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter remain open. Until the signal receiver receives the valid signal from the signal transmitter. It has been described in a pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses for mounting a first door and a second liquid crystal shutter on a machine readable medium Using a computer program for producing video images, the first liquid crystal shutter can be turned on in a leap second time, and wherein the second liquid crystal shutter can be included and the computer program is included to enable the liquid program to further In an embodiment, the computer is turned on until the value gate and the second liquid crystal shutter and the 彳 彳 冽 一 有效 有效 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该 该A voltage between the crystal shutter and a negative voltage is applied to synchronize the signal to a liquid crystal shutter until it is detected - there is a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, which includes: - a stack (four) r3 - liquid crystal Shutter and - the second liquid crystal shutter - the vice-dimensional view of the components of the glasses; used in the construction of the first - liquid crystal shutter: for ": the heart of the time to open the 曰 (four) heart " - the f-segment The first liquid helium, w is held in - the maximum light transmission member; the shutter is opened with 112 201223243 and then the member of the second liquid door is opened in less than one second; for the second period The second liquid crystal shutter, the member at the maximum light transmission point, wherein the first time period corresponds to the first-eye-eye rendering image, and the second time period corresponds to the second eye presenting An image; a means for activating the signal receiver at a first predetermined time interval; means for determining whether the signal receiver is receiving a valid signal from the signal transmitter; for receiving at the Ο Not received from the signal transmitter during the time period Deactivating the component of the signal receiver in the case of a signal; and for using the signal corresponding to the valid signal in the case of receiving the valid signal from the signal transmitter - (d) and the components of the first-shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the first time period packet = at least two seconds. In an exemplary embodiment, the second time period includes no more than 100 milliseconds. In an example of a dry person #W, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are turned on until the signal receiver receives a valid signal from the signal transmitter. - has been described - a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a first, a second - second liquid crystal shutter, a first lens and a first a lens, the liquid crystal shutter has a liquid helium and an opening time less than one second; and a control circuit, a vertical liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal orientation is blocked by a large light transmission point until The control circuit closes the shutter, and the backlight is turned on. After the power is turned on, the control circuit turns on and off the first liquid crystal shutter for a predetermined period of time. In an exemplary implementation 113 201223243, the control circuit alternately turns the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter on and off after energizing the glasses for a predetermined period of time. In an exemplary embodiment, after the predetermined period of time, the control circuit then turns the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter on and off in accordance with a synchronization signal received by the control circuit. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses having a predetermined interval. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses having a predetermined interval, and wherein a first predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid crystal shutter, and wherein a second predetermined number of pulses turns on the second liquid crystal shutter . In an exemplary implementation, (4) the ship's part is encrypted. In the example embodiment, the series of pulses includes a predetermined number of pulses that are not encrypted and then the encrypted data. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes one or more data each preceded by one or more clock pulses: (1) the step money includes a 1-step string tool right for providing The method of 3D video imagery's includes: · shame 3 a brother and a liquid crystal shutter and - a second liquid crystal shutter - a pair: only = mirror; open the first liquid crystal in less than - milliseconds time:: time Holding the first liquid crystal shutter in the segment, and opening the second liquid crystal shutter in the first liquid crystal shutter, and at the time of the first home seconds - the first point The first time period corresponds to the viewer's second eye presenting a::, and the second time period corresponds to being the current image, the eyeglass is energized, and after the 114 201223243 〇 〇 glasses are powered on And opening and closing the first liquid helium shutter and the δ hai first liquid crystal shutter in a predetermined period of time. In an exemplary embodiment, the method advances by: providing a sync signal, wherein the sync signal is partially encrypted; sensing the sync signal, and wherein after the predetermined period of time, And the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on and off with a pattern corresponding to the sensed synchronization signal only after receiving the encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a system ship having a predetermined period & and wherein a first predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid door and wherein the second predetermined number of pulses turns on the The second liquid crystal shutter. In the exemplary embodiment A, one of the series of pulses is encrypted. In an exemplary implementation, the system includes a predetermined number of unencrypted pulses followed by a predetermined number of encrypted pulses. In the exemplary embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are opened and closed in one of the synchronization signals only after the (four) two consecutive encryption moneys. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes one or more data bits each preceded by - or a plurality of clock pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the sync signal includes a sync serial data signal. A computer program for providing a three-dimensional video image using a third liquid viewing shutter including a liquid helium shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, which is mounted on a machine readable medium, comprising: at least one Turning on the first liquid crystal shutter in milliseconds; maintaining the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in the -first time period; turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turning on in less than one millisecond The second liquid crystal shutter maintains the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission 115 201223243 point in a second period of time, and the first time period corresponds to the first-eye representation of the viewer. And the second time period corresponds to presenting an image to the second eye of the viewer; turning the glasses on; and turning on and off the first liquid crystal shutter in a predetermined period of time after the glasses are powered on The second liquid crystal shutter. In an example of the embodiment, the computer program further includes: providing a part of the same synchronization signal that is encoded by the same tiger; sensing the same vd and its t, after the predetermined time period, the first liquid crystal shutter and the The second liquid crystal refresher only rides and ages after receiving the encryption (four) with a pattern corresponding to the sensing_step signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses having a predetermined interval, and wherein a first predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid crystal shutter, and wherein a second predetermined number of pulses turns on the second liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, portions of the series of pulses are encrypted. In an exemplary embodiment, the series of pulses includes pre-wired unencrypted pulses followed by a number of encrypted pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are turned on and off in response to one of the synchronization signals only after receiving two consecutive encrypted signals. &quot; | In the non-limiting embodiment, the synchronization signal includes one or more data bits each. In the exemplary embodiment, the signal includes a synchronous serial data signal. °Λ ^ has described a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, which is provided for providing a member including a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, two-dimensional viewing glasses, wherein the first liquid crystal shutter can be in a small 'brake Turning on in a second time, wherein the second liquid crystal shutter can be turned on within less than two=seconds, and the current time of the glasses is turned on, and the first liquid crystal shutter is closed. The second liquid crystal shutter is configured to: in the exemplary embodiment, the system further includes: after the pre-slave, turning on and off the first door and the second liquid crystal shutter when receiving a synchronization signal member. In the exemplary embodiment, the f-sync u tiger includes one or Ο 贫 = poor bit bits each preceded by one or more clock pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a synchronous serial data signal. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: means for providing a pair of two-dimensional viewing glasses including a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter for less than - milliseconds Opening a member of the liquid crystal shutter; a member for holding the first liquid helium shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a first period of time; for closing the first liquid crystal shutter and then less than a means for turning on the second liquid crystal fast = time in milliseconds; a means for maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in the second time period, wherein the first time period corresponds to The person-first-eye presents an image, and the second time period corresponds to the viewer-first-eye presentation-image; and is used to turn on and power the glasses for a predetermined period of time. a first liquid crystal shutter and a member of the second liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes: means for transmitting a synchronization signal, wherein one of the synchronization signals is encrypted; means for sensing the synchronization signal; and for using the predetermined time After the segment, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid 117 201223243 are turned on and off only after receiving the -encrypted signal. In an exemplary implementation, the synchronization signal includes a series of pulses having a predetermined interval, and wherein a first predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid crystal shutter, and wherein a second predetermined number of pulses turns on the first liquid crystal . In an exemplary embodiment, one portion of the series of pulses is encrypted. In an exemplary implementation, (4), the column pulse includes a predetermined number of unencrypted pulses followed by a dashed number of encrypted pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are turned on and off in response to one of the synchronization signals only after two (four) consecutive encrypted signals. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes one or more of the data bits in each of the first embodiment or the plurality of clock pulses. The synchronization signal includes a synchronous serial data signal. A frame 1 having three-dimensional glasses with a right-view shutter and a left-view shutter has been described, and includes a frame front portion defining a right-view shutter and a housing. The left lens is fast η and the left lens σ; and the right temple and the temple are lightly connected to the front of the frame and extend from the front of the frame for wearing in the hai-wei glasses. The head of the person; wherein each of the right temple and the left temple comprises a serpentine shape. In an exemplary embodiment, each of the right temple and the left temple includes one or more ridges. In an exemplary implementation, the (four) step further comprises: installing a left-hand door controller in the frame for controlling the operation of the left-view shutter; and installing a right shutter controller in the frame Known for controlling the right viewing shutter, a central controller mounted within the frame for controlling operation of the left shutter controller and the right shutter controller; operatively coupled to the 118 201223243 A signal sensor of a central controller for sensing a signal from an external source; and operatively (4) to the left shutter controller and the right shutter controller mounted in the (4), The central controller and the signal sensing battery are used to supply power to the left shutter (four) and the right shutter controller, the central controller, and the signal sensor. In an exemplary embodiment, the viewing shutters each include a liquid crystal having an opening of less than one millisecond. In an exemplary embodiment, the frame further includes: 〇I operatively reduced to the battery and the central controller - a battery sensor for monitoring the operational status of the battery and indicating the operation of the battery The status-signal is provided to the central controller. In an exemplary embodiment, the frame further includes: a charge pump operatively slidably coupled to the battery and the central controller for providing an increased voltage supply to the left shutter controller and the right Shutter controller. In an exemplary embodiment, the frame further includes: operatively splicing to one of the central controllers (f) a fast (four) H for (d) the left shutter control operation. In an exemplary implementation, the signal sensor includes a bandpass chopper and a decoder. A three-dimensional eyeglass having a right viewing shutter and a left viewing shutter has been described, the basin comprising: a frame defining a right lens opening π and a left lens opening for the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter; and a central controller Using: controlling the age of the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter; _ to the frame for the central (four) device - the outer casing defining the at least one part of the controller for accessing the controller; and The cover is received in the outer casing π of the outer casing and the sealing type 4 is closed with the casing. In the exemplification 119 201223243 real: 1 = contains the seal for sealing the opening in the casing. In one embodiment, the cover includes one or more two embodiments for complementary recesses in the crucible, and the three-dimensional glasses are packaged into the central controller and mounted in the housing. The operation of the left view (4); the operation of the central controller that is operatively connected to the central controller and the right view of the shutter; the operatively: a signal sensor that is used to sense the source - external source 6 No. 'and operably mounted in the housing _ to the left shutter == the = door (four), the central controller and the signal sensor door to supply power to the left shutter control 11 and the right fast control, the central controller and the signal sensor: in the example, the viewing shutters each include a liquid crystal having less than - milliseconds = two. In an exemplary embodiment, the 3D glasses further = ::= lightly connected to the battery and the battery controller - the sense of operation of the battery and the signal of the battery Provided to the central controller. In an exemplary embodiment, the second mirror further includes: an operatively coupled to the battery and one of the two pumps, which is configured to supply an increased voltage to the left flash controller and the right shutter Controller. Illustrating the 3D glasses further includes: operatively transferring to the master = common shutter controller for controlling the operation of the left shutter controller: ~ right shutter controller. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal sensation 120 201223243 includes a narrow bandpass chopper and a damper. 〇 〇 has described a method of housing a controller for a 3D glasses having a right viewing element and a left viewing element, comprising: providing a frame for supporting the right viewing element and the left viewing element for wear by a user Providing a housing within the frame for receiving a controller of the 3D glasses; and sealing the housing within the frame using a removable cover having a sealing element for sealingly engaging the housing. In an exemplary embodiment, the cover includes one or more recesses. In an exemplary embodiment, sealing the outer casing includes operating a key to engage the depressions in the cover of the outer casing. In an exemplary embodiment, the housing further houses a removable battery for providing power to the controller of the two-dimensional glasses. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image to a user of a three-dimensional eyeglass has been described, comprising: a power source; an operationally-connected to a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter of the power source; and operatively reduced to The power supply and the liquid crystal shutter-control circuit are configured to turn on the first liquid crystal shutter in a -first period, and close the first liquid crystal shutter in a second period of time, in the second period of time Turning on the second liquid crystal shutter 'turns off the second liquid crystal shutter in the first period of time, and is in the first liquid crystal (four) full during at least part of the first time period and the second time period Transferring charges between the two liquid crystal shutters, wherein the first time period corresponds to presenting one of the first eyes of the user once the 彡 μ μ ^ ^ ^ ^ image, and the second time period corresponds to one of the users Two eyes present _ Shidou ^ α image. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is configured to determine the first time period and the time period using a synchronization. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes 121 201223243 providing one of the synchronization signals, and wherein the synchronization signal causes the control circuit to turn on one of the liquid crystal shutters. In an exemplary embodiment, the SYNC signal includes an encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit will only operate after verifying the encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is operative to detect a synchronization signal and to begin operating the liquid crystal shutters after detecting the synchronization signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted signal will only operate a pair of liquid crystal glasses having a control circuit for receiving the encrypted signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes one or more data bits each preceded by one or more clock pulses. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a signal. A pair of glasses for providing a three-dimensional video image, a six-barrel lens, includes a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a shoulder f-second liquid crystal shutter. The liquid crystal shutters are each 矣:: crystal; and a control circuit 'alternatively turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the first liquid crystal shutter and transfers charges between the liquid crystal shutters. In the implementation of the system: the system further includes providing a synchronization signal, and wherein the _step signal causes the control circuit to turn on the liquid crystal shutters. ,. In the exemplary embodiment ★, the synchronization signal includes -encryption: the example of the control circuit will only verify the addition of two: 't. In an exemplary embodiment, the control circuit is responsive to the signal and begins to operate after the synchronization signal is detected in Russia. In an exemplary embodiment, the encrypted signal will only operate a pair of liquid crystals having a control circuit for receiving the encrypted signal: 122 201223243 widely used in an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signals include each - or more f clock pulse 2 first - or multiple homing elements. In the exemplary embodiment, the synchronization signal includes a 1-step serial data signal. Two methods for using a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter to extract a two-dimensional video image have been described, which include: closing the first liquid crystal shutter and:: a second liquid crystal shutter; Then closing the second liquid crystal shutter and opening the Ο

G i = f液晶快_第二液晶快門之 可 列示性實施例中,該方法進一步包括提 供同步域’及回應於該同步信號開啟該等液晶快門令 。在—例稀實施财,該时錢包括-加密信 二=例ΐ性實施例+’該方法進-步包括僅在驗證該 叙後操作。在—例示性實施例中,該方法進一步 :括偵測-同步信號’及在偵測到該同 作該等液晶快門。在—例示性實施 ” 1 各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的一或多個資料位元。在一 例不性實施例中,該同步信號包括-同步串列資料信號。 ιΓΓ—絲在射第—液晶㈣及第二液晶快門之 二維眼鏡之-外殼中的一機器可讀媒體 視訊影像提供給該三維眼鏡之一使用者 括:關閉該第-液晶快門且開啟該第二液晶快門:接著: 閉該第二液晶快門且開啟該第一液晶快門;及在該 晶快門與該第二液晶快門之間轉移電荷。 ^ 例中,該電腦程式進-步包括提供—同步^例:性實施 該同步信號開啟該等液晶快門中之一者 回應於 在一例示性實施 123 201223243 ϋ中同步信號包括—加密信號。在-例亍性實m 二:Γ程式進一步包括驗證該加密信號: 貫施例中,該電腦程式進 I例不i·生 偵測到該同步㈣之括㈣—同步信號,及在 施例中,該同液晶快門。在-例示性實 -或多個資料位二',自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的 子位兀在一例示性實施例中,哕 括一同步串列資料信號。 /同V k唬已 一已#田述種用於使用第—液晶快門及第 供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括:用 7 性實施例中,該系統進-步包括祕提#\=例不 件,及用於該同步沖使今蓉、广曰此、同步k號之構 件。在-制- “ 4 門中之一者開啟之構 在一例示性:施::例中,該同步信號包含-加密信號。 加密仲之彳Li 步包翻於僅在驗證該 。在一例示性實施例中,該同步 二f各自由一或多個時脈脈衝居先的-或多個資料 性實施例中,該同步信號包括二= 伯;例示性實施例中,該系統進-步包括用於 =时W之構件,及用於在_到 刼作該等液晶快門之構件。 奴後 已描述-種用於將電力提供給包括左液晶快門 門之三維眼鏡之系統,其包括:可操作地耗接至該左 124 201223243 液晶快門及該右液晶快門之一控制器;可操作地耦接至該 控制器之一電池;及可操作地耦接至該控制器之一電荷 泵;其中該控制器用以在改變該左液晶快門或該右液晶快 門之任一者的操作狀態時在該左液晶快門與該右液晶快 門之間轉移電荷;且其中該電荷泵用以在該控制器改變該 左液sa快門或該右液晶快門的操作狀態時累積電位。在一G i = f liquid crystal fast _ second liquid crystal shutter In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes providing a sync domain ' and turning on the liquid crystal shutter commands in response to the sync signal. In the case of a rare implementation, the money includes - an encrypted letter 2 = an exemplary embodiment + ' This method further includes only verifying the post-synchronization operation. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes detecting a sync signal and detecting the same liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary implementation, "one or more data bits that are free from one or more clock pulses. In one example, the synchronization signal includes a -synchronized serial data signal. A machine-readable medium video image in the outer casing of the two-dimensional glasses of the liquid crystal (four) and the second liquid crystal shutter is provided to one of the three-dimensional glasses: closing the first liquid crystal shutter and opening the second liquid crystal shutter And then: closing the second liquid crystal shutter and opening the first liquid crystal shutter; and transferring electric charge between the crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter. In the example, the computer program further includes providing - synchronization: The implementation of the synchronization signal to turn on one of the liquid crystal shutters in response to the exemplary implementation of 123 201223243 同步 the synchronization signal includes an encrypted signal. In the case of the example, the program further includes verifying the encrypted signal: In the example, the computer program enters the I case and does not detect the synchronization (4) (4)-synchronization signal, and in the embodiment, the same liquid crystal shutter. In the example - actual or multiple data bits Two', free one The sub-bits of the plurality of clock pulses are in the exemplary embodiment, including a synchronous serial data signal. / The same as V k唬 has been used for the use of the first liquid crystal shutter and the first supply A system for three-dimensional video images, comprising: in a seven-sense embodiment, the system further comprises a secret method, and a component for synchronizing the Jin Rong, the Guangyi, and the synchronization k In the case of -4", one of the four gates is opened in an exemplary manner: in the example: the example, the synchronization signal contains an -encrypted signal. The encryption of the 彳 Li 步 Li step package turned over only to verify this. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronization two f are each preceded by one or more clock pulses - or a plurality of data embodiments, the synchronization signal comprising two = Bo; in an exemplary embodiment, the system The advance step includes members for = time W, and members for use in the liquid crystal shutters. The slave has described a system for providing power to three-dimensional glasses including a left liquid crystal shutter door, comprising: a controller operatively consuming to the left 124 201223243 liquid crystal shutter and the right liquid crystal shutter; operable a battery coupled to the controller; and a charge pump operatively coupled to the controller; wherein the controller is configured to change an operational state of either the left liquid crystal shutter or the right liquid crystal shutter A charge is transferred between the left liquid crystal shutter and the right liquid crystal shutter; and wherein the charge pump is configured to accumulate a potential when the controller changes an operating state of the left liquid sa shutter or the right liquid crystal shutter. In a

例示性實施财,㈣荷泵用以在該電位之料等於一預 疋位準時停止累積電位。 已描述一將電力提供給包括左液晶快門及右液晶快門 之三維眼鏡之方法’其包括:纽變該左液晶㈣或該右 液晶快門之任—者的操作狀態時在該左液晶快門斑該右 液晶快Η之間轉㈣荷;及錢變該左液晶快門或該右液 晶快門的操作狀態時累積電位。在—例示性實施例中,該 方法進-步包括在該電位之該位準#於—狀位停 止該電位累積。 已抱述一儲存於一機器可讀媒體中之用於將電力提供 :包装括左液晶快門及右液晶快門之三維眼鏡的電= 式,其包括··在改變該左液晶快門或該右液晶快門之任一 作狀態時在該左液晶快門與該右液晶快門之間轉 =穑Γ改變該左液晶快門或該右液晶快門的操作狀 積電位。在-例示性實施财,該電腦程式進一步 匕括在該電位之位準等於—預定位準時停止該電位累積。 曰^描述—觀於將電力提供給包括左液晶快門及右液 門之三維眼鏡的系統,其包括:用於在改變該左液晶 125 201223243 快門或該右液晶快門之任一 快門與該右液晶快門之間轉移電荷= ::液π或該右液晶快門的操作狀態時== 構件。在一例示性實施例中,該系統進一步包括用 電位等於—财位準時停止該電位累積之構件, 收-信號及將一解碼信號發送至=23輸器接 -控制器的信號感測H,其包 冑1—,.、眼鏡之 w a 1 匕枯.一帶通濾波器,其用於 傳T收之信號渡波;及可操作地_該 解碼信號提供給該三維眼鏡之該控制器 亥 例中,自該錢傳輸器接收之該信號包括 元,及位於該等資料位元中之一對應者之前的一戍多= ==在-例示性實施例中,自該信號傳輸㈣收之該 _含一同步串列資料傳輸。在一例示性實施例中,自 :::輸器接收之該信號包含用於控制該 该刼作的一同步信號。 兄々 已描述三維眼鏡,其包括:一帶通遽波器’其用於對 器接收之信號渡波;可操作地輕接至該帶通 m之-解碼器’其用於解碼該經紐信號;可操 耗接至該解碼器之-控制器,其用於接收該解碼信號 左光學快Η及右光學快門,其可操作_接至軸制 由該控制器依據該解碼信號加以控制。在一例示性實; 中,自該信號傳輸器接收之該信號包括—或多個資料: 126 201223243 :二位::等資料位元中之一對應者之前的-或多個時 ”勺示性實施财,自該信號傳輪轉收之該 。就匕3 —同步串列資料傳輸。 已描述一將資料信號傳輸至三維眼鏡之方法,其包括 將同步串列資料信號傳輸至該三維眼鏡。在一例示性實 t Γ中i #料信號包含各自由—對應時脈脈衝居先的一 =夕個貝料位&amp;。在—例示性實施例中’該方法進一步包For example, the load pump is used to stop the cumulative potential when the potential of the potential is equal to a predetermined level. A method of supplying power to a three-dimensional eyeglass including a left liquid crystal shutter and a right liquid crystal shutter has been described, which includes: changing the operating state of the left liquid crystal (four) or the right liquid crystal shutter at the left liquid crystal shutter spot The right liquid crystal is turned between (4) and the accumulated potential is changed when the money is changed to the operating state of the left liquid crystal shutter or the right liquid crystal shutter. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes stopping the potential accumulation at the level of the potential. An electric power supply for storing three-dimensional glasses including a left liquid crystal shutter and a right liquid crystal shutter, which includes changing the left liquid crystal shutter or the right liquid crystal, is stored in a machine readable medium. When any of the shutter states is turned between the left liquid crystal shutter and the right liquid crystal shutter, the operation product potential of the left liquid crystal shutter or the right liquid crystal shutter is changed. In an exemplary implementation, the computer program further includes stopping the potential accumulation when the level of the potential is equal to a predetermined level.曰^Description--A system for providing power to three-dimensional glasses including a left liquid crystal shutter and a right liquid door, comprising: a shutter for changing the left liquid crystal 125 201223243 shutter or the right liquid crystal shutter and the right liquid crystal Transfer charge between shutters = :: liquid π or the operating state of the right liquid crystal shutter == component. In an exemplary embodiment, the system further includes means for stopping the accumulation of the potential when the potential is equal to the financial position, and receiving the signal and transmitting a decoded signal to the signal sensing H of the =23 transmitter-controller, The package 1 -, ., glasses wa 1 匕 dry. A band pass filter for transmitting T signals; and operatively _ the decoded signal is provided to the controller of the 3D glasses The signal received from the money transmitter includes a meta and a number of bits preceding the one of the data bits === In the exemplary embodiment, the signal is transmitted (four) Contains a synchronous serial data transmission. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal received from the ::: transmitter includes a synchronization signal for controlling the operation. The brothers and sisters have described three-dimensional glasses, which include: a bandpass chopper 'which is used for signal reception by the receiver; operatively connected to the bandpass m-decoder' for decoding the signal of the button; The controller is coupled to the controller of the decoder for receiving the decoded signal left optical shutter and the right optical shutter, and the operably connected to the axis is controlled by the controller according to the decoded signal. In an exemplary embodiment, the signal received from the signal transmitter includes - or a plurality of data: 126 201223243: two digits:: one of the data bits corresponding to the previous one or more times" The implementation proceeds from the signal transmission. In this case, a synchronous serial data transmission has been described. A method of transmitting a data signal to three-dimensional glasses has been described, which includes transmitting a synchronous serial data signal to the three-dimensional glasses. In an exemplary real t Γ, the i # material signal includes a first-to-be-batch level &amp; each corresponding to the corresponding clock pulse. In the exemplary embodiment, the method further includes

=該資料信號濾波以移除頻帶外雜訊。在—例示性實施 列中,该冋步串列資料信號包含用於控制該 操作的一同步信號。 算民鏡之該 ”已&amp;述—種操作具有左光學快門及右光學快Η之三維 方法’其包括·’將—同步串列資料信號傳輸至該三 ,·’、兄,及依據編碼於該㈣信號巾之資 快^及該右光學㈣之操作。在—例示性實施例中,= 料仏虎包括各自由—對應時脈脈衝居先的-或多個資料 例示性實施例中,該方法進一步包括對該資料 k唬濾波以移除頻帶外雜訊。 、已描述-種用於將資料信號傳輸至三維眼鏡之電腦程 式,其包括將一同步串列資料信號傳輸至該三維眼鏡。在 一例示性㈣射,該資料錢包括各自由-對應時脈脈 衝居先的-或多個資料位元。在—例示性實施例中,該電 細私式進步包括對該資料信號濾'波以移除頻帶外雜 訊。在-例示性實施例令,該同步串列資料信號包括用於 控制該三維眼鏡之該操作的—同步f 】27 201223243 —已描述-種用於操作具有左光學快門及右光學快門之 二維眼鏡的電腦程式,其包括·脾— 輪至該三維眼鏡;及依據編碼於該資 士 —次,„丨 操作。在一例示性實施例 中,该貝料信號包括各自由一胃# 個資料位元。在-例示性實施Ζ日樣脈衝居先的一或多 括對該貧料信號濾波以移除頻帶外雜訊。 匕 光二述一種用於操作—副三維觀看眼鏡内之-或多個 中,該同步信號包括:一或多;於一機器可讀媒體 」二,觀看眼鏡内之該等光學快門中之該—或多者之操 ,位於β亥等資料位元中每一 此 '、 脈衝。在一例示性母者之則的一或多個時脈 至-傳輸器之一機器可讀媒體中。在—例示接 刻專輸器包括-紅外線傳輸器。在一例示性施… 傳輸器包括-可見光傳輸哭 ,’该 铨哭a紅. 斧铷时在例不性實施例中,該傳 輪时匕括一射頻傳輪器。 存於可操作地_至„接收二二中’該信號儲 例示性實施射,該傳二:一幾t體中。在一 示w眚浐η山 專輸器已括一紅外線傳輸器。在一例 貫鈀例中,該傳輸器包括一可見 性實施例中,該傳於 專輪态。在-例示 成得輸裔包括一射頻傳輸器。 述種提供二維視訊影像之系統 —副眼鏡,J:七入曰丄 乂示、-死巴3 . 有一第含具有-第-液晶快門之-第-透鏡及具 夜曰曰快門之一第二透鏡;一控制電路,其交替地 128 201223243 開啟該第 液日日快門及該第二液晶快門;以及一同 置,其可操作地搞接至該控制電路,該同步裝置包含:一 信號接收器,其用於感測對應於呈現給該眼鏡之一使用者 之-衫像之-同步信號’其中該控制電路係在依據所傳輸 的該同步㈣而呈現該影像之—期間職該第—液 〇 〇 η或該第二液晶快門;其中’至少該第—液晶快門與該第 一液晶快門其中之一的對比度係介於2 0 0 i 4 0 0之間。在 -例示性實施例中,各快門分別包含:—前偏光器;一四 =之波長臈’其絲接於該前偏絲;—液晶單元,其 係耦接於該四分之一油具腺· 八 於替W 及—後偏光器,其係轉接 於該液曰曰k。在一例示性實施例中’該前偏光器之一穿 透軸係約為58度。在一例示性實施例中,該四分之一波 ,膜之—穿透軸係約為45冑。在—例雜實施例中,該 後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 已私述#提供二維視訊影像之方法,該方法包含下 提供—副三維觀看眼鏡,其中該三維觀看眼鏡包 各-液晶快門及—第二液晶快門;開啟該第一液晶快 射點期間維持開啟該第—液晶快門在其最大光透 於L笛_〜第—液晶快門並接著開啟該第二液晶快門; 期間維持開啟該第二液晶快門在其最大光透射 一:,—影像係於該第一期間呈現給一觀看者之一第 一】觀看*且該f彡像係於該第二㈣魏給該觀看者之 觀看;傳輸對應呈現給該觀看者之該影像之一同 '八,感測該同步信號;以及依據該同步信號判斷何時 129 201223243 開啟該第一液晶快門或該第二液晶快門;並中,至少 與該第二液晶快門其中之-咖 在勤11實施例中,各快Η分別包含·· 二其係賴於該前偏光 係輕接於該四分之—波長膜,·以及一 ΐ 、係耦接於該液晶單元。在-例示性實施例 則偏先器之一穿透轴係約為58度。在一例示性實 ^射’該四分之一波長臈之一穿透轴係約為45度。在 列= 生實施例中,該後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 -,:述It供三維視訊影像之系統,該系統包含: 有有Ha門之一第一透鏡及具 有第一液晶快門之一第-读於. 開啟該第一液晶快門及t一第鏡液if制電路,其交替地 統,包含:-反射裝置二^ 残,並脓r,. 丹伹亥眼鏡刖方,一信號傳輸 〇八、同ッ信號發送至該反射裝置,其中該 =現給該眼鏡之一使用者之—影像== 路射裝置反射的該同步信號,及-控制電 或該第二2 Γ 亥影像之一時間段期間開啟該第一快門 快門其ΐ之^對二^:該第一液曰曰曰快門與該第二液晶 的對比度係介於200至400之間。名办丨一 =例中’各快Η分別包含:一前偏光器門一^ =分ft:該前偏光一單元,其二; 晶單元Γ 及一後偏光器,其係麵接於該液 在一例示性實施例中,該前偏光器之一穿透軸係 130 201223243 、、、、為 二在例示性實施例t,該四分之一波長膜之 α穿透轴係約為45度。在—例示性實施射,該後偏光 器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 _已描述-種提供三維視訊影像之系統,該系統包含: Ο Ο 田&gt;/眼鏡,,其包含具有—第—液晶快門之—第—透鏡及具 有第一液曰曰快門之一第二透鏡;一控制電路,其交替地 開啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門;且其中該等液晶 快門中之至少一者之定向被保持在一最大光透射點,直至 該控制電路關閉該液晶快門;及—測試系統,其包含:一 信號傳輸器;一信號接收器;及一測試系統控制電路,其 利用可被-觀看者看見之―速率開啟及關該第一液晶 :門及該第二液晶快門;其中,至少該第一液晶快門與該 弟一液晶快門其中之一的對比度係介於200至4〇〇之間。 在-例示性實施财,各快門分職含:—前偏光器;一 四分之-波長膜’其係耦接於該前偏光器;一液晶單元, ^係耦接於該四分之-波長膜;以及一後偏光器,其係搞 接於練晶早7G。在-例示性實施财,該前偏光器之一 穿透軸係約為58纟。在―例雜實_巾,該时之一 波長膜之-穿錄係約為45度。在—勤性實施例中, 該後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括·· 提供具有包含-第-液晶快門及—第二液晶快門、之一副 三維觀看眼鏡;開啟該第—液晶快門;在一第—時間段 將該第-液晶快門保持在-最大光透射點;關閉該^液 131 201223243= The data signal is filtered to remove out-of-band noise. In the exemplary implementation, the step data signal includes a synchronization signal for controlling the operation. The "management" has a three-dimensional method of operating a left optical shutter and a right optical shutter, which includes a 'synchronized serial data signal to the third, ·', brother, and encoding The operation of the (4) signal towel and the operation of the right optical device (4). In the exemplary embodiment, the data includes: - each corresponding to a clock pulse - or a plurality of data in an exemplary embodiment The method further includes filtering the data to remove out-of-band noise. A computer program for transmitting a data signal to the 3D glasses includes transmitting a synchronous serial data signal to the three-dimensional image. Spectacles. In an exemplary (four) shot, the data includes - or a plurality of data bits each preceded by a corresponding clock pulse. In an exemplary embodiment, the electrical private progression includes the data signal Filtering the wave to remove out-of-band noise. In an exemplary embodiment, the synchronous serial data signal includes a synchronization f for controlling the operation of the 3D glasses. 27 201223243 - has been described - for operation With left optical shutter and right Dimensional shutter glasses learning of computer programs, including · spleen - wheel to the 3D glasses; and according to the coding in the capital with disabilities - times by '| operation. In an exemplary embodiment, the bedding signal includes a respective data bit. One or more of the prior art samples are prioritized to filter the poor signal to remove out-of-band noise. The latter is used in an operation--three-dimensional viewing glasses, the synchronization signal includes: one or more; in a machine readable medium "two, in the optical shutters in the glasses" - Or more than the operation, located in the data block of β Hai and so on each, pulse. In one of the one or more clock-to-transporter machine readable media of an exemplary parent. In the example, the relay transmitter includes an infrared transmitter. In an exemplary embodiment, the transmitter includes - visible light transmission crying, 'this crying a red. Axe in the case of an exemplary embodiment, the transmission includes a radio frequency wheel. Stored in an operationally _ to „received two or two's. The signal store is exemplarily implemented, and the transmission is two: a few t in the body. In an indication, the infrared transmitter is included in an infra-red transmitter. In a case of a palladium, the transmitter includes a visibility embodiment, and the transmission is in a special wheel state. The exemplified invention includes an RF transmitter. The system for providing a two-dimensional video image is a pair of glasses. J: Seven-input, - Death 3. There is a second lens with a -th-liquid crystal shutter and a second lens with a night-opening shutter; a control circuit that alternately turns on 2012 201223 The first liquid day shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter; and a co-located operatively coupled to the control circuit, the synchronization device comprising: a signal receiver for sensing a corresponding to the glasses a user-shirt-like-synchronization signal' wherein the control circuit presents the image-based liquid or the second liquid crystal shutter during the presentation of the image according to the transmitted synchronization (4); wherein The first liquid crystal shutter and the first liquid crystal shutter The contrast ratio is between 200 and 400. In the exemplary embodiment, each of the shutters comprises: a front polarizer; a wavelength of four = 'the wire is connected to the front wire; a liquid crystal cell coupled to the quarter of the oil gland, the octagonal W and the rear polarizer, which is coupled to the liquid 曰曰k. In an exemplary embodiment, the front polarizer One of the transmission axis is about 58 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, the quarter wave, the film-transmission axis is about 45. In the embodiment, the rear polarizer One of the transmission axis systems is about 45 degrees. The method of providing a two-dimensional video image has been provided, and the method includes providing a sub-three-dimensional viewing glasses, wherein the three-dimensional viewing glasses package-liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter Maintaining the opening of the first liquid crystal shutter during the opening of the first liquid crystal shutter during its maximum light transmission through the L flute_~first liquid crystal shutter and then opening the second liquid crystal shutter; maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter open during Maximum light transmission: - the image is presented to one of the viewers during the first period. Seeing that the image is attached to the viewer by the second (four) Wei; transmitting one of the images corresponding to the viewer to the same as 'eight, sensing the synchronization signal; and determining when the 129 is based on the synchronization signal 201223243, the first liquid crystal shutter or the second liquid crystal shutter is turned on; and at least, in the embodiment of the second liquid crystal shutter, each of the fast shutters respectively comprises two layers depending on the front polarized light system Lightly connected to the quarter-wavelength film, and one is coupled to the liquid crystal cell. In the exemplary embodiment, one of the deflectors has a transmission axis of about 58 degrees. The one of the quarter-wavelengths has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. In the column = the embodiment, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the axis system by about 45 degrees. A system for three-dimensional video images, the system comprising: a first lens having a Ha gate and a first liquid crystal shutter first-reading. opening the first liquid crystal shutter and a first mirror liquid if circuit, alternating The system consists of: - the reflection device II ^ residual, and pus r,. Tan Yu Hai glasses side, a signal transmission〇 8. The peer signal is sent to the reflecting device, wherein the = is present to the user of the glasses - the image == the sync signal reflected by the road device, and - the control power or one of the second 2 Γ images The first shutter shutter is opened during the time period, and the contrast ratio of the first liquid helium shutter and the second liquid crystal is between 200 and 400. The name of the first one = in the example 'each of the fast Η includes: a front polarizer door ^ ^ points ft: the front polarized unit, the second; the crystal unit Γ and a rear polarizer, the system is connected to the liquid In an exemplary embodiment, one of the front polarizers penetrates the shafting system 130201223243, , and is two in the exemplary embodiment t, and the alpha transmission axis of the quarter-wave film is about 45 degrees. . In an exemplary implementation, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shaft system by approximately 45 degrees. _ has described a system for providing a three-dimensional video image, the system comprising: Ο Ο田&gt;/glasses, comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid having a first liquid helium shutter a lens; a control circuit that alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter; and wherein an orientation of at least one of the liquid crystal shutters is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit turns off a liquid crystal shutter; and a test system comprising: a signal transmitter; a signal receiver; and a test system control circuit that turns on and off the first liquid crystal using a rate that can be seen by a viewer: the gate and the a second liquid crystal shutter; wherein at least the contrast between the first liquid crystal shutter and the one of the liquid crystal shutters is between 200 and 4 inches. In an exemplary implementation, each shutter includes: a front polarizer; a quarter-wavelength film is coupled to the front polarizer; a liquid crystal cell, ^ is coupled to the quarter- The wavelength film; and a post-polarizer, which is connected to the crystal 7G. In an exemplary implementation, one of the front polarizers has a transmission axis of about 58 angstroms. In the case of "concealed", at this time one of the wavelength films - the recording system is about 45 degrees. In a diligent embodiment, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shafting system by approximately 45 degrees. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, which includes providing a first-liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter, a pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses, and a first liquid crystal shutter; Holding the first liquid crystal shutter at the maximum light transmission point during the time period; turning off the liquid liquid 131 201223243

門,―開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時 :D亥第一液晶快門保持在_最大光透射點,其中該第 間段對應於為觀看者之—第彡像, J =:為觀看者之-第二眼呈現-影像;將 傳輸向該三維觀看眼鏡;藉由該三維眼鏡上之一感測器 接收遠測如號;及由於該接收到的測試信號而使用 制電路開啟及_該第—液晶㈣及該第二液晶快門^ =等液晶快門以-佩戴該副眼鏡之觀看者可觀察到的 =開啟及關閉;#中,至少該第—液晶快門與該第二液 曰曰‘、門其中之一的對比度係介於2〇〇至400之間。在一例 示性實施例中’各快門分別包含:―前偏光器;―四分^ -波長膜,其絲接於該前偏光器;—液晶單元 =四分之-波長膜;以及一後偏光器,其係輕: ^ ^ 例示性實施财,該前偏絲之—穿透軸 係約為58度。在—例示性實施例中,該四分之一波 約為45 4。在一例示性實施例中,該後偏 光》σ之一牙透軸係約為45度。 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,复包括. -副眼鏡’其包含具有—第—液晶快門之—第—透鏡及具 有第一液曰曰快門之一第二透鏡;一控制電路,其交替地 開啟該第了液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其令液晶定向被 保持在一最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉該快門,·及 可操作地耦接至該控制電路之信號接收器,其中該控制電 路利用-第1定時„隔啟動該信號接收器、判^該信 132 201223243 唬接收器是否在接收一有效信號、在該信號接收器未在/ 第一預定時間間隔内接收到該有效信號的情況下停用該 仏號接收器,且在該信號接收器接收到該有效信號的情況 下以對應於該有效信號的一間隔交替地開啟及關閉該第 -快fj及該第二快門;其中,至少該第一液晶快門與該第 —液晶快門其中之一的對比度係介於2〇〇至4〇〇之間。在 :例示性實施例中,各快門分別包含:一前偏光器;一四 〇刀之一波長膜,其係耦接於該前偏光器;一液晶單元,其 係減於該四分之一波長膜;以及一後偏光器’其係耦接 於該液晶單元。在一例示性實施例中,該前偏光器之一穿 透軸係約為58度。在一例示性實施例中,該四分之一波 長膜之穿透軸係約為45纟。在一例示性實施例中,該 後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 曰已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括: 提供具有包含一第一液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副 〇二維觀看眼鏡:開啟該第—液晶快門;在—第—時間段中 f該第-液晶快Η保持在—最大光透射點;關閉該第一液 日日决門’且然後開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中 將该第二液晶快門保持在一最大光透射點,其中該第一時 對應於為觀看者之—第—眼呈現—影像,且該第二時 ^ 又對應於為觀看者之—第二眼呈現—影像;以一第一預 二時間間隔啟動-信號接收器;判定該信號接收器是否正 ^自―信號傳輸器接收-有效信號;在該信號接收器在一 第-時間段内未自該信號傳輸器接收到該有效信號的情 133 201223243 況下停用該信號接收器;及在該信號接收器自該信號傳輪 器接收到該有效信號的情況下以對應於該有效信號的— 間隔開啟及關閉該第一快門及該第二快門;其中,至小, 第-液晶快門與該第二液晶快門其中之—的對比度^ 於200至400之間。在一例示性實施例中,各快門分別包 含:-前偏光器卜四分之-波長膜,其係輕接於該前偏 光器;-液晶單元,其係柄接於該四分之一波長膜;以及 -後偏光H ’其絲接於該液晶單元。在—例示性實施例 中’該前偏光器之-穿透軸係約為58度。在一例示性實 施财,該四分之-波長膜之一穿透轴係約為衫度。在 -例示性實施例中,職偏絲之—穿透軸係約為45度。 已描述-種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,並 一副眼鏡,其包含具有-第—液晶快門之-第— 有一第二液晶快門之-第二透鏡;-控制電路,並可交替 地開啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶 被保持在一最大光透射點,直 ° 且王通徑制電路關閉該快門, 且其令該控制電路用以保持該第_液晶快門 晶快門均開啟;其中,至少嗲 弟一液 ,,, 夕°亥弟一液晶快門與該第二液晶 快I中之-的對比度係介於細至彻 ^施例中,各快Η分別包含:―前偏光器;不 =膜:其_接於該前偏光器…液晶單元 於該四分之一波長膜.ιν β ^ /、保耦接 晶單元。在―例+卜生每後偏光器,其係搞接於該液 施财,該前偏光器之—穿透軸传 ^ 丁後實_巾,該四分之—波長膜之 134 201223243 -穿透軸係約為45纟。在—例示性實_巾,該後偏光 器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 ' 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之系統,其包括: -副眼鏡’其包括具有—第—液晶快門之—第—透鏡及具 有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡;及一控制電路,其交替 地開啟該第-液晶快門及該第二液晶快門,其中液晶定向 被保持在-最大光透射點,直至該控制電路關閉該:門: 〇其中在將該眼鏡通電之後,該控制電路開啟及關閉該第一 液晶快門及該第二液晶快門一預定時間段;其中,至少該 第-液晶快門與該第二液晶快門其中之一的對比度 於200至400之間。在一例示性實施例中,各快門分別包 含:y前偏光器,·-四分之一波長膜,其係輛接於該前偏 光器;-液晶單元,其係輕接於該四分之一波長膜;以及 -後偏光器,其_接於該液晶單元。在—例示性實施例 中,該前偏光器之一穿透軸係約為58度。在一 ❹施例中’該四分之-波長膜之一穿透軸係約為45度。在 -例示性實施例中,該後偏光器之—穿透軸係約為45度。 已描述一種用於提供三維視訊影像之方法,其包括^ 具有包含-第-液晶快門及一第二液晶快門之一副三維 觀看眼鏡;在少於-毫秒的時間内開啟該第一液晶快門; 在-第-時間段中將該第—液晶快門保持在—最大光透 射點;關閉該第-液晶快門,且然後在少於一毫秒的時間 内開啟該第二液晶快門;在一第二時間段中將該第二液晶 快門保持在-最大光透射點,其中該第一時間段對應於: 135 201223243 觀看者之一第一眼呈現一影像,且該第二時間段對應於為 觀看者之一第二眼呈現一影像;將該眼鏡通電;及在將該 眼鏡通電之後,在一預定時間段中開啟及關閉該第一液晶 快門及該第二液晶快門;其中,至少該第一液晶快門與該 第二液晶快門其中之一的對比度係介於200至400之間。 在一例示性實施例中,各快門分別包含:一前偏光器;一 四分之一波長膜,其係耦接於該前偏光器;一液晶單元, 其係耦接於該四分之一波長膜;以及一後偏光器,其係耦 接於該液晶單元。在一例示性實施例中,該前偏光器之一 穿透轴係約為58度。在一例示性實施例中,該四分之一 波長膜之一穿透軸係約為45度。在一例示性實施例中, 該後偏光器之一穿透轴係約為45度。 已描述一種用於具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之三維 眼鏡之框架,該框架包含··一框架前部,其界定分別用於 收納該右觀看快門及該左觀看快門之一右透鏡開口及一 左透鏡開口;以及右鏡腿及左鏡腿,其耦接至該框架前部 且自該框架前部延伸以用於戴在該三維眼鏡之一使用者 之頭上;其中至少該右鏡腿友該左鏡腿其中之一具有一凹 槽,以提供該眼鏡之結構剛度。在一例示性實施例中,該 右鏡腿及該左鏡腿皆朝内側彎曲。 已描述一種具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之3D眼 鏡,其包含一框架,其界定用於收納該右觀看快門及該左 觀看快門之一右透鏡開口及一左透鏡開口; 一中央控制 器,其用於控制該右觀看快門及該左觀看快門之作動;一 136 201223243 外殼’其搞接至該框架以便容納該中央控制器,其中續外 殼界定用於容納該控制器之至少一部分之__開口 ; .蓋,其收納於該外殼之該開口内且密封式喃合該外殼之該 2口;其中,該框架具有至少—凹槽,以提供該眼鏡之結 構剛度。在-例示性實施财,該3D眼鏡更包含右鏡腿 及左鏡腿,其自該外殼延伸、且皆朝内側彎曲。 已描述-種容納用於具有右觀看元件及左觀看元件之 〇 3D眼鏡之-控制器的方法,其包括:提供用於支撐該右觀 看以牛及該左觀看元件以供一使用者佩戴的一框架;提供 在該框架内之-外殼,其用於容納該犯眼鏡之該控制器; 使用,有用於密封式喃合該外殼之—密封元件的一可卸 除式蓋來密封該框架内之該外殼;以及提供結構剛度至該 框架之一右鏡腿及一左鏡腿。 已描述一種具有右快門、左快門及一内部同步信號產 生器之3D眼鏡之操作方法,纟包括:判斷是否接收一外 © 邛同步彳5號產生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之 操作之心號,以及當未接收該外部同步信號產生器所產 生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作之該信號時,依據該 内。卩同步信號產生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門 之操作之一信號,控制該右快門及該左快門之操作。 已描述一副3D眼鏡,包含:一右快門及一左快門; 一内部同步信號產生器,其產生控制該右快門及該左快門 之操作之一信號;一接收器,其接收自一外部同步信號產 生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作之一信 137 201223243 號;以及-控制器、,其可操作地搞接至該右快q、 門、該内部同步信號產生器及該接收器。在-例示性實施 制器係用以:判斷是否接收該外部同步信號產 生态斤產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作之 號;以及當未接收該外部同步信號產生器所產生之押= 右快Π及該左快門之操作之該信號時,依據該工= ==生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作= 仏唬控制*玄右快門及該左快門之操作。 已描述一種電腦程式,其係用於操作— 3D眼鏡包含-右快門、一左快門及一内部 兄= 器’該電腦程式包含:判斷是否接收-外部同步;= 器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作之一;;;以a door, "opening the second liquid crystal shutter; in a second time: the first liquid crystal shutter of the DH is maintained at the _ maximum light transmission point, wherein the first interval corresponds to the image of the viewer - J =: a second-eye-viewing image of the viewer; the glasses are transmitted to the three-dimensional viewing glasses; the remote sensing number is received by one of the sensors on the three-dimensional glasses; and the circuit is turned on and used due to the received test signal _ the first liquid crystal (four) and the second liquid crystal shutter ^ = liquid crystal shutter - the wearer of the pair of glasses can be observed by the viewer = open and close; #, at least the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid helium对比度', one of the doors has a contrast ratio between 2〇〇 and 400. In an exemplary embodiment, 'each shutter comprises: a front polarizer; a quarter-wavelength film bonded to the front polarizer; a liquid crystal cell = a quarter-wavelength film; and a rear polarizer The device is light: ^ ^ exemplarily implemented, the front partial wire - the transmission axis is about 58 degrees. In the exemplary embodiment, the quarter wave is approximately 45 4 . In an exemplary embodiment, the back polarization "σ" is about 45 degrees. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a first liquid helium shutter; and a control circuit Alternatingly opening the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the shutter, and a signal operatively coupled to the control circuit a receiver, wherein the control circuit activates the signal receiver by using a first timing, and determines whether the receiver is receiving a valid signal, and the signal receiver is not in/the first predetermined time interval Deactivating the nickname receiver when the valid signal is received, and alternately turning the first-fast fj and the interval at an interval corresponding to the valid signal when the signal receiver receives the valid signal The second shutter; wherein, at least one of the first liquid crystal shutter and the first liquid crystal shutter has a contrast ratio between 2 〇〇 and 4 。. In an exemplary embodiment, The shutters respectively comprise: a front polarizer; a one-wavelength film of a four-knife coupled to the front polarizer; a liquid crystal cell that is subtracted from the quarter-wave film; and a rear polarizer' The system is coupled to the liquid crystal cell. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the front polarizers has a transmission axis of about 58 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, the quarter-wave film penetrates The shafting is about 45. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shafting system by about 45 degrees. 曰 A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: providing a The first liquid crystal shutter and one of the second liquid crystal shutters are two-dimensional viewing glasses: the first liquid crystal shutter is opened; in the first time period, the first liquid crystal is maintained at the maximum light transmission point; a first liquid day digression gate' and then opening the second liquid crystal shutter; maintaining the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in a second time period, wherein the first time corresponds to the viewer - The first-eye is presented as an image, and the second time ^ corresponds to The viewer--the second eye presents an image; the first-two pre-interval time-starts the signal receiver; determines whether the signal receiver is positively-received from the "signal transmitter"-a valid signal; The signal receiver is deactivated in the event that the valid signal is not received from the signal transmitter during the first time period; and in the event that the signal receiver receives the valid signal from the signal transmitter, Corresponding to the effective signal - the opening and closing of the first shutter and the second shutter; wherein, to a small, the contrast between the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter is between 200 and 400. In an exemplary embodiment, each shutter comprises: a front polarizer, a quarter-wavelength film, which is lightly connected to the front polarizer; and a liquid crystal cell, the handle is connected to the quarter-wave film. And - after the polarized light H' is connected to the liquid crystal cell. In the exemplary embodiment, the front polarizer has a transmission axis of about 58 degrees. In an exemplary implementation, one of the quarter-wavelength films has a transmission axis of about one degree. In the exemplary embodiment, the thread-breaking axis is about 45 degrees. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, and a pair of glasses comprising a second lens having a second liquid crystal shutter having a - liquid crystal shutter - a control circuit and being alternately turned on The first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter, wherein the liquid crystal is held at a maximum light transmission point, and the king through diameter circuit closes the shutter, and the control circuit is used to hold the first liquid crystal shutter crystal The shutters are all open; wherein, at least the contrast between the liquid crystal shutter and the liquid crystal shutter of the second liquid crystal is in the fine-grained embodiment, each of which includes: "Pre-polarizer; not = film: it is connected to the front polarizer... The liquid crystal cell is in the quarter-wave film. ιν β ^ /, the fuse-bonding unit. In the case of "example + Busheng, each rear polarizer, which is connected to the liquid for profit, the front polarizer - the transmission axis transmits the ^ _ after the real _ towel, the quarter - the wavelength of the film 134 201223243 - wear The through shaft system is approximately 45 inches. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shaft system by about 45 degrees. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a second liquid crystal shutter; and a control circuit Opening the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter alternately, wherein the liquid crystal orientation is maintained at a maximum light transmission point until the control circuit closes the door: the gate: wherein the control circuit is after energizing the glasses The first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter are turned on and off for a predetermined period of time; wherein at least one of the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter has a contrast ratio of between 200 and 400. In an exemplary embodiment, each shutter comprises: a y front polarizer, a quarter-wave film connected to the front polarizer; and a liquid crystal unit that is lightly connected to the quarter. a wavelength film; and a post-polarizer connected to the liquid crystal cell. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the front polarizers penetrates the shafting system by approximately 58 degrees. In one embodiment, one of the quarter-wavelength films has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, the post-transistor has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image has been described, comprising: having a three-dimensional viewing glasses including a - liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; opening the first liquid crystal shutter in less than - milliseconds; Holding the first liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point in the -first period; turning off the first liquid crystal shutter, and then turning on the second liquid crystal shutter in less than one millisecond; in a second time Holding the second liquid crystal shutter at a maximum light transmission point, wherein the first time period corresponds to: 135 201223243 One of the viewers presents an image at a first eye, and the second time period corresponds to a viewer a second eye presenting an image; energizing the lens; and, after energizing the lens, turning on and off the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter for a predetermined period of time; wherein at least the first liquid crystal shutter The contrast ratio with one of the second liquid crystal shutters is between 200 and 400. In an exemplary embodiment, each of the shutters includes: a front polarizer; a quarter-wave film coupled to the front polarizer; and a liquid crystal cell coupled to the quarter. a wavelength film; and a rear polarizer coupled to the liquid crystal cell. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the front polarizers has a transmission axis of about 58 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the quarter-wavelength films has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. In an exemplary embodiment, one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shafting system by approximately 45 degrees. A frame for 3D glasses having a right viewing shutter and a left viewing shutter has been described, the frame including a front portion of the frame defining a right lens opening for accommodating the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter, respectively a left lens opening; and a right temple and a left temple coupled to the front of the frame and extending from the front of the frame for wearing on a head of a user of the 3D glasses; wherein at least the right temple One of the left temples has a recess to provide structural rigidity to the lens. In an exemplary embodiment, the right temple and the left temple are both curved toward the inside. A 3D glasses having a right viewing shutter and a left viewing shutter has been described, including a frame defining a right lens opening and a left lens opening for receiving the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter; a central controller, It is used to control the operation of the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter; a 136 201223243 housing is attached to the frame to accommodate the central controller, wherein the continuation housing defines at least a portion of the controller for __ An opening; the cover is received in the opening of the outer casing and sealingly encloses the two ports of the outer casing; wherein the frame has at least a groove to provide structural rigidity of the eyeglass. In an exemplary implementation, the 3D glasses further include a right temple and a left temple that extend from the outer casing and are curved toward the inner side. A method of housing a controller for a 3D glasses having a right viewing element and a left viewing element has been described, comprising: providing a support for the right viewing to the cow and the left viewing element for a user to wear. a frame; a housing provided in the frame for receiving the controller of the spectacles; and a detachable cover for sealingly sealing the outer casing of the outer casing to seal the inside of the frame The outer casing; and providing structural rigidity to one of the frame's right temple and one left temple. A method of operating a 3D glasses having a right shutter, a left shutter, and an internal sync signal generator has been described, including: determining whether to receive an external 邛 sync 彳 5 generator to control the right shutter and the left shutter The heartbeat of the operation, and when the signal generated by the external synchronizing signal generator for controlling the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter is not received, according to the inside. A signal generated by the sync signal generator that controls the right shutter and the left shutter controls the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter. A pair of 3D glasses has been described, comprising: a right shutter and a left shutter; an internal sync signal generator that generates a signal that controls the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter; and a receiver that receives an external sync a signal generated by the signal generator for controlling the right shutter and the left shutter 137 201223243; and a controller operatively coupled to the right fast q, the gate, the internal synchronization signal generator, and The receiver. The exemplary embodiment is configured to: determine whether to receive the external synchronization signal generating state, control the number of operations of the right shutter and the left shutter; and generate a charge when the external synchronization signal generator is not received = Right fast Π and the signal of the operation of the left shutter, according to the work = == raw control of the right shutter and the operation of the left shutter = 仏唬 control * right shutter and the operation of the left shutter. A computer program has been described which is used for operation - 3D glasses include - right shutter, one left shutter and one internal brother = 'computer program contains: judge whether to receive - external synchronization; = control generated by the right shutter And one of the operations of the left shutter;

及當未接收該外部同步作·號漆座哭&amp;立丄 JU … ϋ斤產生之控制該右快 -左陕門之操作之該信號時,依據該内部 生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操作之 1 號,控制該右快門及該左快門之操作。 io 【圖式簡單說明】 圖1為-種用於提供三維影像之系統之 例的說明; ^不杜實鈀 圖2為-種用於操作圖】之系統之方法之 施例的流裎圖; 例不性貫 圖3為圖2之方法之操作的圖形說明; 圖4為圖2之方法之操作之一例示性實驗實施例的圖 138 201223243 形說明; 圖5為一種用於操作圖 施例的流程圓; 圖6為一種用於操作圖 施例的流程圖; 圖7為一種用於操作圖 施例的流程圖; 1之系統之方法之一例示性實 I之糸統之方法之一例示性實 之系統之方法之一例示性實And when the external synchronization is not received, the right shutter is controlled by the internal burner. And the operation of the left shutter, No. 1, controls the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter. Io [Simplified illustration of the drawing] Fig. 1 is an illustration of an example of a system for providing a three-dimensional image; ^not a solid palladium diagram 2 is a flow diagram of a method for operating a system of the system] Figure 3 is a graphical illustration of the operation of the method of Figure 2; Figure 4 is an illustration of one exemplary experimental embodiment of the method of Figure 2, Figure 138 201223243; Figure 5 is a diagram for operation Figure 6 is a flow chart for an embodiment of the operation diagram; Figure 7 is a flow chart for an embodiment of the operation diagram; An exemplary method of an exemplary system

圖8為圖7之方法之操作的@形說明; 圖9為—種用於操作圖1之系統之方法之-施例的流程圖; 圖10為圖9之方法之操作的圖形說明; 圖11為—種用於操作圖1之系統之方法之— 施例的流程圖; 圖12為圖11之方法之操作的圖形說明; 例示性實 例示性實Figure 8 is a flow chart of the operation of the method of Figure 1; Figure 9 is a flow chart of the method for operating the system of Figure 1; Figure 10 is a graphical illustration of the operation of the method of Figure 9; 11 is a flow chart of a method for operating the system of FIG. 1; FIG. 12 is a graphical illustration of the operation of the method of FIG. 11; illustrative example

圖13為一種用於操作圖 施例的流程圖; 之系統之方法之一例示性實 圖14為圖13之方法之操作的圖形說明; 圖15為—種用於操作圓1之系統之方法之一例干“ 施例的流程圖; 〗π性實 圖16為一種用於操作圖1 施例的說明; 之系統之方法之一例示性實 明; 圖17為圖1之系統的3d 圖 18、圖 18a、圖 18b、 眼鏡之-例示性實施例的說 圖18c及圖i8d為三維靶鈐 139 201223243 之一例示性實施例的示意說明; 圖19為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 維眼鏡的快門控制器之數位控制的類比開關的示意說明; 圖20為圖18、圖“a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 維眼鏡的快門控制器之數位控制的類比開關、快門及中央 處理器之控制信號的示意說明; 圖21為圖丨8、圖18a、圖18b、圖i8c及圖i8d之三 維眼鏡之知作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖22為圖18、圖18a、圖i8b、圖i8c及圖i8d之三 維眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖23為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 維眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖24為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之二 維眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖25為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之: 維眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖26為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 維眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖27為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 維眼知之操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖28為圖18、圖18a、圖18b、圖18c及圖18d之三 、-隹眼鏡之知作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖d為圖18、圖i8a、圖丨此、圖18c及圖18d之三 、准眼鏡之操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 140 201223243 圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c為三維眼鏡之一例示 ' 性實施例的示意說明; • 圖31為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡的 快門控制器之數位控制的類比開關的示意說明; 圖32為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡的 快門控制器之數位控制的類比開關之操作的示意說明; 圖33為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; ◎ ^ 圖34為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖35為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖36為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖37為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 ❹ 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖38為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖39為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖40為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 ' 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖41為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 141 201223243 圖42為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的流程圖說明; 圖43為圖30、圖30a、圖30b及圖30c之三維眼鏡之 操作之一例示性實施例的圖形說明; 圖44為三維眼鏡之一例示性實施例的俯視圖; 圖45為圖44之三維眼鏡的後視圖; 圖46為圖44之三維眼鏡的仰視圖; 圖47為圖44之三維眼鏡的前視圖; 圖48為圖44之三維眼鏡的立體圖; 圖49為使用鑰匙來操縱圖44之三維眼鏡之電池的外 殼蓋的立體圖; 圖50為用以操縱圖44之三維眼鏡之電池的外殼蓋之 錄匙的立體圖, 圖51為圖44之三維眼鏡之電池的外殼蓋之立體圖; 圖52為圖44之三維眼鏡的側視圖。 圖53為圖44之三維眼鏡之外殼蓋、電池及0型環密 封件之立體側視圖; 圖54為圖44之三維眼鏡之外殼蓋、電池及〇型環密 封件之立體仰視圖; 圖55為圖44之眼鏡之另一實施例及用以操縱圖50 之外殼蓋的鑰匙之另一實施例的立體圖; 圖56為一在例示性實施例中之一或多者中使用的信 號感測器之一例示性實施例之示意說明; 圖57為一適用於圖56之信號感測器的例示性資料信 142 201223243 號之圖形說明; 圖58為—例示性實施例之1三維眼鏡的立 圖59為圖58之三維眼鏡的另一立體圖; 圖60為圖58之三維眼鏡的另—立體圖. 圖61為圖58之三維眼鏡的前視圖; 圖62為圖58之三維眼鏡的另一立體圖.Figure 13 is a flow chart for an embodiment of the operation diagram; an exemplary method of the system is a graphical illustration of the operation of the method of Figure 13; Figure 15 is a method for operating the system of circle 1. An example of a flow chart of the embodiment; π π real map 16 is an illustration for operating the embodiment of FIG. 1; one of the methods of the system is illustrative; FIG. 17 is a 3D FIG. 18 of the system of FIG. 18a, 18b, and spectacles - FIG. 18c and i8d are schematic illustrations of one exemplary embodiment of a three-dimensional target 钤 2012 201223243; FIG. 19 is FIG. 18, FIG. 18a, FIG. 18b, and FIG. 18c and FIG. 18d are schematic illustrations of the digitally controlled analog switch of the shutter controller of the 3D glasses; FIG. 20 is a digital control of the shutter controller of the 3D glasses of FIG. 18, FIG. 18A, FIG. 18b, FIG. 18c and FIG. FIG. 21 is a flow chart illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the three-dimensional glasses of FIGS. 8, 18a, 18b, i8c, and i8d; Figure 22 is a three-dimensional view of Figures 18, 18a, i8b, i8c, and i8d BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 23 is a flow chart illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the three-dimensional glasses of FIGS. 18, 18a, 18b, 18c, and 18d; FIG. 18. Graphical illustration of one exemplary embodiment of the operation of the two-dimensional spectacles of Figures 18a, 18b, 18c and 18d; Figure 25 is the spectacles of Figures 18, 18a, 18b, 18c and 18d: BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 26 is a graphical illustration of one exemplary embodiment of the operation of the three-dimensional glasses of FIGS. 18, 18a, 18b, 18c, and 18d; FIG. FIG. 18a, FIG. 18b, FIG. 18c, and FIG. 18d are diagrams of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the exemplary embodiment; FIG. 28 is a diagram of FIG. 18, FIG. 18a, FIG. 18b, FIG. 18c, and FIG. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 13 is a graphical illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the spectacles of FIG. 18, FIG. 18A, FIG. 18c, FIG. 18c and FIG. 201223243 Figure 30, Figure 30a, Figure 30b, and Figure 30c are schematic illustrations of one embodiment of a three-dimensional eyeglass Figure 31 is a schematic illustration of the analog switch of the digital control of the shutter controller of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b and 30c; Figure 32 is a view of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b and 30c BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 33 is a flow chart illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the digitally controlled glasses of FIGS. 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; ◎ ^ FIG. Graphical illustration of one exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; Figure 35 is an exemplary implementation of the operation of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c Figure 36 is a schematic illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; Figure 37 is a view of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c FIG. 38 is a schematic illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of FIGS. 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; FIG. 39 is FIG. One of the operations of the 3D glasses of Figures 30a, 30b and 30c Figure 40 is a flow chart illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; Figure 41 is Figure 30, Figure 30a, Figure Graphical illustration of one exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of 30b and 30c; 141 201223243 FIG. 42 is a flow chart illustration of an exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of FIGS. 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c Figure 43 is a pictorial illustration of one exemplary embodiment of the operation of the 3D glasses of Figures 30, 30a, 30b, and 30c; Figure 44 is a plan view of one exemplary embodiment of the 3D glasses; Figure 45 is a view of Figure 44 Figure 46 is a bottom view of the 3D glasses of Figure 44; Figure 47 is a front view of the 3D glasses of Figure 44; Figure 48 is a perspective view of the 3D glasses of Figure 44; Figure 49 is a view of the use of a key to manipulate Figure 44 FIG. 50 is a perspective view of a housing cover for operating a battery of the 3D glasses of FIG. 44, and FIG. 51 is a perspective view of a housing cover of the battery of the 3D glasses of FIG. 44; 52 is the three-dimensional glasses of FIG. 44 View. Figure 53 is a perspective side view of the outer cover of the three-dimensional glasses of Figure 44, the battery and the 0-ring seal; Figure 54 is a perspective bottom view of the outer cover of the three-dimensional glasses of Figure 44, the battery and the ring seal; Figure 55 Another perspective view of another embodiment of the eyeglasses of FIG. 44 and a key for manipulating the housing cover of FIG. 50; FIG. 56 is a signal sensing used in one or more of the exemplary embodiments. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS FIG. 57 is a pictorial illustration of an exemplary information letter 142 201223243 suitable for use with the signal sensor of FIG. 56; FIG. 58 is a perspective view of a three-dimensional eyeglass of an exemplary embodiment. Figure 59 is another perspective view of the 3D glasses of Figure 58. Figure 60 is a front perspective view of the 3D glasses of Figure 58. Figure 61 is a front view of the 3D glasses of Figure 58; Figure 62 is another perspective view of the 3D glasses of Figure 58 .

Ο 圖63為圖58之三維眼鏡的另一立體圖; 圖64為應用於圖58之三維眼鏡之一例示性 一液晶快門組件的前視圖; 列 之 圖65為圖64之液晶快門組件的侧視圖; 圖66為圖64之液晶快門組件的另一側視圖; 圖67為圖64之液晶快門組件的後視圖;以及 圖68為圖64之液晶快門組件的示意說明。 【主要元件符號說明】 1〇〇 :系統 1〇2 :電影螢幕 104 :三維眼鏡 106 :左快門 108 :右快門 11〇 :信號傳輸器 110a :中央處理單元(cpu) 112 :信號感測器 114 :中央處理單元 143 201223243 116 :左快門控制器 118 :右快門控制器 120 :電池 122 :電池感測器 130 :投影器 200 :左右快門方法/左右鏡頭快門序列 202ba :高電壓 202bb :無電壓 202bc :小箝位電壓 202da :高電壓 202db :無電壓 202dc :小箝位電壓 400 :光透射 402 :光透射 500 :操作方法 600 :操作方法 7〇〇 :操作方法 800 :時脈信號 802 :時脈循環 804 :組態資料信號 806 :資料脈衝信號 9〇〇 :操作方法 902a :時脈信號 902aa:高脈衝 144 201223243 1100 :暖機操作方法 1104a:電壓信號 * 1104b:電壓信號 1300 :方法 1304a :電壓信號 1304b :電壓信號 1500 :監視電池之方法 1600 :測試器 Ο 1600a:信號傳輸器 1600b :測試信號 1700 :電荷泵 1800 :三維眼鏡 1802 :左快門 1804 :右快門 1806 :左快門控制器 Q 1808:右快門控制器 1810 :中央處理單元 1812 :電池感測器 1814 :信號感測器 1816 :電荷泵 1900 :功能圖 2100 :方法 2300 :暖機操作方法 2304a :電壓信號 145 201223243 2304b :電壓信號 2500 :操作方法 2504a :電壓信號 2504b :電壓信號 2700 :監視電池之方法 3000 :三維眼鏡 3002 :左快門 3004 :右快門 3006 :左快門控制器 3008 :右快門控制器 3010 :共同快門控制器 3012 :中央處理單元 3014 :信號感測器 3 016 ·電何果 3018 :電壓供應器 3100 :功能圖 3300:方法/正常執行操作模式 3500 :暖機操作方法 3700 :操作方法 3900 :操作方法 4000 :操作方法 4200 :操作方法 4402 :框架前部 4402a :右翼 146 201223243 4402b :左翼 4404 :鼻樑架 - 4406 :右鏡腿 4406a :隆脊 4408 :左鏡腿 4408a :隆脊 4410 :右透鏡開口 4412 :左透鏡開口 ^ 4414 :蓋 1 4415 :蓋内部 4416 : Ο型環密封件 4417 :觸點 4418 :楔緊元件 4420 :凹陷 4422 :鑰匙 Q 4424 :突起Figure 63 is another perspective view of the 3D glasses of Figure 58; Figure 64 is a front elevational view of an exemplary liquid crystal shutter assembly applied to the 3D glasses of Figure 58; and Figure 65 is a side view of the liquid crystal shutter assembly of Figure 64 Figure 66 is another side view of the liquid crystal shutter assembly of Figure 64; Figure 67 is a rear elevational view of the liquid crystal shutter assembly of Figure 64; and Figure 68 is a schematic illustration of the liquid crystal shutter assembly of Figure 64. [Main component symbol description] 1〇〇: System 1〇2: Movie screen 104: 3D glasses 106: Left shutter 108: Right shutter 11〇: Signal transmitter 110a: Central processing unit (Cpu) 112: Signal sensor 114 : central processing unit 143 201223243 116 : left shutter controller 118 : right shutter controller 120 : battery 122 : battery sensor 130 : projector 200 : left and right shutter method / left and right lens shutter sequence 202ba : high voltage 202bb : no voltage 202bc : Small clamp voltage 202da: High voltage 202db: No voltage 202dc: Small clamp voltage 400: Light transmission 402: Light transmission 500: Operation method 600: Operation method 7: Operation method 800: Clock signal 802: Clock Loop 804: Configuration Data Signal 806: Data Pulse Signal 9: Operation Method 902a: Clock Signal 902aa: High Pulse 144 201223243 1100: Warm-up Operation Method 1104a: Voltage Signal * 1104b: Voltage Signal 1300: Method 1304a: Voltage Signal 1304b: Voltage Signal 1500: Method of Monitoring Battery 1600: Tester 1600 1600a: Signal Transmitter 1600b: Test Signal 1700: Charge Pump 1800: 3D Glasses 1802: Left Shutter 1804: Right Fast 1806: Left shutter controller Q 1808: Right shutter controller 1810: Central processing unit 1812: Battery sensor 1814: Signal sensor 1816: Charge pump 1900: Function diagram 2100: Method 2300: Warm-up operation method 2304a: Voltage Signal 145 201223243 2304b : Voltage signal 2500 : Operation method 2504a : Voltage signal 2504b : Voltage signal 2700 : Method of monitoring battery 3000 : 3D glasses 3002 : Left shutter 3004 : Right shutter 3006 : Left shutter controller 3008 : Right shutter controller 3010 : Common shutter controller 3012 : central processing unit 3014 : signal sensor 3 016 · electric cause 3018 : voltage supply 3100 : function diagram 3300 : method / normal execution operation mode 3500 : warm-up operation method 3700 : operation method 3900 : Method of operation 4000: Method of operation 4200: Method of operation 4402: Frame front 4402a: Right wing 146 201223243 4402b: Left wing 4404: Bridge of the nose - 4406: Right temple 4406a: Ridge 4408: Left temple 4408a: Ridge 4410: Right Lens opening 4412: left lens opening ^ 4414 : cover 1 4415 : cover inner 4416 : Ο ring seal 4417 : contact 4418 : wedge element 4420 : recess 4422 : key Q 4424: Protrusion

4426 :鑰匙 5600 :信號感測器 5602 :窄帶通濾波器 5604 :解碼器 5604 : CPU ' 5606:信號傳輸器 5700 :信號 5702 :資料位元 147 201223243 5704 :時脈脈衝 5800 :三維眼鏡 5802 :框架 5804 :左開口 5806 :右開口 5808 :凹槽 5 810 :電池 5812 :蓋 5814 :左鏡腿 5816 :右鏡腿 5818 :轉軸 5820 :轉軸 5822 :内部凹槽 5824 :内部凹槽 5826 :左眼鏡腳 5828 :右眼鏡腳 6400 :液晶快門組件 6402 :前偏光器 6404 :四分之一波長膜 6406 :液晶單元 6408 :後偏光器 A :控制輸入信號/微控制器之輸出信號/控制信號 B :控制輸入信號/微控制器之輸出信號/控制信號 C :微控制器之輸出信號/控制信號 14只 2012232434426: Key 5600: Signal Sensor 5602: Narrow Bandpass Filter 5604: Decoder 5604: CPU '5606: Signal Transmitter 5700: Signal 5702: Data Bit 147 201223243 5704: Clock Pulse 5800: 3D Glasses 5802: Frame 5804: left opening 5806: right opening 5808: groove 5 810: battery 5812: cover 5814: left temple 5816: right temple 5818: shaft 5820: shaft 5822: inner groove 5824: inner groove 5826: left temple 5828: Right eyeglasses 6400: Liquid crystal shutter assembly 6402: Front polarizer 6404: Quarter wave film 6406: Liquid crystal cell 6408: Rear polarizer A: Control input signal / Microcontroller output signal / Control signal B: Control Input signal / microcontroller output signal / control signal C : microcontroller output signal / control signal 14 only 201223243

ci :電容器 C2 :電容器 C3 :電容器 C4 :電容器 C5 :電容器 C6 :電容器 C7 :電容器 C8 :電容器 C9 :電容器 C10 :電容器 C11 :電容器 C12 :電容器 C13 :電容器 C14 :電容器 D :微控制器之輸出信號/控制信號 D1 :肖特基二極體 D2 :光電二極體 D3 :肖特基二極體 D5 :肖特基二極體 D6 :肖特基二極體 D7 :齊納二極體 E :微控制器之輸出信號/控制信號 F :輸出信號 G :輸出信號 149 201223243 INHIBIT (INH):控制輸入信號 LI :電感器 LCD1 :左透鏡/左快門 LCD2 :右透鏡/右快門 Q1 :電晶體 Q2 :電晶體 R1 :電阻器 R2 :電阻器 R3 :電阻器 R4 :電阻器 R5 :電阻器 R6 :電阻器 R7 :電阻器 R8 :分壓器組件/電阻器 R9 :電阻器 R10 :分壓器組件/電阻器 R11 :電阻器 R12 :電阻器 R13 :電阻器 R14 :電阻器 R15 :電阻器 R16 :電阻器 R5 11 ··電阻器 R512 :電阻器 150 201223243 RA3 :輸入控制信號 RA4 :控制信號 ‘ RC4 :控制信號 RC5:控制信號 U1 :數位控制類比開關 U2 :數位控制類比開關 U3 :微控制器/運算放大器 U4 :數位控制類比開關 ❹ U6 :電力偵測器/數位控制類比開關 U5-1 :運算放大器 U5-2 :運算放大器 VEE :輸入電壓 X :輸出信號 X0 :開關I/O信號 XI:開關I/O信號 Ο X2 :開關I/O信號 X3 :開關I/O信號 Y :輸出信號 Y0 :開關I/O信號 Y1 :開關I/O信號 ' Y2 :開關I/O信號 ' Y3 :開關I/O信號 Z :輸出信號 Z0 :開關I/O信號 151 201223243 Z1 :開關I/O信號 f 152Ci: capacitor C2: capacitor C3: capacitor C4: capacitor C5: capacitor C6: capacitor C7: capacitor C8: capacitor C9: capacitor C10: capacitor C11: capacitor C12: capacitor C13: capacitor C14: capacitor D: output signal of the microcontroller / Control signal D1: Schottky diode D2: Photodiode D3: Schottky diode D5: Schottky diode D6: Schottky diode D7: Zener diode E: Microcontroller output signal / control signal F : Output signal G : Output signal 149 201223243 INHIBIT (INH): Control input signal LI : Inductor LCD1 : Left lens / Left shutter LCD2 : Right lens / Right shutter Q1 : Transistor Q2 : transistor R1: resistor R2: resistor R3: resistor R4: resistor R5: resistor R6: resistor R7: resistor R8: voltage divider component / resistor R9: resistor R10: voltage divider component / Resistor R11: Resistor R12: Resistor R13: Resistor R14: Resistor R15: Resistor R16: Resistor R5 11 · Resistor R512: Resistor 150 201223243 RA3: Input control signal RA4: Control signal 'RC4 : Control signal RC5: Control signal U1: digital Analog switch U2: digital control analog switch U3: microcontroller / operational amplifier U4: digital control analog switch ❹ U6: power detector / digital control analog switch U5-1: operational amplifier U5-2: operational amplifier VEE: input Voltage X: Output signal X0: Switch I/O signal XI: Switch I/O signal Ο X2: Switch I/O signal X3: Switch I/O signal Y: Output signal Y0: Switch I/O signal Y1: Switch I/ O signal ' Y2 : Switch I / O signal ' Y3 : Switch I / O signal Z : Output signal Z0 : Switch I / O signal 151 201223243 Z1 : Switch I / O signal f 152

Claims (1)

201223243 七、申請專利範圍·· 1、一種提供三維視訊影像之系統,該系統包含: 一副眼鏡,其包含具有一第一液晶快門之一第一透鏡 及具有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡; 一控制電路’其交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二 液晶快門;以及201223243 VII. Patent Application Range 1. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image, the system comprising: a pair of glasses comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a second liquid crystal shutter a lens; a control circuit that alternately turns on the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter; 同步裝置,其可操作地耦接至該控制電路,該同步 裝置包含: b现按收盗,其用於感測對應於呈現給該眼鏡之-使用者之一影像之一同步信號,其中該控制電路〇 在依據所傳輸的該同步信號而呈現該影像之一期^ 開啟該第一液晶快門或該第二液晶快門; 其中’至少該第-液晶快門與該第二液晶快門其中3 一的對比度係介於200至400之間。 2、如申凊專利範圍第1 j音#、+、 / 固弟1項所述之提供三維視訊景 像之系統,JL φ夂# &amp; 具中各該快門分別包含: 一前偏光器; 一 八'小聊伐於該前偏光器,· 一液日日早凡,其係耦 -德偟Ρ 4 分之—波長膜;以义 後偏先裔,其係轉接於該液晶單元。 3、 如申請專利範圍第2項 像之李# , 处之提供二維視言 保之糸統’其中該前 58度。 爲先器之一穿透軸係乡 4、 如申請專利範圍 貝所迷之提供三維視言ί 201223243 像之系統,其_該四分之 係約為45度。 腺之牙還 5、 如申請專利範圍第2 像之系統,…之^供三維視訊影 45度。&quot;I後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為 6、 一種提供三維視 列步驟: 〜像之方法,該方法包含下 提供一副三維觀看眼鏡,其 篦一、右曰w ^一、、隹硯看眼鏡包含一 弟液晶快門及一第二液晶快門; 開啟5亥第一液晶快門; 於Si間維持開啟該第一液晶快門在其最大光透 關閉該第—液晶快門並接著開啟該第二液晶快門· 於期間維持開啟該第二液晶快門在其最大光透 其中,一影像係於該第一期間呈現給—觀看者之一第 一眼觀看,而且該影像係於該第二期間呈現給該觀 看者之一第二眼觀看; 傳輸對應呈現給該觀看者之該影像之一同步信號; 感測該同步信號;以及 依據該同步信號判斷何時開啟該第一液晶快門或★亥# -一液晶快門; ~ 其中’至少該第一液晶快門與該第二液晶快門其中 一的對比度係介於200至400之間。 1 doc 2 201223243 7、如申請專利範圍第6項所述之提供三維視訊影 像之方法,其中各該快門分別包含: &quot; 一前偏光器; 一四分Ϊ —波長膜,其軸接於蹄偏光器; -液晶單元’其係搞接於該四分之—波長膜;以及 一後偏光器,其係耦接於該液晶單元。 如申明專利圍第7項所述之提供三維視訊影 〇 像之方法,其中該前偏光器之一穿透軸係約為 58度。 9、 如申請專利範圍第7項所述之提供三維視訊影 像之方法,其中該四分之一波長膜之一穿透軸 係約為45度。 10、 如ΐ請專利範圍第7項所述之提供三維視訊影像之方 '' /、中°亥後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 „ 11、—種提供三維視訊影像m m統包含: D y眼鏡’其包含具有—第—液晶快門之—第一透鏡 及具有一第二液晶快門之一第二透鏡; 控制電路’其交替地開啟該第一液晶快門及該第二 液晶快門;以及 . 一同步系統,包含·· 反射裝置,其位於該眼鏡前方, =旒傳輸态,其將一同步信號發送至該反射裝置, 一中》亥同步k號對應於呈現給該眼鏡之一使用者之 —影像, Ι^^^Ι.ΙΠΠΠΛΙ^ 201223243 一信號接收器,其感測自該反射裝置反射的該同步信 號,及 一控制電路,其用以在呈現該影像之一時間段期間開 啟該第一快門或該第二快門; 其中,至少該第一液晶快門與該第二液晶快門其中之 一的對比度係介於200至400之間。 12、 如申請專利範圍第11項所述之提供三維視訊影像之系 統,其中各該快門分別包含: 一前偏光器; 一四分之一波長膜,其係耦接於該前偏光器; 一液晶單元,其係耦接於該四分之一波長膜;以及 一後偏光器,其係耦接於該液晶單元。 13、 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之提供三維視訊影像之 系統,其中該前偏光器之一穿透軸係約為58度。 14、 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之提供三維視訊影像之 系統,其中該四分之一波長膜之一穿透軸係約為45 度。 15、 如申請專利範圍第12項所述之提供三維視訊影像之 系統,其中該後偏光器之一穿透軸係約為45度。 16、 一種用於具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之三維眼鏡之 框架,該框架包含: 一框架前部,其界定分別用於收納該右觀看快門及該 左觀看快門之一右透鏡開口及一左透鏡開口;以及 右鏡腿及左鏡腿,其耦接至該框架前部且自該框架前 J53621-1000616.doc 4 201223243 部延伸以用於戴在該三維眼鏡之一使用者之頭上; ' 其中至少該右鏡腿及該左鏡腿其中之一具有一凹槽, * 以提供該眼鏡之結構剛度。 17、 如申請專利範圍第16項所述之框架,其中該右鏡腿 及該左鏡腿皆朝内側彎曲。 18、 一種具有右觀看快門及左觀看快門之3D眼鏡,其包 含: ^ 一框架,其界定用於收納該右觀看快門及該左觀看快 〇 門之一右透鏡開口及一左透鏡開口; 一中央控制器,其用於控制該右觀看快門及該左觀看 快門之作動; 一外殼,其耦接至該框架以便容納該中央控制器,其 中該外殼界定用於容納該控制器之至少一部分之一 開口;以及 一蓋,其收納於該外殼之該開口内且密封式嚙合該外 ο 殼之該開口; 其中,該框架具有至少一凹槽,以提供該眼鏡之結構 剛度。 19、 如申請專利範圍第18項所述之3D眼鏡,更包含右鏡 腿及左鏡腿,其自該外殼延伸、且皆朝内側彎曲。 20、 一種容納用於具有右觀看元件及左觀看元件之3D眼 鏡之一控制器的方法,其包括: 提供用於支撐該右觀看元件及該左觀看元件以供一使 用者佩戴的一框架; 15362M000616.doc 201223243 提供在該框架内之一外殼,其用於容納該犯眼鏡之該 控制器; 使用具有用於密封式嗔合該外殼之一密封元件的—可 卸除式蓋來密封該框架内之該外殼;以及 提供結構剛度至該㈣之—右鏡腿及—左鏡腿。 21種具有右快門、左快門及—内部同步信號蓋生器之 3D眼鏡之操作方法,其包括·· 判斷是否接收一外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該 a右快門及該左快門之操作之一信號;以及 當未接收該外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該右快 =及為左快Η之操作之該信號時,依據該内部同步 #號產生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操 作之一信號,控制該右快門及該左快門之操作。 22、 一副3D眼鏡,包含: 一右快門及一左快門; 一内部同步信號產生器,其產生控制該右快門及該左 快門之操作之一信號; 一接收器,其接收自—外部同步信號產生ϋ所產生之 一控制=右快門及該左快門之操作之一信號;以及 -控制器’其可操作地麵接至該右快門、該左快門、 5亥内部同步信號產生器及該接收器。 23、 如申請專利範圍第22項所述之3D眼鏡,其中該 器係用以: % 判斷疋否接收該外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該 1^^621-10006] 6.doc 201223243 右快門及該左快門之操作之該信號;以及 當未接收該外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該右快 門及該左快門之操作之該信號時,依據該内部同步 信號產生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操 作之該信號,控制該右快門及該左快門之操作。 24、一種電腦程式,其係用於操作一 3D眼鏡,該3D眼鏡 包含一右快門、一左快門及一内部同步信號產生器, ^ 該電腦程式包含: 判斷是否接收一外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該 右快門及該左快門之操作之一信號;以及 當未接收該外部同步信號產生器所產生之控制該右快 門及β亥左决門之操作之該信號時,依據該内部同步 信號產生器所產生之控制該右快門及該左快門之操 作之一#號,控制該右快門及該左快門之操作。 25、一種用於3〇眼鏡之液晶快門組件,包含: 〇 一液晶單元; 其中,該液晶單元之對比度係介於200至400之間。 %、如申請專利範圍第25項所述之液晶快門組件,0更包 含: —前偏光器; &lt; —四分之一波長膜,其係耦接於該前偏光器及該液晶 單元;以及 一後偏光器,其係耦接於該液晶單元。 27如申凊專利範圍第26項所述之液晶快門組件,其中 201223243 該前偏光器之一穿透軸係約為58度。 28、 如申請專利範圍第26項所述之液晶快門組件,其中 該四分之一波長膜之一穿透軸係約為4 5度。 29、 如申請專利範圍第26項所述之液晶快門組件,其中 該後偏光器之一穿透轴係約為45度。 153621-1000616.doc 8a synchronizing device operatively coupled to the control circuit, the synchronizing device comprising: b, the spoofing, for sensing a synchronization signal corresponding to one of the images of the user presented to the glasses, wherein the The control circuit 呈现 opens the first liquid crystal shutter or the second liquid crystal shutter according to the synchronization signal transmitted by the synchronization signal; wherein 'at least the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter The contrast ratio is between 200 and 400. 2. For example, the system for providing a three-dimensional video scene as described in the claim 1 of the patent scope of the patent, the JL φ夂# &amp; each of the shutters comprises: a front polarizer; One eight 'small chat on the former polarizer, · a liquid day and night, its coupling - Germany 4 points - the wavelength film; after the righteousness, the system is transferred to the liquid crystal unit. 3. If you apply for the second paragraph of the patent scope, like Li #, provide a two-dimensional view of the language. One of the first to penetrate the shafting township 4, as claimed in the patent scope, the system provides a three-dimensional system, the system of which is about 45 degrees. The teeth of the gland are also 5, such as the system of applying for the second image of the patent range, ... for 3D video shadow 45 degrees. &quot;I post-polarizer one of the penetrating axis system is about 6, a step of providing a three-dimensional line of view: ~ like the method, the method includes providing a pair of three-dimensional viewing glasses, the first one, the right side w ^ one, The spectacles include a younger liquid crystal shutter and a second liquid crystal shutter; open a first liquid crystal shutter of 5 Hz; maintain the first liquid crystal shutter between Si and close the first liquid crystal shutter at its maximum light transmittance The second liquid crystal shutter maintains the second liquid crystal shutter during its maximum light transmission, and an image is presented to the first viewer during the first period, and the image is presented during the second period. Giving one of the viewers a second eye view; transmitting a synchronization signal corresponding to the image presented to the viewer; sensing the synchronization signal; and determining when to turn on the first liquid crystal shutter or ★Hai# according to the synchronization signal a liquid crystal shutter; wherein: at least the contrast ratio of one of the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter is between 200 and 400. 1 doc 2 201223243 7. A method for providing a three-dimensional video image as described in claim 6 wherein each of the shutters comprises: &quot; a front polarizer; a quarter-wavelength film connected to the hoof a polarizer; a liquid crystal cell that is coupled to the quarter-wavelength film; and a rear polarizer that is coupled to the liquid crystal cell. A method of providing a three-dimensional video image as described in claim 7, wherein one of the front polarizers penetrates the axis system by about 58 degrees. 9. A method of providing a three-dimensional video image as described in claim 7 wherein one of the quarter-wavelength films has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. 10. If the 3D video image is provided as described in item 7 of the patent scope, the transmission axis of one of the polarizers is about 45 degrees. „11.— Providing a three-dimensional video image system comprising: D y glasses comprising a first lens having a first liquid crystal shutter and a second lens having a second liquid crystal shutter; the control circuit is alternately turned on The first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter; and a synchronization system, comprising: a reflection device, located in front of the glasses, = 旒 transmission state, which sends a synchronization signal to the reflection device, The synchronization k number corresponds to an image presented to a user of the glasses, Ι^^^Ι.ΙΠΠΠΛΙ^ 201223243 a signal receiver sensing the synchronization signal reflected from the reflection device, and a control circuit The first shutter or the second shutter is opened during a time period in which the image is presented; wherein at least one of the first liquid crystal shutter and the second liquid crystal shutter has a contrast ratio between 200 and 400. 12. The system for providing a three-dimensional video image according to claim 11, wherein each of the shutters comprises: a front polarizer; a quarter-wave film; The liquid crystal cell is coupled to the quarter-wave film; and a rear polarizer is coupled to the liquid crystal cell. 13. According to claim 12 A system for providing a three-dimensional video image, wherein one of the front polarizers penetrates the axis system by about 58 degrees. 14. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image as described in claim 12, wherein the quarter is One of the wavelength films has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. 15. A system for providing a three-dimensional video image as described in claim 12, wherein one of the rear polarizers penetrates the axis system by about 45 degrees. A frame for 3D glasses having a right viewing shutter and a left viewing shutter, the frame comprising: a frame front portion defining a right lens opening and a left lens respectively for receiving the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter An opening; and a right temple and a left temple coupled to the front of the frame and extending from the front of the frame J53621-1000616.doc 4 201223243 for wearing on the head of a user of the 3D glasses; at least One of the right temple and the left temple has a recess to provide a structural rigidity of the lens. 17. The frame of claim 16, wherein the right temple and the left temple All are curved toward the inside. 18. A 3D glasses having a right viewing shutter and a left viewing shutter, comprising: a frame defining a right lens opening for accommodating the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter and a a left lens opening; a central controller for controlling the operation of the right viewing shutter and the left viewing shutter; a housing coupled to the frame to receive the central controller, wherein the housing is defined to receive the control One of the at least one portion of the opening; and a cover received in the opening of the outer casing and sealingly engaging the opening of the outer casing; wherein the frame has at least one groove to provide structural rigidity of the lens . 19. The 3D glasses of claim 18, further comprising a right temple and a left temple extending from the outer casing and both curved toward the inner side. 20. A method of housing a controller for a 3D glasses having a right viewing element and a left viewing element, comprising: providing a frame for supporting the right viewing element and the left viewing element for a user to wear; 15362M000616.doc 201223243 provides an outer casing within the frame for receiving the controller of the spectacles; sealing the frame with a detachable cover having a sealing element for sealingly fitting the outer casing The outer casing; and providing structural rigidity to the (four) - right temple and - left temple. 21 methods for operating 3D glasses having a right shutter, a left shutter, and an internal sync signal cover, comprising: determining whether to receive an external sync signal generator to control operation of the a right shutter and the left shutter a signal; and when the signal generated by the external synchronization signal generator for controlling the right fast = and left fast operation is not received, the right shutter is controlled according to the internal synchronization # generator One of the operations of the left shutter controls the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter. 22. A pair of 3D glasses comprising: a right shutter and a left shutter; an internal sync signal generator that generates a signal that controls operation of the right shutter and the left shutter; and a receiver that receives the self-external synchronization One of the signals generated by the control = one of the right shutter and the operation of the left shutter; and - a controller operatively connected to the right shutter, the left shutter, the 5 Hz internal sync signal generator, and the receiver. 23. The 3D glasses according to claim 22, wherein the device is used for: % judging whether or not the control generated by the external synchronization signal generator is received. 1^^621-10006] 6.doc 201223243 Right The shutter and the operation of the left shutter; and the control generated by the internal synchronization signal generator when the signal generated by the external synchronization signal generator for controlling the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter is not received The signal of the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter controls the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter. 24. A computer program for operating a 3D glasses, the 3D glasses comprising a right shutter, a left shutter and an internal sync signal generator, ^ the computer program comprising: determining whether to receive an external sync signal generator Generating a signal for controlling the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter; and when the signal generated by the external synchronization signal generator for controlling the operation of the right shutter and the left-hand gate is not received, according to the internal synchronization The operation of the right shutter and the left shutter is controlled by the signal generator to control the operation of the right shutter and the left shutter. 25. A liquid crystal shutter assembly for a 3 〇 eyeglass comprising: 〇 a liquid crystal cell; wherein the liquid crystal cell has a contrast ratio between 200 and 400. %, such as the liquid crystal shutter assembly of claim 25, wherein 0 further comprises: - a front polarizer; &lt; - a quarter-wave film coupled to the front polarizer and the liquid crystal cell; A rear polarizer is coupled to the liquid crystal cell. The liquid crystal shutter assembly of claim 26, wherein the 201223243 one of the front polarizers has a transmission axis of about 58 degrees. The liquid crystal shutter assembly of claim 26, wherein one of the quarter-wavelength films has a transmission axis of about 45 degrees. The liquid crystal shutter assembly of claim 26, wherein one of the rear polarizers penetrates the shaft system by about 45 degrees. 153621-1000616.doc 8
TW100102961A 2010-02-03 2011-01-26 System for providing three dimensional video images TW201223243A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US33739210P 2010-02-03 2010-02-03
US33747010P 2010-02-04 2010-02-04
US33756510P 2010-02-08 2010-02-08
US30728710P 2010-02-23 2010-02-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201223243A true TW201223243A (en) 2012-06-01

Family

ID=43608402

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW100102961A TW201223243A (en) 2010-02-03 2011-01-26 System for providing three dimensional video images

Country Status (13)

Country Link
EP (1) EP2355530A3 (en)
JP (1) JP2011176806A (en)
KR (1) KR20110090815A (en)
CN (1) CN102141686A (en)
AU (1) AU2011200210A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI1100193A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2728983A1 (en)
IL (1) IL210719A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2011001360A (en)
PH (1) PH12011000028A1 (en)
SG (1) SG173296A1 (en)
TR (1) TR201100989A2 (en)
TW (1) TW201223243A (en)

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2011202321A1 (en) * 2010-05-21 2011-12-08 X6D Limited 3D glasses
CN102253591B (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-09-04 暨南大学 3D (three-dimension) projection display system controlled by uniform frame sequence based on LED (light emitting diode) optical communication
CN102263978B (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-07-10 暨南大学 Three-dimensional (3D) projection display system based on light-emitting diode (LED) optical communication
US10459224B2 (en) * 2014-09-29 2019-10-29 Honeywell International Inc. High transmittance eyewear for head-up displays
US9606355B2 (en) 2014-09-29 2017-03-28 Honeywell International Inc. Apparatus and method for suppressing double images on a combiner head-up display
KR20220017272A (en) * 2020-08-04 2022-02-11 삼성전자주식회사 Wearable electronic device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4884876A (en) * 1983-10-30 1989-12-05 Stereographics Corporation Achromatic liquid crystal shutter for stereoscopic and other applications
US5699133A (en) * 1995-05-30 1997-12-16 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal shutter having a specified zero voltage time viscosity product or a specified driving frequency
JP2000330115A (en) * 1999-05-19 2000-11-30 Ricoh Co Ltd Liquid crystal shutter
US7898603B2 (en) * 2006-11-30 2011-03-01 Reald Inc. Double-shutter lenses with compensators
JP5327903B2 (en) * 2007-09-07 2013-10-30 リアルディー インコーポレイテッド Liquid crystal shutter lens, stereoscopic viewing system and glasses
JP5104870B2 (en) * 2007-09-20 2012-12-19 日本電気株式会社 LCD shutter glasses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
IL210719A0 (en) 2011-06-30
TR201100989A2 (en) 2011-08-22
MX2011001360A (en) 2013-07-05
PH12011000028A1 (en) 2015-01-21
EP2355530A3 (en) 2014-03-12
AU2011200210A1 (en) 2011-08-18
KR20110090815A (en) 2011-08-10
EP2355530A2 (en) 2011-08-10
CN102141686A (en) 2011-08-03
JP2011176806A (en) 2011-09-08
BRPI1100193A2 (en) 2013-02-19
SG173296A1 (en) 2011-08-29
CA2728983A1 (en) 2011-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8542326B2 (en) 3D shutter glasses for use with LCD displays
US20110249102A1 (en) Free wheeling mode of operation for 3d glasses
US20110205347A1 (en) Universal 3d glasses for use with televisions
US20110254936A1 (en) Universal 3d glasses
TW201223243A (en) System for providing three dimensional video images
TW201207430A (en) Improved 3D glasses
TW201142359A (en) 3D projector
TW201216687A (en) Universal 3D glasses
TW201223250A (en) 3D frame synchronization for 3D
TW201209452A (en) Universal 3D glasses
TW201233146A (en) RF signal for 3D frame synchronization for 3D shutter glasses
EP2364033A2 (en) 3D glasses with RF synchronization
TW201143371A (en) 3D glasses and method of synchronizing operation of 3D glasses with display device
US20110216176A1 (en) 3D Glasses With RF Synchronization
TW201112736A (en) Synchronization signal for use with 3D glasses
TW201108713A (en) 3D shutter glasses for use with LCD displays
TW201127020A (en) 3D glasses with RF synchronization
EP2364034A2 (en) 3D Shutter Glasses for use with LCD Displays
US20120019638A1 (en) Universal 3d glasses
TW201118423A (en) Solar powered 3D glasses
TW201118424A (en) Active 3D glasses with OLED shutters
BRPI1101290A2 (en) Three-dimensional shutter glasses for use with lcd screens
CA2735342A1 (en) Universal 3d glasses for use with televisions
TW201140144A (en) Battery housing and cover for 3D glasses